Home

MidiIllustrator User Manual Version 3

1. 317 tet nunc hym A te nos es ang del Lae ti ftware programs and some advanced digital keyboards can then display chords in the lyrics generated by MidiIllustrator when import MIDI file Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software ing a Numbers Performing Hands Now Displayed in Step by Step Mode Step by Step Mode Shows Incorrect Input Step by Step Mode New MIDI Shortcut Keys Step by Step Mode New Keyboard Shortcut Keys Improved Metronome Intro Lead in Options Step by Step Mode improved in Practise Sessions Highlight Rests During Playback Save Restore Session Per Score Tempo ss Midilllustrator Help Beat Marker A major improvement to the existing beat markers Beat Marker 4 Numbers are small numbers on the beat above the top staff If Seles Se EF for example the time signature is 4 4 then four beat marks or the numbers 1 to 4 will span the top of each measure These numbers are hidden as the cursor passes them See Performing Hands can also be shown in Step by Step Mode when finger numbers have been created for the score This can help with studying hand positions Step by Step mode now shows notes on the score are they are input from a device
2. 5 12 Chord Names menu Chord Names can be created edited and deleted using the Chord Names menu and the Chord Selector dialog As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Chord Names are displayed as rich text objects which can be edited directly in place on the score and font formatting is possible using the format toolbar which appears when editing a Chord Name Edit Chord Name Allows you to edit the selected chord name by placing the cursor alongside the existing chord name Open Chord Name Opens the Chord Selector dialog which allows you to quickly change Selector the selected chord name Insert New Line Inserts a new line at the insertion point Adds a new chord name at the next possible insertion point to the Add Edit Next right of the current cursor position or if a chord name already exists Chord Name at that position begins editing that chord name See also the option Include measure beats as Next Previous insert locations in Editing Options to alter this behavior Add Edit Previous A ae chord name at the next eae insertion point to the Chord Name eft of t e current cursor position or if a chord name already exists at that position begins editing that chord name See also the Insertion Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 210 Midilllustrator Help 5 12 1 5 13 options in Editing Option
3. Beginning a Recording Session When you are ready to record position the cursor to the track and time where you would like recording to start All new MIDI data will be added to the staff you selected before recording started Existing data on that staff will be overwritten with the newly recorded data Begin recording by selecting the record command from the Perform toolbar or the Perform Menu This will initiate playback of the score from the cursor position Depending on your Recording Options the metronome will sound a set of introductory beats The score will play as you record Any notation on the active recording staff is muted during recording The active recording staff is highlighted during recording in the same way as the echo to staff If you do not wish to hear other staves as you record mute them individually using Staff Tools or collectively using the Staff Manager When you have finished recording end the recording session the same way as you began it or by ending playback If the end of the score is reached recording and playback will stop automatically If you need more recording time Add Measures before recording Do not worry about ending the recording session as soon as you have finished performing existing data on the active staff will only be deleted if it is replaced with newly recorded data ie if you don t play any notes the existing notation will be untouched Now the recording session is complete Mi
4. NOTE Placing the editing palettes next to resizing tools such as the on screen keyboard or the List toolbar may produce unwanted resizing of toolbar as the editing palettes are shown or hidden with context changes to selections in the score You can restore the default positioning of all toolbars by selecting View Toolbars Restore Default Toolbar Layout Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 152 Midilllustrator Help 5 3 6 4 5 4 5 4 1 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com View Toolbar command The toolbars are displayed across the top of the application window below the menu bar The toolbars provide quick mouse access to many commands used in Midilllustrator To hide or display the Toolbar choose Toolbar from the View menu View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Score menu The Score menu offers the following commands Options Allows you to customise many aspects of the score Transcription Allows you to control the way in which Midilllustrator converts MIDI Options files into sheet music notation Note that you can also access these options via Score Options Titles Opens the Score Titles dialog Score Titles are customisable text entries in the score Note that titles are only visible in Page view Print Preview Titles can also be double clicked with the mouse and edited direc
5. Setting the MIDI Playback device Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Getting Started 15 Find out all about configuring your MIDI devices for playback in the MIDI OUT Playback section Starting Playback When you have configured your MIDI Playback device you can begin playback of an open score by choosing Start Playback from the Perform Menu see also Keyboard Shortcuts What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 1 7 Finding Music Files on the Internet Many Internet sites offer high quality MIDI and Karaoke files for download The Midilllustrator download package includes some MIDI files as samples so that you can see right away some of the many things that Midilllustrator can do But if you are after a particular piece or pieces of a particular genre then visit our website to see a list of recommended MIDI file sites which will get you started You can use the search engine on our website to find just about any MIDI file available on the web Point your browser at our address below and choose the MIDI Files link http www Midilllustrator com What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 16 Midilllustrator Help 2 Things to do with Midilllustrator As well a
6. Upgrading from Midilllustrator Player To buy Midilllustrator now please visit our website at http www Midilllustrator com buy htm About MidilIllustrator Player and the MidilIllustrator Product Range With MidilIllustrator Player you can open print and play back scores created with any Midilllustrator product mil files You can also change the presentation of the score to suit your needs for example changing the notation size or varying the score playback tempo Midilllustrator Player is free software with no usage limits or trial period restrictions Midilllustrator Player contains only a small part of the functionality offered by other Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 103 products in the Midilllustrator range If you like the features of MidiIllustrator Player then download a free trial of Midilllustrator Virtuoso or Midilllustrator Maestro from our website If you are creating or working with Midilllustrator scores please feel free to distribute the Midilllustrator Player installation program among your friends thereby allowing them to print view or play unlimited sheet music This is a great way to share your scores with musicians who do not yet have access to the full versions of Midilllustrator Virtuoso or Midilllustrator Maestro Read about the different Midilllustrator products Distributing Midilllustrator Player from Your Own Website You are also we
7. e Full compatibility with Windows 8 8 1 e Graphic display quality improvements e g antialiasing of fonts e Improved handling of custom OS DPI settings Windows custom text size e oa of metronome light timing to address latency issues e Printing to BMP improvements e Improved handling of invalid note pitches during MIDI import e Better validation of MIDI data e Clearer metronome sounds e Improved handling of unavailable scores accessed from recent scores list e Increased pre warning score open count to 40 e Improved cursor navigation commands View Menu MidilIllustrator Player Version 2 00 New Description Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Feature Free MidilIllustrat or Player About the Different Midilllustrator Products 107 Updated to support all the new features in scores created using Midilllustrator Virtuoso and Midilllustrator Maestro Version 2 00 MidilIllustrator Virtuoso Version 2 00 and MidilIllustrator Maestro Version 2 00 see Maestro only functions below Jia New Feature Finger Numbers and Automatic Fingering Analysis Enrich your score with Rich Text Content Performing Hands Description Now you can assign finger numbers to each note either manually or ina single step with Midilllustrator s Automatic Fingering Analysis Fingering analysis is customizable to help you assign the right finger numbers easily and quickly for a selection of n
8. 5 15 Expression menu The Expression menu will only appear when an expression object has been selected Expressions are displayed as rich text objects so font formatting is possible using the right click context menu in the edit boxes As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Keyboard Shortcuts exist for quick access to these commands Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 212 Midilllustrator Help 5 16 5 16 1 The menu offers the following commands Edit Expression Begin editing the selected expression This command is available only in Edit Mode Add Edit Next Adds a new expression at the next possible insertion point to the right Expression of the current cursor position or if an expression already exists at that position begins editing that expression See also the Insertion options in Editing Options to alter this behavior This command is available only in Edit Mode Adds a new expression at the next possible insertion point to the left of Add Edit the current cursor position or if an expression already exists at that position begins editing that expression See also the Insertion options Previous in Editing Options to alter this behavior Expression This command is available only in Edit Mode Shift Expression Allows you to quickly shift the selected item s forwards or backwards in the sco
9. Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Shortcuts 290 Inserts a new verse Add Edit next item Add Edit previous item Moves the selected item s back in the score Moves the selected item s forward in the score Deletes the currently selected Lyric Inserts a new line Add Edit next item Add Edit previous item Moves the selected item s back in the score Moves the selected item s forward in the score Deletes the currently selected item Inserts a new line Add Edit next item Add Edit previous item Moves the selected item s back in the score Moves the selected item s forward in the score Deletes the currently selected item When there is more than one chord fingering for a selected chord this shortcut will move to the next chord fingering Moves the selected item s back in the score Moves the selected item s forward in the score Deletes the currently selected Guitar Fret Inserts a new verse Add Edit next item Add Edit previous item Moves the selected item s back in the score Moves the selected item s forward in the score Deletes the currently selected Lyric so Midilllustrator Help Expressi on menu Expressi on Power Edit Menu Power Edit Comman ds Perform menu Perform ance Editing Learning Tools Step by Step Mode and Practice Sessions Tempo Volume Ty Ctrl Enter Tab Shift Tab Alt Left Alt Right Delete Ctrl Alt V Delete Space Ctrl Space
10. Generate Attractive Accurate and Flexible Scores from MIDI files Hear the Music See the Music Transform Your Scores Automatically with 1 Step Tasks Custom Transcription Options Reformat the Notation Performance and Learning Tools Modify Score Layout Performing Notate Print Practice and Play The same advanced MIDI to score conversion engine is used in all Midilllustrator applications to create beautiful sheet music instantly Yes Midilllustrator brings your scores to life See the notes light up on the staff as Yes they are played back the pages turn automatically Single command score conversion tools such as Convert to Two Hand Piano and Convert to Fake Book Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets automatically Format many Scores at once using the Task Wizard Custom presentation modes allowing you for example to present difficult Yes notation in simplified Yes form Easily change the Yes way the music is represented Change keys time signatures transpose notes etc Remove notation selections or complete measure ranges Practice particular passages with special practice tools Learn music Step by Step without reading any notation with Yes the on screen piano Practice new rhythms with the metronome Customise the Yes dimensions and positions of score objects such as measures staves Copyright 2004 2015
11. Midilllustrator continually reinterprets the notation from the original MIDI data automatically as you make changes always trying to render the clearest and most accurate presentation of the raw musical MIDI data Editing a Song for the First Time Jy By contrast in Edit Mode you have full composing power with the score add notes modify note pitches durations etc In Edit Mode you will have complete control over composition MidilIllustrator will settle on the current interpretation of the song s original MIDI content when editing begins When you begin formally editing a score for the first time by entering Edit Mode Midilllustrator locks the current interpretation of the underlying original MIDI performance and hands over complete control over the score to you In this way you can be sure that Midilllustrator will no longer override any future composition decisions you make The main areas of Midilllustrator s automatic interpretation which no longer apply in Edit Mode are e Automatic application of Score Transcription Options such as Make the score Easier to Read although you can still apply one off conversions to the score to apply new transcription rules whenever you wish e Automatic note durations and note attack times and automatic chording of notes e Automatic voice assignment e Automatic identification of tuplets Note that even in Edit Mode Midilllustrator will continue to play back sequences i
12. Note Midilllustrator may not offer every single possible fingering for a given guitar chord In some cases it may also be necessary to manually edit the text of a chord name if you cannot find the exact format using the Selector View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Guitar Frets menu Guitar frets can be created edited and deleted using the Guitar Frets menu and the Chord Selector dialog As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Open Guitar Fret Opens the Chord Selector dialog which allows you to quickly change the Selector selected guitar fret Next Chord When there is more than one chord fingering available for a selected Fingering chord you can select this command to cycle through the different Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 211 fingerings Shift Guitar Fret Allows you to quickly shift the selected item s forwards or backwards in the score Delete Guitar Deletes the currently selected guitar fret Fret s View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 14 Free Text menu The Free Text menu will only appear when a Free Text object has been selected Free Text items are displayed as rich text objects which can be edited directly in place on the score an
13. Note You may wish to view the Beat Marks all the time in which case you would select Visible from the first drop down box and they will be displayed on the score However if you then selected Countdown from the third drop down box the Beat Marks would disappear when they were passed in the score during Playback Therefore if you actually want the Beat Marks to be on display at all times even during Playback make sure you have selected Static in the third drop down box as well as Normal in the first Allows you to customize any Bookmarks which have been placed on the score The default setting is a Curved Box which encloses the Bookmark but this can be changed using the Bookmark drop down box The options available are e Normal no surround e Boxed e Curve Boxed The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Use the Speaking Metronome to help with counting Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options Metronome Tab The Metronome tab allows you to activate deactivate the Metronome and contains the Rules for Metronome Use The current Metronome settings are displayed on the tab and the Choose Instrument button provides a link to the Metronome Instrument dialog Note that these metronome rules may be overridden by Practice Sess
14. 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 2 2 7 1 Things to do with Midilllustrator Formatting Toolbar The following score items can be edited in place the formatting toolbar will appear automatically when editing begins allowing you to change common rich text formatting features e Lyrics e Bookmarks e Chord Names e Free Text e Expressions Right click Context Menu in Rich Text Editing Boxes The following score items are not edited in place but instead they have dedicated editing dialogs where formatting can be applied using the right click context menu in each item s rich text editing box e Expressions e Staff Names and Instrument Names Staff Namings e Score Titles View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Add Moveable Text to Your Score Command Location Insert Menu Free Text items are rich text objects which can be edited directly in place on the score Font formatting is possible using the format toolbar which appears when editing a Free Text item Creating and Anchoring a Free Text Item When created a free text item must be anchored to the score in one of three ways Depending on the anchor type the free text item will move with the score as it changes or stay fixed to its original location Items can be cut copied and pasted but their anchor type does not change 1 Anchored To Measure The item will be anchored to the intersection of the ins
15. 4 Raises or lowers the volume of the selected note s Choose Volume Opens the Note Volume Dialog so you can set the volume for the selected notes note default 64 See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Change Duration Allows you to change the duration of selected notes The duration of the notes can be modified incrementally using the Duration Increase Decrease commands If you would like Midilllustrator to include dotted durations in the choice of increased or decreased durations see the Include dots when incrementing duration of selection option in Editing options Note durations can only be increased if there are no conflicting notes ahead of the note to be lengthened see exceptions to this rule in Edit Mode below See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Note Duration Increases In Edit Mode Jy In Edit Mode Midilllustrator will try to shift conflicting notes in a Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator given measure to the right in order to make way for note lengthening operations Notes are only shifted when necessary specifically e If there is rest space to the right of a note to be lengthened this space will be taken to accommodate the new note length e If there is no space or not enough space to the right of the note to be lengthened then Midilllustrator will check see if there is room at the end of the note s measure to accommodate the new n
16. Jump Marker Midilllustrator will calculate the input position using a number of factors such as distance from the current position and note matching Whilst Midilllustrator is listening to your input a small triangle the jump marker will be shown at the place in the score Midilllustrator thinks you are currently reading from Only when Midilllustrator is sure that you have jumped to a new position will the Step by Step cursor be moved to that new input position Playing Through Mistakes Step by Step mode is much more flexible and forgiving with Jump to User Input enabled If for instance you miss a note or two in a particular passage you may simply keep playing and once Midilllustrator has determined that you have played through an error the cursor will immediately be moved to your new location In this way you will not have to keep returning to the current cursor position after missing a note or two and can instead focus on progressing through the score Jumping Distance In general the greater the gap between the current Step by Step cursor position and any new input position the more reluctant Midilllustrator will be to move the cursor to that part of the score which it thinks best reflects your input By contrast if the jump is only a few note lengths from the current position the move will be made quickly Bear this in mind when jumping large distances in the score you will need to play a p
17. The options available are as follows e Every Measure e Every System e Every Page e Every 5th Bar e Every 10 Bar The third drop down box allows you to set a start point as follows e From Bar 1 e From Bar 2 etc depending on the number of bars in the piece Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 159 Note that measure numbers are shown on ALL measures when in Scroll View as this information is useful for editing Beat Marks and Numbers As an aid to counting and understanding the rhythm of a score Midilllustrator can place small marks or numbers on the beat above the top staff If for example the time signature is 4 4 then four beat marks or the numbers 1 to 4 will span the top of each measure Displaying beat marks works well when the cursor is set to follow the nearest beat during playback You may customize the beat mark color to best highlight the location of the beats in the music The Beat Marks can be customized using the three drop down boxes The first drop down box provides the following options e Hidden The Beat Marks will not appear on the score e Visible The Beat Marks will be displayed on the score except during Playback if the Countdown option has been selected See the Note below e Playback Only The Beat Marks will only appear on the score during Playback If Hidden has been selected above the two remaining drop dow
18. Whole Beat s in the second drop down box and the page will be turned one whole beat before playback reaches the end of the page This option can make it easier for you to follow Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Grey Muted Notes Advance Lyric Highlighting Apply Things to do with Midilllustrator a piece during playback as it highlights the notes and lyrics on the score as the music is played As an aid to sight singing you can optionally advance the lyric highlighting by the amount of your choice See the Playback section of Score Options If you find that when playing scores there is a small delay between when you hear notes and when you see them highlighted on the score try adjusting Playback Latency The Highlight Notes Lyrics option is turned on by default If a staff has been muted see the Sound section of Display and Playback this option allows you to show the muted notes on the score in a different color to the standard notes The color of the muted notes can be changed using the Color tab Muted notes do not highlight during playback if this option is enabled The Fade Muted Notes option is turned on by default By default MidiIllustrator will highlight Lyrics during playback at exactly the time they occur in the score You may however wish to have Lyrics highlighted slightly in advance of their playback time as an aid to reading ahead The drop down box contains the
19. You can optionally add or remove particular chord types as Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software za Midilllustrator Help 5 19 4 you see fit If for example you were analysing a piece of jazz music then you may want to include ninth chords in your analysis Display Midilllustrator can display chord information as textual chord names such Options as Cmaj7 or Fsus4 or as a guitar fret graphic which shows the fingering required on a conventional six string guitar tuning EADGBE Sometimes it will not be possible for Midilllustrator to say exactly which chord is right for a particular beat In these cases you can specify the symbol Midilllustrator should display in place of a chord name If you wish to leave these unknown chords blank then simply clear the text in the drop down box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Analyze Fingering Command Location Tools Menu Finger numbers can be assigned to notes and chords in one of three ways e Manually using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts e Automatically for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with finger number Keyboard Shortcuts without the need to open the Fingering Analysis dialog e Automatically for the entire score a range of staves or a note selection using the Fingering Analysis dialog Once you have assigned finger numbers to n
20. e Logged files are now managed more efficiently with automatic removal of duplicate entries e The List Bar Tabs now fully support XP Themes e Windows tab renamed to Open Scores for clarity Text entry has been redesigned such that Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 326 Midilllustrator Help Object Entry and Improved Layout Lyrics Chords Bookmarks Improved Performanc e Better MIDI Device Managemen t for Musicians with Removable MIDI Devices and or frequent MIDI System Changes New Score Views New Playback Cursor Options Audition Current Measure Play Imported MIDI Notes as Originally Performed Advanced Note Selection Improved Navigation New Keyboard Shortcuts Playback Latency Configuratio e Objects such as lyrics and chords can be edited with great accuracy right in the score so changes are displayed dynamically as you type e New commands and shortcuts allow you to navigate from lyric to lyric or insert a new item with just a keystroke e Inline text editing accepts clipboard commands like copy and paste e Edited text can be selected with mouse drags double clicks and other standard word processor like keyboard navigation commands e All text items on the score are now better justified for easier reading and better horizontal alignment making measure widths more efficient so that more notation can fit onto each page Midilllustrator Maestro
21. type events such as sustain pedal messages Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 1 3 2 Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboard Command Location View Menu Keyboard This tool allows you to enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using the On Screen Piano Keyboard Note entry with the on screen keyboard is possible only in Edit Mode Normal Entry Notes are entered by positioning the cursor to the desired insertion point and selecting the entry pitch from the screen keyboard using the left mouse button When the left mouse button is released the note is added Holding down the Shift key whilst entering notation will result in rest entry rather than note entry The duration of the note or rest added is determined by the entry item qualities and should be set before entering a new item Chord notes can be added in exactly the same way as with the mouse or computer keyboard holding the Control key down whilst clicking notes on the on screen piano will keep the cursor in the current time position ready for adding another note to the current chord Other Ways to Enter No
22. without reading any notation with the on screen piano Practice new rhythms with the metronome Yes Yes Kole EE ETa Customise the Yes Yes dimensions and positions of score objects such as measures staves and lyrics era a E ila Connect a MIDI instrument and interact with the music Midilllustrator knows where you are Yes in the score and turns the pages automatically Composing Create and Edit Scores Composing and Create brand new Editing scores or edit existing scores with powerful editing tools Enter notation quickly with the keyboard and make precision changes with mouse editing functions Yes Yes No Fpi A LT OR Tools to quickly and easily capture your musical ideas and performances Note entry via the on screen piano record Yes No a real time performance or enter chords using a connected MIDI instrument Context Sensitive Midilllustrator Editing Maestro examines the score as you work and automatically assigns note and rest entry qualities appropriate to the context Yes No Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 12 Midilllustrator Help 3 2 Editing tools Quickly build scores with powerful copy paste functions and Yes No drag drop operations Score Templates Create a template with your favourite properties in order to save time in the Yes No future when creating new compositions MidiIllustrator Maestro and Midilllustrat
23. 310 Midilllustrator Help A Midilllustrator can be set to disable the color output on all printers and this can be manually determined by selecting options from File Menu Printing Options Layout and Print Size You can also access this screen via the Score Options command Back to FAQ Topic Q Does MidilIllustrator support PostScript and Adobe Acrobat PDF printer drivers such as FreePDF A One of the best way to share scores with other musicians is with the free Midilllustrator Player Alternatively using third party products alongside Midilllustrator you can generate portable versions of your Midilllustrator scores which can be shared with friends and other musicians Midilllustrator customers have succesfully created PDF scores using the following products e PDFCreator free recommended http sourceforge net projects pdfcreator e Adobe Acrobat PDFwriter http www Adobe com e Adobe Distiller http www Adobe com e Ghostscript free http www Ghostscript com e pdf995 free http www pdf995 com If you are using a PDF printer driver with Midilllustrator which is not listed above then please let us know and we will post the information here Unfortunately we are unable provide any support for these products and you should contact the respective developers in each case with any questions you may have You can also generate both Adobe PDF files Portable Document Format and PostScript files using the
24. A Ee SIMO MU EA E T E A T 187 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 6 Midilllustrator Help 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Cle F Dial Gy iiacsicfcicesccecsscuseceascucsevcisocdatvccvecseeigiweietans cuss culuseessensevtuasdesgubnactcseserssocusdectsdsesbebwelsduerdubectcusee icesessenbed Key Di alOG isisi ninin aaa Aasaa eaaa EES a svevevusceuadceveckesseteuuteveldicepsonvehvevecessuseddupntedsesesee REKST aE E e E A A E E A E E E TEMPO MENSE EAEE EEEE E E EER A A E E EEE E SS Trans Lo EIT M a a E E E E A T Viewing a Range of Measures cccseceesecceeeseeeeeeeeseeensneeeeeeeeseeeesnaeesseeeesaeeasaaeeeeeeesaeeaeneeseseeeeseeseseeeeeeeee Addi Insert Measures cesseeeees Removing a range of Measures Split MG as ULE E A A T E E Join Measures ynrinne eaeoe oeae a a eae aSa raa aaea aoaaa Aaaa aS E ERATE A E a E E E E E A N N te andi Re SEEE ya a a r a A re a a eS a Ar aerae Not and Rest Deletion nnimh aana aa a ata ele a ana enara aae aeda aadar aaa aA ai EE aa E O E A Rests MO NU hiss iocces feteeccased a a a a r a a a a a rA a TA ari Lyri S Men sesaria aa aa aaa tte a Eaa aE aaa Aaaa aE an aaa a aara vadaceccanevieet BOoOkMarKs MEU enne aaan a aa aaan Aaa eraa aaa A aaa aaa aa aaaea Chord MEA aT nub EE TEET TTT eb T CHOP SO 1G CLOK PEE EA T A E E E A A Guitar Fret MOU a aar a a a aa aa E aa a a a a a a aa a aa ea aa aaan Free Text MENUS ccc decetescccsceecasesectstescvncencdsvesss
25. Ctril Home Alt R Ctrl B Ctrl Alt B Ctri Left Mouse Click Escape T Up Arrow T Down Arrow T Enter V Up Arrow V Down Arrow V Enter Inserts a new verse Add Edit next item Add Edit previous item Moves the selected item s back in the score Moves the selected item s forward in the score Deletes the currently selected Lyric Creates new measures prior to pasting dropping a copied range Delete all notation in the range but leaves the measure staff structure intact Starts stops Playback Play just the current measure and then return the cursor to the pre playback position Rewinds the cursor to the start of the score Starts stops recording in Edit Mode Starts stops Step by Step mode Synchronizes the playback position to the current Step Position In Step by Step Mode moves the playback start cursor to desired measure Note this can also be done with MIDI Shortcut Keys Stops current Practice Session Increases Master playback tempo of the piece Decreases Master playback tempo of the piece Resets Master playback tempo of the piece to its original value Increases Master playback volume of the piece or just the selected staves Decreases Master playback volume of the piece or just the selected staves Resets Master playback volume of the piece to its Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Shortcuts 3 original value MIDI Ctrl E Opens the Instrument dialog for the MIDI Echo Echo
26. Files can be opened in Midilllustrator in one of the following ways e From the File Menu choose Open You can open any number of files in one go using this method simply by holding down the Control key and selecting multiple files before clicking Open e If the file has a MIL extension you can double click it in Explorer If you have chosen to open associate MIDI files and or karaoke files with Midilllustrator then you can also double click these files to open them with Midilllustrator See File Types for more information about Window file associations e Using the mouse drag any Midilllustrator compatible file and drop it anywhere on the Midilllustrator window This is more commonly known as Drag amp Drop You can open any number of files in one go using this method What Happens When A File is Opened Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 21 If you are opening a MIDI or Karaoke file Midilllustrator can immediately transcribe the MIDI data as notation By default MidiIllustrator will start the Score Transcription Wizard for each file opened although you can have Midilllustrator notate the score automatically without this step if you prefer With the Wizard you can determine the style in which the MIDI content is notated You may also hit the Skip Wizard button at any time to have Midilllustrator notate the score automatically By default the score will be displayed in Windo
27. Full names might be Left Hand and Acoustic Grand Piano whereas shortened names might be Lft Hnd and Aco Gra Pia For this option to work however the Staff Name and or Instrument Name options must also have been selected E g if you have chosen to hide the Staff Name and to show the Instrument Name and you then select Use Short Names only the Instrument Short Name will be displayed To show the Short Staff Name as well check the Staff Name box Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 5 3 Instrument Dialog Command Location Staves Menu Choose Staff Instrument Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 184 Midilllustrator Help There are 3 types of Instrument Dialog e The Staff Instrument Dialog details below e The Metronome Instrument Dialog e The Echo Instrument Dialog The Staff Instrument dialog allows you to e change the underlying MIDI properties of a staff e g the instrument or volume setting e alter the staff display and playback features and e edit the staff namings The dialog is very similar to Staff Manager but the key difference is that the Staff Instrument dialog can be opened during playback via the Staves Menu or Staff Tools and certain staff properties may be edited on the fly The Staff Manager
28. Menus 231 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 1 1 Performance Mode Command Location Tools Menu Performance Mode allows you to perform and interact with your songs rather than modifying any song content You can create Practice Sessions study specific ranges of your scores and use learning tools such as Step by Step Most score editing functionality is hidden in this mode to allow you to focus on viewing listening and performing with your scores e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode 4 When you import a song it is initially displayed in Performance Mode You can make basic editing changes to the score notation in Performance Mode for example correcting note lengths or changing score attributes like key signatures You can change the presentation of the notation but in this mode like Layout Mode the raw music is generally protected so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes The following interactive tools are available only in Performance Mode e Practice Sessions e Step by Step e View a specific range of measures e Scrolling in the Next Page advance page turn More About this Mode Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mod
29. Note that empty measures with custom layout height or width cannot be compressed and are treated as non identical to other empty measures with different layout settings or no layout settings More About this Mode You can make basic notation changes in Layout Mode for example correcting score attributes like stave heights You can change the presentation of the notation but in this mode like Performance Mode the raw music is generally protected so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Print the Score You can print the current score at any time by choosing the Print command from the File Menu In order to see what a score will look like when printed out you can switch to Page View using the View Menu Page View is exactly the same as the Print Preview mode which can be selected from the File Menu More information on the difference between Window View and Page View In order to print only certain parts instruments staves use the quick print facility You can format your scores in any number
30. Notes menu Rests R Moves the playback cursor to the next page in the score Moves the playback cursor to the previous page in the score Moves the playback cursor to the end of the score Usually ends playback Moves the playback cursor to the start of the score Rewinds playback Moves the playback cursor to the next measure in the score Moves the playback cursor to the previous measure in the score Opens the Score Options dialog Opens the Staff Manager dialog Opens the Instrument dialog for the selected staff Shows hides the Staff Tools Shows hides the Staff Namings Hide empty portions of staves Inserts a new note at the insertion point and moves the cursor forwards Jy Inserts a new chord note at the insertion point and leaves the cursor at the current insertion point Jy Inserts a new rest at the insertion point Jy Inserts a new Lyric at the insertion point or a new verse if a Lyric already exists Inserts a new Bookmark at the insertion point or edit existing Bookmark if one already exists Inserts a new Chord Name at the insertion point or edit existing Chord Name if one already exists Inserts a new Guitar Chord at the insertion point or edit existing Guitar Chord if one already exists Inserts a new Free Text item at the insertion point anchored to the current measure Inserts a new Free Text item at the insertion point anchored to the current page Inserts a new Free Text item at the insertion po
31. Print to File option in the Print dialogue Back to FAQ Topic Q Nothing appears on the printed page some of the notation is missing Why A Several things might cause this Try the following e Try disabling enabling Midilllustrator s color printing option You can control this by opening Score Options select options from the Print Layout tab e Try changing your printer s color black and white settings e If you are using color on the score try changing the score colors to the original settings ie set the Page Background color to white and the Normal Notes color to black Score Options select Color tab e Does the printer work OK with other Windows applications Do you have the latest drivers for your printer the latest drivers are usually available for download from the printer manufacturer s website You might also try printing scores to bitmaps or to PDF documents to see if the problem lies with your printer Back to FAQ Topic Q The edge of the score on the printed page is missing Why A Things to try to remedy this problem e Try substantially increasing the margin size for the problematic side of the page Score Menu Score Options Print Margins tab e Ensure that the correct paper size is chosen for the printer File Menu Printing Options Printer Setup e Does the print preview page view look OK prior to printing The printer margins are highlighted in this view and
32. See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Note Volume Opens the Entry Note Volume Dialog so you can set the default volume for the entry note default 64 This volume will be applied to all notes added until the volume is changed once again When notes are selected their volume can be changed using command in the Notes menu See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Automatic Rest Placement In general Midilllustrator automatically fills all the silence in a measure with rests according to standard notations rules completing beats with rests as necessary etc As you add and remove notes these virtual rests are shortened lengthened and deleted as necessary to complete the notation In Edit Mode these automatically placed rests are displayed in a different color to rests which have been specifically added to the score manually placed rests are darker the same color as notes As you firm up automatic rests they are displayed as other manually entered notation Adding Notes and Rests in Multiple Voices To assist with composing in multiple voices in a given measure Midilllustrator also displays a special virtual type of rest where more than one voice is displayed in a given measure Read more about Voice Guide Rests Context Entry When the entry note duration at the current insertion point cannot be accommodated Midilllustrator will try to automatically apply a duration fit for the new item given i
33. Textures and Score Background s Launch Screen AutoSave and Background Saving Store Adjusted Tempo Undo Redo more powerful and easier to use List Bar Easier Text Version History and Licence Agreement 325 you can either tweak the layout to simply tighten up the score a little or you can make major changes to squeeze as much notation as possible onto a given page e Edit Mode is for full scale score editing and composition see below I Midilllustrator can hide traditional staff notation on the score and instead show staves as a much more compact timeline This option is very useful for producing and printing song sheets and fake books which contain only song lyrics or perhaps chords and guitar frets You can dramatically reduce the number of pages in a score if you do not need to see any staff notation or melody lines Score Titles are customizable text entries in the score You can apply fonts and colors of your choice The following titles are available e Score Title Copyright Composer Reference Footer first page and all remaining pages Header first page and all remaining pages Fields are special text strings which can be inserted into Score Titles Fields are automatically populated with updated score information when titles are displayed or printed such as page count file name date and so forth Add texture and quality to your score manuscript using score textures which col
34. View menu Score menu Staves menu Measures menu Insert menu Notes menu Lyrics menu Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Contents 123 e Bookmarks menu e Chord Names menu e Guitar Frets menu e Free Text menu e Expressions menu Jy e Rests menu Jy Layout menu Jy Power Edit menu Jy Perform menu Tools menu Window menu Help menu Program Concepts e Modes e Views Modes and Views Voices Tuplets MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments Staff Instrument vs MIDI Echo Instrument Purchasing Midilllustrator e Purchasing Midilllustrator Shortcuts e Keyboard Shortcuts About the Trial Version of MidiIllustrator e About the Trial Version of MidiIllustrator Version History and Licence Agreement e Licence Agreement e Compare the Different Midilllustrator Products e Midilllustrator Version History View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 1 4 Midilllustrator Help 5 5 1 Command Reference Menus The following menus and commands are available depending on the current mode and context e File menu e Edit menu e View menu e Score menu Staves menu Measures menu Insert menu Notes menu e Lyrics menu e Bookmarks menu e Chord Names menu e Guitar Frets menu e Free Text menu e Expressions menu J e Rests menu Jy e Layout menu Jy e Power Edit menu Jy e Perform menu e Tools menu
35. e Window menu e Help menu View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com File menu The File menu offers the following commands Launch Screen Opens the Midilllustrator launch dialog which allows you quick and easy access to the program s most common activities Open Opens files of the following formats mil midi and kar Also allows you to navigate quickly to your favourite file locations For more information on opening files and creating scores see Opening and Viewing MIDI Files New Score Opens the new score dialog allowing you to create a new score froma template or from scratch New Default Score Creates a new score using the default score template Save Saves an open score using the same file name Also allows you to navigate quickly to your favourite file locations Save As Saves an open score to a specified file name and allows you to save the score with an adjusted Master tempo Also allows you to navigate quickly to your favourite file Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 125 locations Save As Template lion Saves a copy of the current score in a special template format so that you can create new scores using the current score as a starting model The current score is not changed in any way by this action Save As Default Template lio Saves a copy of the current score as the default template Th
36. for clarity Easier Text Text entry has been redesigned such that Object e Objects such as lyrics and chords can be edited with great accuracy Entry and right in the score so changes are displayed dynamically as you type Improved e New commands and shortcuts allow you to navigate from lyric to lyric Layout or insert a new item with just a keystroke Lyrics e Inline text editing accepts clipboard commands like copy and paste Chords e Edited text can be selected with mouse drags double clicks and Bookmarks other standard word processor like keyboard navigation commands e All text items on the score are now better justified for easier reading and better horizontal alignment making measure widths more efficient so that more notation can fit onto each page Improved Midilllustrator Maestro and Midilllustrator Virtuoso operate more Performanc efficiently than earlier versions with better memory management and e faster operation times especially on large editing operations Better MIDI Midilllustrator has a new system for remembering and restoring your Device MIDI IN and OUT device preferences This means that you can swap Managemen MIDI devices such as USB MIDI ports adapters in and out of your t for system between Midilllustrator sessions and Midilllustrator will still be Musicians able to play saved songs with the device they were originally with configured to use even if the Windows MIDI device configuration has Remov
37. generally only necessary to enable this option on very fast systems Playlist Mode In this mode all editing and modification of scores is disabled as Midilllustrator prepares to play each score in turn from the current playlist As a result many menus toolbars will be disabled in this mode You can exit Playlist Mode at any time by hitting the Escape key Midilllustrator will play each song in the playlist and then restart at the beginning Each song will be opened and displayed as a score in the normal way Only one score will be open at a time saving system resources and making the application Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 228 Midilllustrator Help 5 19 more efficient Each time a score is opened all other scores will be closed You will be prompted to save and open scores which have been modified when you first enter Playlist Mode If a song has been saved in practice mode it will be opened and played in practice mode So you may want to avoid adding such songs to certain playlists as the practice session may instruct a section of the song to loop forever Open Scores This list simply shows a list of all open scores and allows easy switching between them Log The log contains a history of the last 300 songs opened Double click an item in the list to reopen the song instantly If you are working through a large group of works such as Bach Chorales then the log will help you keep staff
38. ie if you don t play any notes the existing notation will be untouched Now the recording session is complete Midilllustrator will convert the raw recorded MIDI into notation just as if opening and transcribing an existing MIDI file applying your Recording Options You can also Tap In Rhythms with just the PC keyboard whilst recording My Recording is Out of Sync with the Existing Notation and or the Metronome Sometimes there is a delay between a musician playing a MIDI instrument and the resulting MIDI instructions reaching Midilllustrator This is know as MIDI device latency If you find that recorded notes are out of sync with existing notation even though you played notes at the same time as you heard them played back then you should experiment with values for MIDI device latency in MIDI Options This should allow Midilllustrator to compensate for the device delay Notes for Good Recording Use the metronome Use of the metronome whilst recording is highly recommended as the more accurate a performance is the better it will be notated by Midilllustrator Try to adhere to the rhythm as far as possible If you are trying to get a very clean score then try not to apply too much feeling to the performance Liberal timing will make the score harder to read when it is notated Experiment with Recording Transcription Options to get the best results Which MIDI Events are Captured When Recording Midilllustrator captures all note
39. midiillustrator com download MidilllustratorSetup exe We can only email the Midilllustrator trial setup file to you as a last resort as many ISPs Internet Service Providers do not allow attachments as large as the trial setup file Please contact us if you would like a copy emailed to you 9 7 Miscellaneous Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ gt Buying amp Activating Editing the Score MIDI Playback amp Sound Import amp Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Back to FAQ Topic Q What s the best way to learn how to use MidiIllustrator Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 312 Midilllustrator Help A Midilllustrator is designed so that you can get to know the program in two quite different ways 1 You can jump right into MidiIllustrator by selecting commands from MidilIllustrator s menus and toolbars The Launch Screen shows a variety of the program s most popular tasks Alternatively choose Open from the File menu and import one of the sample MIDI files included with Midilllustrator the Score Wizard will guide you Hover over the toolbar buttons to see a tooltip which indicates the purpose of the button At the same time you will see more information about each command in the Status Bar at the bottom of the screen Feel free to experiment You can always undo changes to the score by clicking on the Undo command in the Edit menu OR 2 Read all about what
40. to drag the keyboard to the top or bottom of the program window When docked Midilllustrator will resize the keyboard in the context of the main window and other moveable windows such as the List Bar If the keyboard is floating on the page it can be moved to any part of the screen with a simple click anywhere on the keyboard and by dragging it to the required location The keyboard can also be resized by clicking and dragging any edge of the keyboard Key Highlighting The piano keyboard highlights keys under the following circumstances e In general the notes from all visible staves will appear on the keyboard as they are sounded Alternating staff notes are displayed in alternating colors This is particularly useful in solo piano scores where left and right hands are clearly distinguished Selecting Staves will affect the notes which appear on the keyboard during playback If any staves are selected only the notes from those staves will appear on the keyboard Remaining visible staves will be ignored This allows you to display multiple staves on the screen and a different selection of staff notes on the keyboard When MIDI In is received from an external midi device such as a MIDI Piano Keyboard In Step by Step mode the next note or notes to be played Colors are applied using the same rules as during playback alternating staff colors Keyboard Highlighting Colors You can edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting c
41. will raise or lower the entry pitch chromatically by a semitone and any appropriate accidental necessary to represent the new pitch on the staff will be displayed automatically For example in a staff with a key signature of C a pitch up command when the cursor pitch is at middle C will result in a new pitch of C or Db Whether the new pitch is displayed as C or Db is determined by the current Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling This value is set e Midilllustrator Help Note Accidental when a score is first created and is based on the opening key signature of the piece Generally speaking for key signatures containing flats eg the key F in which all B notes are flattened to Bb the default enharmonic entry spelling will also be flat Similarly for the key of C and all keys containing sharps the default enharmonic entry spelling will be set to sharp You can change the spelling for just the current entry by setting the pitch of the entry note then changing the Enharmonic Spelling see above But if you need to make many note additions with a different default spelling Sharp or Flat you can first change the Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Entry Note Accidental Note accidental commands will alter the pitch of the entry note The accidentals which are available depending on the particular key pitch are e Double Sharp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double
42. www Midilllustrator com 2 4 Find Music Files on the Internet Many Internet sites offer high quality MIDI and Karaoke files for download The Midilllustrator download package includes some MIDI files as samples so that you can see right away some of the many things that Midilllustrator can do But if you are after a particular piece or pieces of a particular genre then visit our website to see a list of recommended MIDI file sites which will get you started You can use the search engine on our website to find just about any MIDI file available on the web Point your browser at our address below and choose the MIDI Files link http www Midilllustrator com What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 5 Save and Manage your Scores You might want to try e Enabling AutoSave and Background saving so that your work is backed up automatically behind the scenes without interruption to your current task e Saving bitmap images of your scores so you can share them with other musicians e Saving a MIDI song as it is displayed on the score versus saving the notes with their actual playback times Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help e Save a score with modified master tempo e Creating and Printing Scores to Postscript Printers and PDF Adobe Portable Document Format What else can you
43. 191 transposing note sounds only 180 transposing the notation 95 191 trial version of the program 313 triplets 282 tuplets 282 turning pages 149 31 140 164 26 258 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software two hand piano 32 228 U undo 133 upgrading 102 upper voice 280 V version history 103 316 views 138 277 Virtuoso versus Maestro 100 332 voices concept 280 voices entry note 62 198 voices note selection 66 203 283 voices rests and guide rests 280 volume entry note 62 198 volume note selection 66 203 283 volume and tempo status bar controls 149 W what can you do with the program 10 16 56 window view 138 277 WINE emulator Linux support 311 Z zooming in and out 40 136 145 zooming vs print size 138 277 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software
44. 5 Colours Textures and Backgrounds Command Location Score Menu Score Options Color Tab The Colors Textures and Backgrounds tab allows you to change the following score attributes e Colors of the various components of the score eg note and cursor colors e Add texture and quality to your score manuscript using score textures which color the page beneath the notation The texture bitmap used to texture the score page when viewing and printing scores Several textures are supplied with Midilllustrator in the resources folder e Custom score backgrounds allow you to add a personal feel to your Midilllustrator working environment The background bitmap used to fill the background behind the score document when zoomed out in Page View Several backgrounds are supplied with Midilllustrator in the resources folder Colors To change the default color of an item simply select the item in the list click on the Modify button and choose a new color from the Color palette Then click OK and either Apply or OK in the Color tab for the changes to take effect on the score Textures To change the page texture of a score simply select Page in the list click on the Choose Texture button and choose a new bitmap from your hard disk To remove a texture and use the default plain color click the Clear Texture button Backgrounds To change the background of a score simply select Background in th
45. Always Visible option is enabled then a dotted timeline will be shown for each active but empty staff Notes about Hiding Staff Notation e Staff notation is only hidden when scores are viewed in Performance Mode If you change mode when staff notation is hidden the staves will be shown as normal e If Staff Tools are visible in Window View then all active staves will be shown instead of just a single timeline if Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible is also enabled on the staff menu e Certain actions are disabled when staff notation is hidden specifically Step by Step Mode e Certain Tasks may reset the score to traditional staff notation View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 3 3 Full Screen Command Location View Menu See more of the score in Full Screen Mode You can enter Full Screen Mode by clicking the F11 key All menus and toolbars will be hidden and the score will be shown using the entire screen making much more of the notation visible Keyboard shortcuts can be used to initiate functions such as playback rewind etc Hit Escape or F11 to return to normal viewing mode Menu Access in Full Screen Mode You can access the hidden Midilllustrator menus in Full Screen Mode simply by hitting the Alt key followed by the letter of each menu For example Alt V brings up the View Menu You can then select an item from the menu using the keyboard cursor or the
46. Auto Add frets to manually entered chords e Selection o Include dots when incrementing duration of selection e Sounds o Audition chord when note clicked with mouse o Audition cursor insertion pitch o Audition note insertions and clipboard paste o Audition changes to existing notation e Notation o Auto tie off beat notes which cross beats Midilllustrator can automatically make corrections to common spelling and format errors in chord names When manually editing chord names the corresponding fret for the modified chord name will be automatically added updated when chord name editing completes Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 115 Entered Chords Barline The barline dialog has replaced the barline toolbar commands Repeat Dialog and count on repeat sections can now be shown or hidden Repeat Display Improved New Time Signature Clef Key and Transpose Dialogs for faster User easier changes Interface Previewing changes is now easier with the Undo Changes dialog button which immediately removes any changes to the score made using the Apply button without having to close the dialog and hit Undo Furthermore many dialogs now remember how they were last used so that common tasks are easier to perform as dialog options are automatically configured when the dialog is opened Time Signature Dialog new features e Acomprehensive set of options t
47. Channel 10 this way but MIDI devices on computer soundcards often do These drums use MIDI information in a different way to other instruments Specifically staves which use Channel 10 use pitch rather than the instrument patch in order to determine which drum sound is heard For this reason special treatment is given to Channel 10 staves when for instance you are transposing a score Transposing these drums may have undesirable effects such as changing all of the Bass Drums into Acoustic Snares As a result you can opt to leave drum notes as they are when transposing the rest of the score Ifa given staff is using Channel 10 then Midilllustrator will assume it contains drum notes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Staff Instrument vs MIDI Echo Instrument Command Location Staff Tools on Score Echoing to a Staff Instrument vs Echoing to the MIDI Echo Instrument By default all MIDI data received through the MIDI In device will be broadcast to the MIDI Echo device and the sound you hear will be played by the MIDI Echo instrument You can however opt to have Midilllustrator redirect the MIDI In data to any of the Staff Instruments used in the current score This allows you to quickly select an instrument sound for your external MIDI Instrument which is in keeping with the score you are currently reviewing For example you may have a multi part score open and wish to p
48. Command Reference Menus 199 at the insertion point you must first select the appropriate voice so that Midilllustrator knows which music idea you are modifying See Voices for more information See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Note Enharmonic Enharmonic Spelling These commands leave the pitch of the entry note unchanged and only alters the way the entry note is displayed The various spellings which are available depending on the particular key pitch e Double Sharp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double Flat When you subsequently alter the entry pitch the enharmonic spelling will be removed and the Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling will be applied to future additions see below Note that any accidental in the spelling will only be shown if it has not already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules or if the Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental option is enabled see below Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling This can be either e Sharp or e Flat When moving the cursor in Edit mode vertical position commands alter the pitch of the entry note A single up or down pitch from the keyboard arrow keys will raise or lower the entry pitch chromatically by a semitone and any appropriate accidental necessary to represent the new pitch on the staff will be displayed automatically For example in a staff with a key signature of C a pitch up command
49. Copy and Paste Notation to from the Clipboard y Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help 2 2 1 Make Copies of Complete Staves with the Staff Manager Dialog Jy o Edit Large Areas of Notation Using Power Edit Mode J o Find Out About Using Edit Mode on an Existing Song Jy e Other Ways to Capture Your Music Jy o Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboard Jy o Record a Real Time Performance J Set Your Recording Options y o Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device Jy o Tap In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard Jy e Create a Template for Future Scores Jy e Add New Measures to the Score Jy e Set the Score Titles Composer Title Footer etc o Add Fields to Score Titles e g Page Numbers Date etc e Enrich Your score with Rich Text Content including Images and Multimedia Content o Add Moveable Text to Your Score e Modify the MIDI Content in Your Song e Add Notation Expressions which can Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos y Add and Remove Staves Using the Staff Manager Remove a Range of Measures from the Score Select a Range of Notes using Advanced Criteria Transpose All or Part of the Score Restructure the Score o Key Signatures o Time Signatures o Starting Tempo o Clefs View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Create a Brand New Score Command Location File Menu New scores can be created in several different
50. Echo MIDI check box in the MIDI In MIDI Echo section of Program Options Any MIDI Echo Instrument which you have selected will be overridden by the Staff Instrument until you disable echoing to the staff by again right clicking on the EJ button on the Staff Tools If you have more than one score open MIDI In will be echoed to the echo staff if any of the current score View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 6 10 Fingering amp Finger Numbers Command Location Tools Menu Finger numbers can be assigned to notes and chords in one of three ways e Manually using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts e Automatically for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with finger number Keyboard Shortcuts without the need to open the Fingering Analysis dialog e Automatically for the entire score a range of staves or a note selection using the Fingering Analysis dialog Once you have assigned finger numbers to notes several new features become available e Finger numbers can be displayed in alongside above or below each note chord in the score e Finger numbers can be displayed on each key during playback on the On Screen Piano Keyboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 200 Midilllustrator Help e Midilllustrator can show animated Performing Hands performing your score over the On Screen Piano Keyboard Automatic Fing
51. Flat When you subsequently alter the entry pitch the accidental spelling will be removed and the Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling will be reapplied to the entry note see above Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental With this option enabled any accidental in the spelling of the entry pitch will be shown even if it has already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules would not repeat the accidental thus keeping the score uncluttered If for example the entry note is Bb on a staff with a key signature of F major where all B notes are flat as standard then no flat accidental will be shown to the left of the Bb note unless Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental is enabled Once notes have been added with courtesy accidentals activated the courtesy accidentals can be deactivated by selecting the notes and using commands from the Notes menu Note that the Show Courtesy Accidentals option in Score Options will override any per note courtesy accidental setting and will display accidentals as appropriate next to every note Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Pitch Raises or lowers the pitch of the entry note chromatically or the vertical position of the entry rest See Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling above for information on the enharmonic spelling of the new pitch flat or sharp
52. Fretboard Menu commands allow you to e show hide the On Screen Guitar Fretboard OSF e dock the fretboard in position e toggle between the full size OSF and the cropped OSF e show note names on the OSF strings e edit the fretboard colors View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 8 12 Show Beat Mark Numbers to help with counting Command Location Score Menu Score Options Notation Tab Show Hide Score Objects Bookmarks If you have inserted Bookmarks this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Chord Names If you have inserted Chord Names this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Guitar Frets If you have inserted Guitar Frets this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Free Text If you have inserted Free Text items this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Expressions If you have inserted Expressions this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Note Information Note Names and Finger Numbers are both kinds of per note information which can be displayed on the score using the Note Names note information display preferences see below and Finger Numbers Note Information Display Preferences Show inside notes You can also choose to have note information placed inside the note In some circumstances such as printing vs window view one layout may be easier to read than the other Placing note
53. Generally speaking Midilllustrator remembers the zoom setting for each mode and its corresponding view but you may want to specify a preferred value for quickly sizing your scores The Preferred Zoom command is a view zoom command available from the Toolbars amp Zoom toolbar and the View Menu Set to Current Zoom Value This button will automatically set the value in the Preferred Zoom Value drop down box to that which is currently being used on the Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 264 Midilllustrator Help score View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 8 3 1 Score Transcription Wizard Command Location Tools Menu Program Options General Preferences Tab Midilllustrator can automatically make all the decisions necessary to convert your MIDI and Karaoke files into notation Alternatively you can use the Score Transcription Wizard Wizard to have Midilllustrator arrange the file s musical content in a particular way by selecting from a list of custom presentation modes Depending on the style of the music this can have a dramatic effect on readability The options offered in the Wizard are exactly the same as the Transcription Options tab of Score Options Please see the help for Transcription Options to learn more about the custom presentation modes The Wizard essentially allows you to apply a particular set of transcription options
54. In addition to the decorative function of barlines which usually instruct the reader in some way Repeat Barlines can be added to a score and Midilllustrator will observe these repeated section markers during playback Nested Repeats Midilllustrator supports nested repeats which means repeat sections within repeat sections You can think of repeat barlines in much the same way as brackets in a mathematical formula Consider the following x 2 3 The outer loop is repeated 3 times the inner loop is repeated twice for every outer loop Similarly in the example below the range bar 1 to bar 5 is repeated 3 times the inner loop of bar 3 is repeated twice for every outer loop As a result bar 3 will be heard a total of 6 times 3 2 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help Playback and Repeats When playing back Midilllustrator only considers repeats which begin at or before the playback starting position So in the example above if playback begins at bar 2 or even half way through bar 1 only the inner repeat section bar 3 will actually be repeated In general you should make sure that there is a Repeat Close for every Repeat Open barline If a score contains an uneven balance of left and right repeat barlines open and close then Midilllustrator will try to make the best of calculating which sections to repeat Setting the Number of Repeats Set the number of times a
55. Light M Light flashes in time with each beat of the ms music to give you a visual representation of the time signature of the piece and different shades of color are used to identify the Accented Beat and the Normal Beat The flash on beat for drop down box allows you to set the length of time in milliseconds ms that the colors used in the M Light are displayed for or flashed on each beat of the music You can choose from as little as 10ms to as much as 500ms To prevent any flashing and instead see just the solid colors seta flash time of 0 For more information about the M Light see the Metronome Light section of the View Menu Metronome Intro Metronome Intro Bars are metronome beats that play before playback Bars of the piece commences and are a useful way of familiarising yourself with the rhythm of a passage The type of Metronome Intro is selected using two drop down boxes The first Metronome Intro Bar drop down box contains the following options No Intro e 1 Bar e 2 Bars e 3 Bars e 4 Bars e 2 Beats the shortest intro when starting and the second drop down box has the following options e at beginning of piece e at beginning of a measure e at beginning of a beat e anywhere You may for example decide that when you are starting playback from the beginning of the piece you would like the metronome to start playing one bar before the start of playback If you wanted the metr
56. Log Keep staff of your score viewings and practice sessions Midilllustrator can turn the pages of the score using special graphical effects to scroll split and fade the screen as the music is played out showing both the current passage and the next passage from the next page at the same time You need never take your eyes off the score when reading ahead better than sheet music See more of the score in Full Screen Mode Maximize the use of your screen and fill it with the score and nothing else The new Jump to User Input option enables Midilllustrator to closely monitor your input from a connected MIDI Instrument When you move around from one passage to another whilst playing a piece Midilllustrator will automatically move the Step by Step cursor to the new input position Furthermore you can play through mistakes and Midilllustrator will still know the exact position you are reading and playing from and will automatically show that part of the score turning the pages as necessary Midilllustrator now supports the following clefs e Treble Clef e Bass Clef e Alto Clef e Tenor Clef e Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Higher e Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Lower e Octave Adjusted Bass Clef Lower e Neutral Clef Intelligent time signature editing allows you to make changes to the underlying time signature of the score without accidentally distorting the score layout Decorate your score with many different b
57. MidiIllustrator Maestro Version 1 00 see Maestro only functions below dis New Feature Program Modes Hide Traditional Staff Notation Show Stave Timeline Score Titles Title Fields Page Textures and Score Background s Launch Screen Description To support a broad range of functionality MidiIllustrator now has three distinct modes for working with your scores in very different ways Each mode offers a set of particular commands whilst temporarily hiding other functions to help you focus on the task in hand You simply switch seamlessly between modes depending on what you want to do with the program e Performance Mode allows you to perform and interact with your songs In Performance Mode you can create Practice Sessions study specific ranges of your scores and use learning tools such as Step by Step Most score editing functionality is hidden in this mode to allow you to focus on score viewing listening and performing e Layout Mode is for changing the dimensions and positions of score objects such as measures staves and lyrics Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout to make good use of screen real estate However if you wish to manage the layout fora particular measure page or even the entire score then in this mode you can either tweak the layout to simply tighten up the score a little or you can make major changes to squeeze as much notation as possible onto a given page e
58. Midilllustrator is available in several different flavours to allow people with different musical interests to choose the functions and features which best suit their needs To learn about what the different versions have to offer see the following page About the Different Midilllustrator Products Back to FAQ Topic Q What is the difference between the trial and full versions A The trial version of Midilllustrator offers all the functionality of the full version of Midilllustrator for a limited period of time There are no limitations to printing or other functions in the trialso you can really get to know the program during the trial period Back to FAQ Topic Q Can I pay with PayPal A Yes You can purchase using PayPal by following the desired product link on the purchase page of our website http www midiillustrator com buy htm Back to FAQ Topic Q I m based outside the US and would like to pay by check Can I do that A The easiest and quickest way to buy Midilllustrator is by credit or debit card either online and we no longer accept checks Please contact us if you would like more information on any of the payment methods available Back to FAQ Topic Q I m based inside the US and I want to pay by check Where do I send my check or money order A The easiest and quickest way to buy Midilllustrator is by credit or debit card either online and we no longer accept checks Back to FAQ Topic Q What kind of product suppor
59. Numbers to Notes either Manually or Automatically ccccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 36 Practice new Rhythms with the Audio Visual Metronome c ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeaeeeseeeessaeeseaees 39 Sing along w ith Accompaniment Lyrics Light up in Time w ith the Misjna aa aar ae iara Eaa EEEa Aan EEE EEE E E E AEE 39 Watch your Score Performed on the Keyboard by Midilllustrator s Performing Hands icc ince cenit sleet ore ee a a be crates duaatelne a iee dln a Dat 39 Display Solfege Names on Notation and Instrument cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeeeesaeeeeaeeseeeeeesaeeeeaaes 40 Show the On Screeen Piano Keyboard ccccccceesceeeeeeeseeeeeeneeseaeeeceeeesaeeseaeeceeeesseeeeseaeeeceeseseeesseeeeaees 42 Show the On Screeen Guitar Fretboard eeceseesceseceseeeeeceeeseeeceeeseesaeeseeseaeeseeseneeeeeseeesneeseresieeneeeeaes 44 Show Beat Mark Numbers to help with COUNTING ccccecesceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeeseaeeeeeeesseeeessaeeeeaees 45 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 4 Midilllustrator Help Use the Speaking Metronome to help w ith COUNTING cccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeessaeeeeaees 50 Connect and Interact sissisotaan nananana aaa aa aaia aaa aa aan aara Eao tekaa idaan aniani aeania 52 Connect a MIDI Instrument and Interact w ith the MUSIC ccccceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaees 52 R
60. Sele tion innin eaaa aaae a ara ae ae aa aaaeei ArAnA raa Otia drana iaaa 135 3 View men nsi enitn ted ack ieee eves aar a aa E tee ele See aa a E 136 Window View amp Scroll View versus Page View sssssssssusssnsssusrnnssnunrnnsnnunrnnnnnunnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnn nunnana 138 Hide Notation Show Timeline Full SCROCH siscvesseccsscstvsscaveesvesucsveiversncexanceveaveavcucevesansverveusetedscessouscesaceveskssvetvensuceveldncenscevehvedusaeesucceusnidsssseveas On Screen Piano Keyboard ssciscsssccssccecsccsessecessetcsevctcencesscasesssasesectessctcssierssseusucecessesreveerstsetssesersescesscaseseeases Performing ands ssn a a a T asc vie ethene aia ces bles r a A e ee aaa a lnc eden Metronome Light ressccccisccetccscsccsssetdissccsecectveteeiotivicses cascecccuevsecdtescnsesstvesssevsesctsustecvasdegvereelotivssttcertoasestersecbersss TOOID ANS E E A E E E A E E E A EE E E E T E R E EE EA EEE E E Status Bar w ith Volume and Tempo TOolbab c cccccceceseceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseaeeceaeeecaeeseaeeseaeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeees 149 Status Bar ira Editing Palette os icscccscccveteacsans evcccveececeeicevsiesvsteaesetvevicesusedensnisvibvevaceusese a a aaa i EE Miew Toolbar GOMMAN e a e ara r a aae a aee a aeaa ea A 152 As Sc re menus a ea a araa a aara ara araa Ae aaa a A Sa a Ea Score Titles css Witle FIGIAS cc cscs ET A T TE A T ECT individual Not Nam Sinisa e E ae aa eaaa e aaa eaaa a araa aaraa Ea Eare 155 ae E
61. Session Per Score Tempo Performanc e Recording New Shortcut Zooming Shortcuts Improved Highlight Middle C Improveme nts Windows 8 The Metronome lead in options now includes a swift two beat intro option for playback for recording and also for Practise Sessions at start of first playback or between loops If you are using Step by Step Mode in a Practise Session when you enter the last notes in the practise range the Step by Step entry cursor will move automatically back to the start of the practise session This much demanded feature will optionally highlight rests during playback as well as notes to help with counting You can now Save Restore the entire last session of scores you were working on instead of just the last score when opening closing Midilllustrator The Master tempo is now adjustable and remembered individually for each open score allowing you to have different tempo adjustments for each open score This tempo is also saved with the score on closing Midilllustrator and restored with the session Alt R now starts stops MIDI device recording Added standard Ctrl Ctrl Ctri0 zoom keyboard shortcuts for better useability and standardised with Internet browsers and other applications Original shortcuts continue to work as they did with previous versions of Midilllustrator Middle C is now optionally highlighted on the On Screen Piano Keyboard for easier orientation
62. Sounds option then each new group of notes will be played back as it is selected Performing Hands in Step by Step Mode Performing Hands can also be shown in Step by Step Mode when finger numbers have been created for the score This can help with studying hand positions Stepping with a connected MIDI Instrument If you have a MIDI Instrument connected to your computer and you have configured Midilllustrator to listen for input from the instrument you can step through the score by playing all the notes in each step on your MIDI Instrument When Midilllustrator detects that all of the notes in the step have been entered simultaneously on the MIDI Instrument the cursor will move automatically to the following step If you are using Step by Step Mode in a Practise Session when you enter the last notes in the practise range the Step by Step entry cursor will move automatically back to the start of the practise session Wrong notes from a connected MIDI Instrument When you play notes on your keyboard which are not in the current step Midilllustrator will display them on both the on screen keyboard and the score to show how near far you are from the correct keys Jump to User Input If you have enabled the Jump to User Input option see below and you move around in the score then Midilllustrator will automatically move the Step by Step cursor to the new input position and show that part of the score turning the pages as
63. Step by Step Mode If you are skipping the dialog then Midilllustrator will automatically select a single staff for Step by Step Mode based on the location of the cursor at the time Pressing Ctrl B will start stop Step by Step Setting the Playback Starting Position in Step by Step Mode When you want Midilllustrator to accompany you during Step by Step Mode you may want to have playback begin at a different starting position to the Step by Step cursor This will give you the opportunity to have playback lead in and allow you to prepare to start playing your part A colored triangle marks the playback starting measure The playback starting position can be set with e Keyboard Shortcuts Perform section e The Perform menu and toolbar e MIDI Shortcut Keys e the mouse To set the playback starting position with the mouse hold down the Control key and click the left mouse button on the score at the appropriate measure You can then click anywhere on the score as normal to set the Step by Step cursor position you will play from Step by Step Mode Options Show Dialog when Allows you show hide the Step by Step dialog upon start up starting Step by Step Mode The dialog can also be switched on and off in the Step by Step tab of Program Options Play Step Note Sounds This option enables you to hear the sounds of the notes in with Cursor Left Right each chord by moving the cursor through the piece note by Actions note or chord b
64. Topic Q I recorded a piece to MIDI in 3 4 time on my digital piano but when I printed it out in Midilllustrator it was scored in 4 4 time Why is that and how do I change the time siqnature A Generally speaking information about time signature is stored in a MIDI file when the file is first created Midilllustrator can support and display any time signature used in a MIDI file Midilllustrator fully supports changes to the time signature When no time signature is stored in the MIDI file MidiIllustrator assumes that the piece is in 4 4 time Since no time signature is being stored in the recorded piece Midilllustrator defaults to 4 4 for that piece during import You can change this default using the Edit Time Signature Dialogue Measures menu Back to FAQ Topic Q I have a score which was originally composed in another program and saved as a MIDI file When viewed in MidilIllustrator some but not all of the original treble clef guitar staves for notating classical guitar music are printed with a bass clef Why is that A MIDI files do not generally store information about clefs so it is up to Midilllustrator to decide which clefs to use in each measure stave of the score When importing a MIDI file Midilllustrator tries to place as many notes as close to the stave as possible thereby reducing the need for leger lines and chooses a clef accordingly regardless of the instrument allocated to that stave This is why Midilllustrator somet
65. Wavetable SW Synth are more susceptible to this kind of delay than hardware MIDI devices If you have a soundcard installed in your machine for example a Creative Labs SoundBlaster then you will find that that selecting this card s MIDI device for playback over any installed synth devices may produce much better synchronization between visual and audio events without needing to set any value for Playback Latency When to use Playback Latency e when there is a small delay between when you hear notes and when you see them highlighted on the score e when you are using the PC keyboard to tap in notation rhythms J in time with the metronome and you notice that and there is a delay between your entered notes and the recorded notes as displayed after recording Midilllustrator automatically tries to set a value for Playback Latency when the value is left at Auto If in any doubt about your settings you should leave the value set at Auto You may need to experiment with Playback Latency values to achieve perfect synchronization of note sounds and note highlighting on your system Start with a very low value maybe 20ms If the cursor is moving before you hear the beat increase the latency value If it starts to move after the beat you should reduce the latency value Note about recording MIDI In latency If you have ensured good synchronization between sound output and screen updates if necessary using a Playback Latency value
66. Ways _ Individual note names can now be displayed along with finger numbers to Show new in alongside above or below each note or chord in the score Individual Note Names Finger Once assigned to notes in the score finger numbers can be displayed Numbers on the top of each key during playback Displayed on the On Screen Piano Keyboard New The Volume and Tempo toolbar has been integrated into the brand new Dynamic Midilllustrator Status Bar Tempo and Volume Controls Extended The clipboard now supports the copy and paste for lyrics bookmarks Clipboard chords frets free text and expressions Actions y Tabbed Midilllustrator scores are now arranged as tabs much like popular Documents applications such as Firefox and Internet Explorer Tabs provide easier Scores access and management of your open scores with more than one score open at a time Interface Many interfaces have been improved through redesign and new Improveme features for example nts Apply Now buttons which update your score instantly when you make changes to dialog controls without requiring you to close the current interface dialog are now available on the following dialogs e Score Options e Score Titles e Staff Manager Staff Manager also has a new layout New The Program Options dialog includes new tabs Program e Keyboard Options for configuring the On Screen Piano Keyboard Options e Program Colors hosting reorganized colo
67. accidentally distorting the score layout Decorate your score with many different barline styles including nested repeat sections which can be applied by Midilllustrator during playback Print your scores to bitmaps and share them with others or open them in other applications Allows you to split the current measure in two or insert a barline Allows you to instantly join the current measure to the next measure Context sensitive toolbars only those editing toolbars which are useful at a particular time are shown leaving room for more of the score to be shown on the screen Create powerful rules stating which MIDI playback device and channel you would like to use for the different instruments in your songs Routings are applied automatically when you open a song saving you time Access many of Midilllustrator s functions quickly and easily using your connected MIDI instrument Such as a MIDI keyboard as a remote control New printing options e Print odd or even pages e Print just the current page e Collate copies enabled As of version 2 0 you can now set a different playback starting position when you want Midilllustrator to accompany you during Step by Step Mode This popular task has been improved to automatically handle drum staves and non piano instrument staves The new Tasks Options tab in Program options allows you to configure task behavior for better task results New toolbar buttons and impro
68. all the silence in a measure with rests Read more about Automatic Rest Placement Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 197 Lyric Inserts a new rich text Lyric at the insertion point or a new verse if a Lyric already exists Bookmark Bookmarks are designed to help you navigate through files by providing points of reference For example you may wish to make a note on the score of where you got to in your last Practice Session or to mark the start and end of part of a piece that you find difficult and you wish to practice at a later date Using the Goto button in the View Menu you can then jump straight to that part of the score using the Bookmark as a reference To insert a new rich text Bookmark simply select the part of the score at which point you wish to insert a bookmark and choose the Bookmark command from the Insert Menu When a Bookmark is created the bar number of the insertion point will be added automatically and you can choose to keep this as your Bookmark or you can edit it by clicking on the text If a bookmark is already in place and you wish to edit it simply click on the Bookmark and edit as desired Bookmarks can be used with e Practice Sessions e Viewing a Range of Measures Chord Name Allows you to manually insert a single rich text Chord Name at the insertion point The Chord Name will appear above the top staff For more information on Chord Names see the Chord Selector d
69. and Midilllustrator Virtuoso operate more efficiently than earlier versions with better memory management and faster operation times especially on large editing operations Midilllustrator has a new system for remembering and restoring your MIDI IN and OUT device preferences This means that you can swap MIDI devices such as USB MIDI ports adapters in and out of your system between Midilllustrator sessions and Midilllustrator will still be able to play saved songs with the device they were originally configured to use even if the Windows MIDI device configuration has changed or been reordered Midilllustrator will only reset to the default Windows devices when the system changes if the Midilllustrator preferred defaults are no longer unavailable Furthermore a new option for setting staff track MIDI Playback MIDI OUT devices allows you to keep your saved song playback devices in sync with your program devices Simply set each staff to use the default playback device and whenever you change default playback device your songs will use the latest default playback device automatically New Scroll View viewing mode is designed especially for easier editing of scores allowing you scroll horizontally through the score one measure ata time New cursor display option allow you to hide the cursor altogether during playback but still have pages turned automatically Plays just the current measure and then returns the cursor to the pre playb
70. and Toolbars have been reorganized to allow easier orientation of the program All the commands from previous versions of Midilllustrator are still available but some have relocated to new menus toolbars screen positions for example the Setup menu is now the Tools menu Description Beyond the single step smart notation power of Midilllustrator Virtuoso Midilllustrator Maestro introduces a suite of composition commands e Capture your musical ideas quickly with context sensitive notation entry Add or insert new notation e Compose naturally with intuitive keyboard commands Normal Entry and make precision changes with mouse editing functions Mouse Entry e Record live performances directly into your scores e Create a brand new score from the ground up or modify scores converted originally from MIDI files using powerful copy paste functions and drag drop operations Power Edit Mode allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats and moving or copying multi staff selections of notation from one part of the score to another with drag drop operations or to another score altogether using Copy Cut Paste Clipboard Functions Score templates contain all the foundations necessary for creating a new score in one step You can easily create a template with your favorite properties in order to save time in the future when creating new compositions The Midilllustrator inst
71. and chords Fretboard from the current score It can be used as an aid to reading and playing the score allowing you to quickly and easily visualize chord shapes and fingering The On Screen Guitar Fretboard Colors are fully customizable and can be configured with the Fretboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog Speaking When the Speaking Metronome is Metronome enabled the metronome will count the beats out loud using a human voice instead of the Metronome Instrument This is especially useful when learning rhythm Display Displays Solfege names for Solfege instruments and score note Note Names names Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 105 gt Copy Chord This much requested feature will ey RES VAAT ESR AY Names to allow you to copy any chord i at Ha HH Lyrics names to the lyrics of the first staff in the score z z In some cases it is desirable to show chord names beneath the staff in this way but moreover it is z 4 s au le possible to export these new Er des go qui na tus di e ho chord lyrics by saving the score as ca tet func hym nos Cho rus ang A te fi del es Lae ti a MIDI file as the MIDI format can store lyrics but not chord information O
72. another or to a different score as long both scores are in Edit Mode Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help 2 2 2 5 Once items are selected they can be cut or copied to the clipboard and then pasted as many times as desired Copying Pasting Large Ranges For copying pasting large selections including multi track selections of notes rests use Power Edit instead Cut Cuts the current selection from the score and places them on the clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere in the score or in another open score Copy Copies the current selection to the clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere in the score or in another open score Another way to Make Copies of Complete Staves If you wish to make a copy of one or more complete staves including notation instrument name and other staff properties then try making a copy of the selected staff with the Staff Manager Dialog Paste and Pastes any selection previously cut or copied from the score to the clipboard Insert amp Paste In order to protect existing score content when using the clipboard some rules apply to where and how certain copied selections can be pasted into the score Specifically e In Normal Entry Edit Mode only note rest selections from single tracks can be pasted from the clipboard For multi track operations such as this use Power Edit instead e Since tuplets are treated as a unit and have to kept intact paste operations
73. as much of the score on to each page as the screen size will allow This means that it is generally not necessary to scroll different parts of each page into view If the first system on a page contains too many staves to fit on to the screen Midilllustrator will reluctantly add a scroll bar to the right side of the screen so that the lower staves can be scrolled into view Scroll View Scroll view applies the same rules for layout as Window view except that the format for the score is a single system which scrolls horizontally across the page Normally when you change the score notation Midilllustrator repaginates automatically reformatting the score to accommodate the notation changes for example increasing staff system height or measure width to house new notes These dynamic changes can result in quite a lot of score movement as systems are shifted about according to the new layout Scroll View focuses a single system on the page restricting dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit This viewing mode allows you scroll horizontally through the score one measure at a time using the horizontal scroll bar at the base of the score window Scroll view does not support scrolling and fading in of the next page with Advanced Page Turn Note about Scroll View and Printing Measure numbers are automatically displayed on all measures in scroll view to make measure operations easier For this reason scores may not print ex
74. at the new drag pitch Changes the time of the Dragging Horizontally None selected note to the new drag time Creates a copy of the existing Control Key note in the same pitch at the new drag time Enables dragging both Dragging Any Direction Alt Key vertically and horizontally at the same time Moving Rests with the Mouse Rests can be selected and repositioned vertically on the staff if the rest type does not rely on its position relative to the staff in order to establish its identity thus only quarter rests and shorter can be moved Note about Edit Mode and Printing In order to make editing as comfortable and efficient as possible the following features behave differently in Edit Mode e Empty Portions of Staves are always shown whilst in Edit Mode e Empty measures are not compressed whilst in Edit Mode e Rests in empty measures are not automatically centred in Edit Mode in order to make note rest entry easier e Timeline view is temporarily deactivated in Edit Mode For this reason scores may not print exactly the same in Edit Mode as in Performance Layout Modes Switching to Performance Layout Mode before printing is therefore recommended for optimal printing results Note about Playback In Edit Mode Normally playback continues until the end of the score is reached regardless of whether there is still music left to play or not In this way lyrics and other score items are still highlighted and the me
75. available for MIDI Echo are exactly the same as the devices available for MIDI Playback If you are using Midilllustrator for the first time and want to learn more about setting up your soundcard and choosing MIDI devices then see Configuring Sound and Playing Back Scores in the Getting Started section Default MIDI Device When you run Midilllustrator for the first time it attempts to select and configure a default MIDI device for playback Midilllustrator will try to identify and use the preferred MIDI Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 250 Midilllustrator Help device which Windows uses for all MIDI output this device is often referred to as the MIDI Mapper You can make any or all of the devices on the list available for playback Select a MIDI device from the list by ticking its check box You must have a default device selected in order for Midilllustrator to playback files Set the default device by selecting it from the list and clicking the Set Device As Default button When opening files Midilllustrator will always use the default MIDI device marked in the list with DEFAULT though you can configure a file to use any of the devices which you have checked in the MIDI Playback device list See Staff MIDI Device for more information If you want Midilllustrator to always play songs using the DEFAULT device you have selected for playback then you should ensure that each Staff MIDI Device is set to t
76. be echoed to that staff s instrument A thick colored line will appear on the left hand side of the clef and an E will appear on the button when this mode has been selected The screen shot below provides a summary of the Staff Tools Left Click Choose Track Instrument Right Click Modify Track in Track Manager Left Click Select Track Right Click Echo to this Track Selected Track Echo to Track Marker View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 6 Measures menu The Measures menu offers the following commands when the cursor is in an active part of the score Clef Opens the Set Clef for Measures dialog allowing you to edit the clef in a range of measures Key Signature Opens the Edit Key dialog allowing you to edit the key in a range of measures Time Signature Opens the Edit Time Signature dialog allowing you to edit the time signature in a range of measures Starting Tempo Opens the Tempo dialog allowing you to set the starting tempo for the score you may add tempo MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog Transpose Notes Opens the Transpose Notes dialog allowing you to transpose notes ina range of measures Compress Empty Make the best use of space on the screen or printed page by choosing Measures to show identical empty measures as a single measure View Measure Opens the Range of Measures to Display dialog allowing
77. be shifted rather than just notation in the entry voice The insert arrows are only displayed when inserting is possible Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 202 Midilllustrator Help 5 7 2 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Note and Rest Deletion Command Location Insert Menu There are several different ways to quickly remove notes rests and groups of these items from the score Essentially the typical delete and backspace commands apply to the nearest note or rest at the cursor time in Edit Mode However in Performance Mode or when the Shift key is depressed when deleting a notes rests at the cursor time are removed a nnd Performance Mode Edit Mode Simple Deletion Advanced Deletion Delete Delete Chord Delete Single Item Deletes any chord at the Deletes a single item in the cursor position same time horizontal position as cursor and if there are multiple items at that position deletes only the item nearest to the cursor pitch vertical position Backspace Delete Single Item to Left Delete Single Item to Left Deletes any chord to the left Deletes a single item to the of the cursor position left of the time horizontal position of the cursor and if there are multiple items at that position deletes only the item nearest to the cursor pitch vertical position Shift Delete No effect Delete Chord and Shift Remainder Left D
78. can perform even the most technically challenging pieces Expressions Expressions are rich text notation which can be customized to suit your which needs Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 108 Midilllustrator Help Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos Articulations etc Jy Measure Endings Quick Print Parts Instruments Staves Fully Customizabl e On Screen Piano Keyboard Colors Score Starting Tempo Completely New Program Interface Context Menus Better Printer Managemen Expressions differ from other rich text objects Such as Free Text items as they can be associated with MIDI events such as Tempo Volume and Pan which alter the performance of a piece during playback Common expressions include e Dynamics e Metronome Tempos Tempo Marks and Tempo Alterations e Mood Marks e Articulations i Tz Midilllustrator now supports endings as part of its S E a E comprehensive barline ye se I J J JJ functionality Endings can be used with bar repeats to create very efficient scores where only the ending of a particular passage varies from one verse to the next You need only score the common part of one or more verses once and then add any different endings for each verse Naturally Midilllustrator can observe ending behavior as well as nested repeat instructions in the score during playback Print any combination of parts instruments or st
79. can print the current score at any time by choosing the Print command from the File Menu In order to see what a score will look like when printed out you can switch to Page View using the View Menu Page View is exactly the same as the Print Preview mode which can be selected from the File Menu More information on the difference between Window View and Page View In order to print only certain parts instruments staves use the quick print facility You can format your scores in any number of ways before you print them Here are just a few common tasks to get started with e Reorganize the score layout to get more or less music onto the page e Choose print formatting options such as paper and margins size e Choose Colors Textures and Backgrounds for your score What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Configuring Sound and Playing Back Scores Midilllustrator can open files and transcribe scores without being configured for sound in any way If however you wish to hear a score played back then you must configure Midilllustrator to use the soundcard in your computer and its MIDI capabilities Furthermore many advanced options in Midilllustrator such as the Step by Step mode and MIDI Echo employ the functionality of a soundcard In order to playback a file you must at the very least configure a MIDI playback device
80. cannot be opened during playback Apply Apply The Apply button applies all of the changes made without the need to Now close the dialog box by hitting the OK button If you would like your changes to be made immediately use The Apply Now button When this button is used any changes made to the staves will be reflected on the score straightaway without the need to click the Apply button Applying Instrument Changes Quickly As well as using the Apply Apply Now buttons you can instantly apply instrument changes by double clicking an instrument name in the instrument list If the Apply button is available double clicking the list will have the effect of pressing this button effecting the new instrument immediately Name Displays the Full Name of the selected staff e g Staff 1 Acoustic Grand Piano The Name may be edited Staff namings are displayed as rich text objects so font formatting is possible using the right click context menu in the edit boxes Short Displays the Short Name of the selected staff e g a staff with the full name of Staff 1 Acoustic Grand Piano may have Aco Gra Pia as its short name The Short Name may be edited Device Assuming more than one device is available others can be selected using this drop down box To change the list of devices see the MIDI Playback tab in Program Options Channel Any channel from 1 to 16 may be selected from the drop down box Note Generally Channel 10 is used t
81. commands Mode e Capture your musical ideas quickly with context sensitive notation entry Add or insert new notation e Compose naturally with intuitive keyboard commands Normal Entry and make precision changes with mouse editing functions Mouse Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software ne Midilllustrator Help Power Edit Mode Score Templates and the quick start Default Score Template Record Your Performanc e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Tap In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard Copy Cut Paste Clipboard Functions Copy Complete Staves New Entry Item Toolbar Recording Options Accidentals Enharmonic Spelling and Individual Courtesy Accidentals Tuplet Note Entry Voice Guide Entry e Record live performances directly into your scores e Create a brand new score from the ground up or modify scores converted originally from MIDI files using powerful copy paste functions and drag drop operations Power Edit Mode allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats and moving or copying multi staff selections of notation from one part of the score to another with drag drop operations or to another score altogether using Copy Cut Paste Clipboard Functions Score templates contain all the foundations necessary for creating a new score in one step You can easily create a
82. created from scratch or generated automatically from an existing score The Midilllustrator installation package contains some basic templates to get composers up and running Templates contain the following core information e Aspecific number of Staves each containing Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 129 Key Signature Time Signature Opening Clef Staff Namings o Staff Instrument e All the score attributes specified in Score Options including but not limited to o Fonts o Score colors backgrounds and textures o Notation Preferences eg measure numbers note names etc and so forth o00 0 Templates do not generally contain more than one measure as the score initial score length is usually specified when generating a new score from the template Templates are stored with the extension mit in the program templates folder usually found in the active user Documents folder in the Ra lentando Software MidiIllustrator sub folder Create and Save a Template from Scratch or from the Current Score To create a template from scratch first create a new score with the desired attributes Alternatively open an existing score which would make a good template for future scores Then select Save As Template from the File Menu commands This command will create a copy of the current score and strip from it all non template data notes lyrics MIDI data etc The template will be
83. displays chord names and guitar frets above the top stave You can apply this command to multiple scores simultaneously with a Task See the Task Wizard for further detail on this and other tasks Removes all of the chord names and guitar frets that have been added to the score If you would rather just temporarily hide these objects you can do so using the Show Hide Score Objects option in the Score Options dialog This command will copy any chord names to the lyrics of the first staff in the score In some cases it is desirable to show chord names beneath the staff in this way Furthermore once the lyric chord names have been created it is also possible to export these new chord lyrics by saving the score as a MIDI file as the MIDI format can store lyrics but not chord information Other music software programs and some advanced digital keyboards can then display chords in the lyrics generated by Midilllustrator when importing a MIDI file Note that this action will overwrite existing lyrics in the first staff If you do not wish to overwrite existing lyrics first create a new top staff and then repeat this command Automatic Fingering Analysis is an advanced feature in Midilllustrator which performs a customizable analysis of the notation in your scores and accordingly assigns finger numbers to each note and chord Removes all of the finger numbers that have been assigned to notes in the score If you would rather just t
84. e Add Songs to List e Add the Current open Song to the Playlist e Remove Selected Songs e New List e Rename List e Delete List e Clear List Begin Playback This command will switch Midilllustrator to Playlist Mode Pause Between Playing Songs This command will insert a small delay in between songs in Playlist Mode This provides a more pleasant transition between the end of one song and the start of another song It is generally only necessary to enable this option on very fast systems Playlist Mode In this mode all editing and modification of scores is disabled as Midilllustrator prepares to play each score in turn from the current playlist AS a result many menus toolbars will be disabled in this mode You can exit Playlist Mode at any time by hitting the Escape key Midilllustrator will play each song in the playlist and then restart at the beginning Each song will be opened and displayed as a score in the normal way Only one score will be open at a time saving system resources and making the application more efficient Each time a score is opened all other scores will be closed You will be prompted to save and open scores which have been modified when you first enter Playlist Mode If a song has been saved in practice mode it will be opened and played in practice mode So you may want to avoid adding such songs to certain playlists as the practice session may instruct a section of the song to lo
85. eed ce pena aed 283 8 MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments ccececeeeee ee ee eee ee ee ee cece ee eeae ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 288 9 Staff Instrument vs MIDI Echo Instrument 2 ccceeeeeee seer ee eeeeee nese ee eeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeeeeee 288 10 Fingering amp Finger NUMDELSS 0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeeeesaeeeeessaneeeeesaneeees 289 Part VII Purchasing Midilllustrator 293 1 Purchasing Midilllustratonia inisiasi inina taaan teveeeteeeet vecstevdetaeeentveriee bide aeeeets 293 Part VIII Shortcuts 294 1 Keyboard Shortcuts isiin snaran anian aaa a AA NaN eceeetvecetencey ARNAN RN EnA RANEA 294 Part IX FAQ Frequently Asked Questions 302 1 Buyin and Registering cosicccessccsiceciis ceectiensseeies anina iaiaaeaia aaia niadau eet 304 2 Editing the SCOR Lai ryssien a an eden A i a aA EAO VEENA EREA ia ESAERA 306 3 MIDI Files Playback and SOUNG cccceeeeee cece eee ee eeeeaaeeeeee esse eeseaeeeseeeeseaeeeneeeeeeee 308 4 Import and Ex Portes sc 22 ao cele sce veces Aae tk eaaa a aa a E ae E E A eaea A E p Kaaa neath 309 E A ALLA EA E T E T ovtiveestuaeree 309 6 Downloading sisisi aana aaia ete de aaaea aaar aiana Naia 311 T Miscellane OUS aa a a a a aa E a a Ea cis AE AE a AEE dasani 311 Part X About the Trial Version of Midilllustrator 313 1 About the Trial Version of MidilllUstrator c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenees 313 Copyright 2004 20
86. finger numbers will be ignored in the calculation and will be updated as Midilllustrator sees fit With this option checked however Midilllustrator will use any existing fingering in the score as a guide to how you would like finger numbers assigned to remaining notes and these finger numbers will not be changed in the analysis You might use this option having assigned a finger number to a single note in an arpeggio for example and Midilllustrator will then assign finger numbers to the remaining notes in the arpeggio using the manually assigned finger as a starting point In the current version of Midilllustrator fingering analysis can be performed for keyboard instruments such as the piano Midilllustrator will decide which hand to use when fingering a given staff based on the assigned instrument playing hand Staff Manager You can override this when using the finger analysis dialog using the Force Hand commands Assign separate hand fingering for upper Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts lower voices When Midilllustrator finds more than one musical idea indicated in a staff with the use of voices it will normally assign both the left and right hands to finger lower and upper voices accordingly Uncheck this box to have a single hand notes across play multiple voices on each staff Disabling this option may have consequences for Performing Hands making some multi voice chord combination
87. following options e On Time e A Whole Note Ahead of Time e AHalf Note Ahead of Time e A Quarter Note Ahead of Time e An gth Note Ahead of Time e A 16th Note Ahead of Time e A324 Note Ahead of Time e A 64 Note Ahead of Time The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 7 Tasks to Transform Your Scores Automatically Midilllustrator Tasks allow you to make a number of changes to one or more of your songs in one quick step For instance you can use a Task to open a MIDI file and apply a series of special commands Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help to the resulting score such as converting the piece into a simplified two hand piano piece and highlighting all the accidentals in the score in a bright color Alternatively you may wish to convert a large number of your Karaoke files into Fake Books with chord names and guitar frets Tasks are managed using the Task Wizard What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Present Difficult Notation in Simplified Form MidiIllustrator can automatically make all the decisions necessary to convert your MIDI and Karaoke files into notation Alternatively you can use the Score Trans
88. in the Staves Menu This is on by default View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Step by Step Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Step by Step Mode Tab With Step by Step Mode you can step the cursor through the score selecting notes one at a time or in chord groups This command is available in Performance Mode only When you enter Step by Step Mode a dialog will be displayed asking you which staves you would like to include in each step Keyboard players may choose to select a single staff to practice the left or right hand of a piece or they may select two staves to practice hands together The keys for each chord are highlighted on the score and on the keyboard A dashed red box is drawn around the chord s on the score Note names are shown in the status bar You can move backwards and forwards through the score using the cursor keys Each time the cursor moves a new set of notes will be selected If you have selected the Play Set Note Sounds option then each new group of notes will be played back as it is selected Performing Hands in Step by Step Mode Performing Hands can also be shown in Step by Step Mode when finger numbers have been created for the score This can help with studying hand positions Stepping with a connected MIDI Instrument If you have a MIDI Instrument connected to your computer and you have
89. in Edit Mode Normal Entry Notes are entered by positioning the cursor to the desired insertion point and selecting the entry pitch from the screen keyboard using the left mouse button When the left mouse button is released the note is added Holding down the Shift key whilst entering notation will result in rest entry rather than note entry The duration of the note or rest added is determined by the entry item qualities and should be set before entering a new item Chord notes can be added in exactly the same way as with the mouse or computer keyboard holding the Control key down whilst clicking notes on the on screen piano will keep the cursor in the current time position ready for adding another note to the current chord Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance Using Note Entry via the On Screen Guitar Fretboard Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Note Entry Via the On Screen Guitar Fretboard Command Location View Menu Fretboard This tool allows you to enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using the On Screen Guitar Fretboard Note entry with the on screen fretboard is possible only in Edit Mode Normal Entry Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Thi
90. in alternating colors This is particularly useful in solo piano scores where left and right hands are clearly distinguished Selecting Staves will affect the notes which appear on the keyboard during playback If any staves are selected only the notes from those staves will appear on the keyboard Remaining visible staves will be ignored This allows you to display multiple staves on the screen and a different selection of staff notes on the keyboard When MIDI In is received from an external midi device such as a MIDI Piano Keyboard In Step by Step mode the next note or notes to be played Colors are applied using the same rules as during playback alternating staff colors Keyboard Highlighting Colors You can edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors used to show which keys are being pressed during playback such as left and right hand piano playback keys via the Keyboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog Full Size You can switch between displaying a Full Size Keyboard 88 keys and a Keyboard cropped display of the centre four octaves of the keyboard two octaves on either side of Middle C Performing Hands Show Note Names Highlight This will place a small marker on Middle C to assist with finding your place Middle C on the keyboard Read more about the On Screen Piano Keyboard Performing Hands These can be displayed A G or using Solfege note names Menu Commands You can access the keyboar
91. in the score this latest change should override any existing custom layout bar widths in the active area Custom measure widths are removed automatically if the notation in the measure changes As such custom layout is best applied when composing is more or less complete How Custom Layout interacts with Midilllustrator s Automatic Music Layout In general Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout as you modify the notation in your score When you apply a custom layout to part of the score Midilllustrator will try to accommodate the requested settings However Midilllustrator will still ensure that basic rules for formatting are still applied such as ensuring that a single system or measure cannot be any wider than the page containing it Furthermore Midilllustrator will always stretch the last measure in a system to reach the right margin of the page unless the measure is the last in the score As a result custom width settings for such an end of system measure may not be applied Note that empty measures with custom layout height or width cannot be compressed and are treated as non identical to other empty measures with different layout settings or no layout settings More About this Mode You can make basic notation changes in Layout Mode for example correcting score attributes like stave heights You can change the presentation of the notation but in this mode like Performance Mode the raw music is generally prote
92. information inside the notes also generate smaller scores for printing as less horizontal vertical space is needed to name each note When note information is drawn inside the note the text color is controlled by Midilllustrator in order to maximize clarity Show to left of note When this option has been selected the name will be displayed near each note on the score see below for positioning options Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help Note that if both Note Names and Finger Numbers are set to display inside or to the left of the note Finger Number display will override the Note Name If you wish to show both Note Names and Finger Numbers for notes then one ofthe se information types can be shown inside the note the other to the left of the note Alternatively show note information outside the staff Show outside staff When note information is shown outside the staff it can be automatically arranged by Midilllustrator to create the most compact score based on note positions stem directions voices and the note names finger numbers relative to the owning note Alternatively you can customize the display of note information to suit your needs Position automatically outside staff recommended default This is the recommended style for the most easily configured score with optimal spacing Position above the staff Position below the staff Always position voices separately above belo
93. is consistent with the idea that each voice represents a separate musical part Voice Guide Rests Jy In general Midilllustrator automatically fills all the silence in a measure with rests To assist with composing Midilllustrator also adds a special type of virtual rest where more than one voice is displayed in a given measure In Edit Mode voice guide rests are shown to fill all the silence in an implicit but empty voice in the measure Specifically when an Upper or Lower voice note is added to a measure and no corresponding opposite Lower or Upper voice exists in the time spanned by the new note then guide rests in that empty voice will be added automatically beneath or above the new note These guide rests can be shortened or lengthened allowing the placement of a note in the empty voice at a desired time within the span of the new note Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 22 Midilllustrator Help 6 5 These guide rests do not generally contribute to the readability of the score and so they are hidden outside Edit Mode Hiding Upper Lower Voice Rests Optionally ALL automatically drawn upper lower voice rests can be hidden outside Edit Mode Midilllustrator draws these rests automatically to help with reading however these rests are not essential for understanding of the rhythm so can be hidden in Performance Mode using the Hide ALL upper lower voice guide rests option in the Notation Tab of the Score Op
94. list available below At the bottom of the dialog select the number of measures you want to see in the score initially default 30 Note that the Time Signature Key Signature and Tempo tabs are hidden as these characteristics are all determined by the template Hit OK to create your score Generate a New Score Using the Default Score Template Read more about the default template To generate a score using the default template choose New Default Score from the File Menu commands A score with the default 30 measures will be created based on the default template Alternatively open the New Score dialog from the File Menu or the Launch Screen Select New Score from Template and choose the default template from the template list At the bottom of the dialog select the number of measures you want to see in the score initially default 30 Note that the Time Signature Key Signature and Tempo tabs are hidden as these characteristics are all determined by the template Hit OK to create your score Start Composing As soon as your new Score is created you can start to capture your music What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 2 2 Compose and Edit Using Edit Mode Command Location Tools Menu Edit Mode is for full scale score composition Within Edit Mode there are 3 sub modes for working with you
95. mouse Alternatively you can use keyboard shortcuts whilst in Full Screen Mode For example Alt Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 12 Midilllustrator Help 5 3 4 L shows hides the Lists Bar To see a full list of shortcuts look here View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com On Screen Piano Keyboard Command Location View Menu Keyboard The On Screen Piano Keyboard will highlight notes and chords from the current score It can be used as an aid to reading and playing the score especially solo piano music allowing you to quickly and easily visualize chord shapes and fingering In Edit Mode notes can added directly to your score with Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard Moving and Sizing the Keyboard The On Screen Piano Keyboard works in a similar way to the other standard Windows toolbars found in Midilllustrator but unlike most toolbars it can also be sized dynamically even when it is docked The keyboard can be docked or floated When Midilllustrator first starts the keyboard is docked at the bottom of the screen As you resize the program s main window the keyboard width and height change by proportion to the main window size Midilllustrator will always try to make the best use of space when displaying the keyboard and its proportions will always be managed automatically You can use the title bar on the top of the keyboard
96. necessary For more information about setting up your external MIDI Instrument see MIDI In Quick Starting Step by Step Mode You can choose to skip the Start Up dialog when starting Step by Step Mode by checking the box at the bottom of the dialog and you can switch the dialog on or off in Program Options Step by Step Mode If you are skipping the dialog then Midilllustrator will automatically select a single staff for Step by Step Mode based on the location of the cursor at the time Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 221 Pressing Ctrl B will start stop Step by Step Setting the Playback Starting Position in Step by Step Mode When you want Midilllustrator to accompany you during Step by Step Mode you may want to have playback begin at a different starting position to the Step by Step cursor This will give you the opportunity to have playback lead in and allow you to prepare to start playing your part A colored triangle marks the playback starting measure The playback starting position can be set with Keyboard Shortcuts Perform section The Perform menu and toolbar MIDI Shortcut Keys the mouse To set the playback starting position with the mouse hold down the Control key and click the left mouse button on the score at the appropriate measure You can then click anywhere on the score as normal to set the Step by Step cursor position you will play from Step by Step Mode Optio
97. need complete control over rests and other score notation then we recommend that you try Midilllustrator Maestro Read about the differences between Midilllustrator Virtuoso and Midilllustrator Maestro If you wish to hide empty staves i e staves which contain only rests then this can be achieved using the Staff Manager by selecting Hide Empty Portions of Staves See Hide Empty Staves in the Show Hide section of the help documentation for more information Back to FAQ Topic Q How do I add delete or move individual notes in the score Is there a version which would allow this A Yes with Midilllustrator Maestro Midilllustrator Virtuoso behaves slightly differently to suit a different purpose How Notes are treated differently in MidiIllustrator Virtuoso versus Midilllustrator Maestro With Midilllustrator Virtuoso you can delete or move existing notes but new notes cannot be added to the score That said you can delete and move notes using Midilllustrator Virtuoso though this functionality is best directed at correcting the score rather than full scale editing operations Notes can be edited by selecting the note or notes and then choosing commands from the Notes menu If you need complete control over rests and other score notation then we recommend that you try Midilllustrator Maestro Read about the differences between Midilllustrator Virtuoso and Midilllustrator Maestro Back to FAQ Topic Q Some scores look amp sou
98. new playback device if they were saved with the Default Device as the staff instrument device Using multiple MIDI devices for playback Midilllustrator supports the playback of a single file using multiple MIDI devices You may for example wish to direct a particular instrument in the score such as a piano to an external MIDI module whilst directing the remaining orchestral parts to your computer soundcard As long as you have made more than one device available for playback in the MIDI Playback section of the Program Options dialog you can use different MIDI devices on each staff within the score This is a powerful feature which requires additional processing power and is not necessarily available on all Windows computers If you experience slow or choppy playback whilst using multiple MIDI devices try selecting a common MIDI device for all staves to improve performance Any channel from 1 to 16 may be selected from the drop down box Note Generally Channel 10 is used to play a particular group of drum instruments If a given staff is using Channel 10 then Midilllustrator will assume it contains drum notes For more information see the MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments section This drop down box enables you to transpose the note sounds on a selected staff from as little as one half step to as much as 24 half steps up or down This command is also available in the Staff Instrument Dialog This command only affects the
99. new time signatures This is especially useful if you wish to break a single long measure perhaps containing extended trill notes onto two separate systems or pages When you open the Split Measures dialog Midilllustrator will automatically determine all the possible split points in the measure and the resulting time signatures the two resulting smaller measures will have after the split is completed Move the slider control to the desired split position in the measure You can also round up the possible split points to a particular note size Once the action is completed you can if desired edit the Time Signature for each new measure View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 6 10 Join Measures Command Location Measures Menu A given measure can be joined to the measure which follows it creating a single larger measure with a new time signature from two smaller measures Midilllustrator will automatically determine new time signature of the single measure once the join is completed Once the action is completed you can if desired edit the Time Signature for the new measure View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 194 Midilllustrator Help 5 6 11 Barlines Command Location Measures Menu This page covers the use of the following measure bar f
100. not continue this practice of auto tying but instead simply notated single notes for the given duration where possible Power Edit Select entire measure In Power Edit mode choose whether the staff selection range is rounded up to the nearest beat or the nearest measure Cursor Always show entry note As with notes in the score the name with cursor entry note name can be shown for easier recognition of the staff line name When this option has been selected the name will be displayed on the left of the cursor note see below for positioning options This option is independent of the note name display option Show Individual Note Names the entry note name can be shown regardless of whether or not Individual Note Names are shown for each note When shown entry note You can also choose to have the name goes inside cursor 4 Note name placed inside the note instead of to the left Under different circumstances one layout may be easier to read than the other Warnings Show Edit Mode Since the way that confirmation message 4 Midilllustrator automatically interprets the original MIDI content of a file changes when you first enter Edit Mode this confirmation warning is in place to explain the changes which will be applied In summary in Edit Mode you will have complete control over composition of the score Midilllustrator will settle on the current interpretation of the song s original MIDI content whe
101. notating Midilllustrator will generally split notes into Upper and Lower voices when it detects parallel melodic ideas in a staff Otherwise it will assign a Single Voice Rests Midilllustrator treats each voicing within a staff as an independent musical part As a result rests are assigned to each voice as necessary in order to complete the part within the measure Where possible identical rests occurring simultaneously in a staff will be consolidated E g if both the Upper and Lower voices are used in a measure and both voice parts are silent for the latter half of the measure a single line of rests in the Single Voice will be used to complete the musical line instead of two separate rest groups in each of the Upper and Lower voices Color Optionally you can choose to display the different voicing attributes of a score using color This can greatly improve the readability of a score especially where complicated musical ideas occur simultaneously Stem Direction In general Single Voice stem direction is determined by a note s position on the staff i e stems point up on notes in the lower half of the staff and point down in the upper half of the staff Stems on notes in the Upper Voice almost always point up by default similarly stems in the Lower Voice almost always point down Default behavior can be overridden using stem direction commands Beaming Only notes in the same voice can be beamed together This
102. of Midilllustrator Virtuoso or Midilllustrator Maestro Read more about Player in the Midilllustrator documentation MidiIllustrator Virtuoso Version 1 00 and MidilIllustrator Maestro Version 1 00 see Maestro only functions below Jia New Feature Program Modes Description To support a broad range of functionality Midilllustrator now has three distinct modes for working with your scores in very different ways Each mode offers a set of particular commands whilst temporarily hiding other functions to help you focus on the task in hand You simply switch seamlessly between modes depending on what you want to do with the program e Performance Mode allows you to perform and interact with your songs In Performance Mode you can create Practice Sessions study specific ranges of your scores and use learning tools such as Step by Step Most score editing functionality is hidden in this mode to allow you to focus on score viewing listening and performing e Layout Mode is for changing the dimensions and positions of score objects such as measures staves and lyrics Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout to make good use of screen real estate However if you wish to manage the layout fora particular measure page or even the entire score then in this mode Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Hide Traditional Staff Notation Show Stave Timeline Score Titles Title Fields Page
103. of pieces so I can set my computer MIDI piano to play them Is there a playlist facility or a file merge function Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software FAQ Frequently Asked Questions 303 O How do I print the MIDI file in lead sheet or fake book format O Can I split or join measures OAre there any editing features which Midilllustrator Maestro does not yet offer O Back to top e MIDI Files Playback and Sound O Where can I find MIDI files OI have connected my MIDI piano keyboard to the computer Can I automatically play along using the instrument sound on a particular track Right now it always plays the instrument from Echo Instrument setup O Back to top e Import and Export O What kind of files can I open with Midilllustrator O Back to top e Printing OI have changed stave color in normal view but can t get it to print the color or show color in print preview page view I have told my printer to print color What can I do O Does Midilllustrator support PostScript and Adobe Acrobat PDF printer drivers such as FreePDF O Nothing appears on the printed page some on the notation is missing Why O The edge of the score on the printed page is missing Why O How do I print alternate or selected pages to make back to back printing easier this option is grayed out in printer menu O Back to top e Downloading O I really would like to try this program but I can t get it to download Can you emai
104. or Single Voice See Voices for more information See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Enharmonic Spelling These commands leave the pitch of the selected notes unchanged and only alters the way the notes are displayed The various spellings which are available depending on the particular key pitch e Double Sharp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double Flat Note that any accidental in the spelling will only be shown if it has not already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules or if the Show Courtesy Accidental option is enabled see below Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software e Midilllustrator Help Accidental Ties Slurs ie See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Note accidental commands will alter the pitch of the selected note s Accidentals other than courtesy accidentals can only be altered in Edit Mode 4 The accidentals which are available depending on the particular key pitch are e Double Sharp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double Flat Show Courtesy Accidental With this option enabled any accidental in the spelling of the note pitch will be shown even if it has already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules would not repeat the accidental thus keeping the score uncluttered If for example the entry note is Bb on a staff with a key signature of F major where all B notes are flat
105. original value This value can be saved with the score Enables you to increase or decrease the playback volume of the piece or selected staves and to reset the playback volume to its original value This is a master volume setting Changing the master volume will affect staff volumes differently depending on whether or not those staves are currently selected For more information see the Volume section of the Extended Sequencer Toolbar Activates or deactivates the Metronome Switches between using the Metronome 28 Midilllustrator Help 5 18 1 Instrument and counting the beats out loud using a human voice See Speaking Metronome Configure Metronome Instrument Opens the Metronome Instrument dialog Activate MIDI In Activates or deactivates MIDI In For further information on MIDI In see the MIDI In MIDI Echo section Activate MIDI Echo Activates deactivates MIDI Echo For further information on MIDI Echo see the MIDI In MIDI Echo section Configure Echo Instrument Opens the MIDI Echo device Instrument dialog Play Notes as Imported Recorded Play imported MIDI songs and recordings as they were originally performed rather than adhering strictly to the notated times displayed on the score This is especially useful when for example a sequenced piece was performed with feeling but has been transcribed to be easier to read Read more about how the performance can vary from the notation in the What You See versus Wha
106. range selected if any This often makes it faster to apply changes to a particular range of measures These functions include Clef Key Signature Transpose Notes Remove Measures Endings More About this Mode Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Find Out About Using Edit Mode on an Existing Song Introduction to Modes Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode Midilllustrator offers a broad range of functionality and therefore presents several distinct modes for working with your scores These modes allow you to work with your scores in very different ways each mode offering a set of particular commands whilst temporarily hiding other commands to help you focus on the task in hand You simply switch seamlessly between modes depending on what you want to do with the program Performance Mode allows you to perform and interact with a song Layout Mode is for changing score dimensions and positions and Edit Mode Ty is for full scale composition Within Edit Mode there are three sub modes for working with your scores in different ways e Modes o 1 Performance Mode o 2 Layout Mode o Edit Mode J 3 Normal Entr
107. remain as they are In this way the latest change will be the value used for the score layout Vertical Spacing of Systems on the Page Normally Midilllustrator fits as many systems as possible onto a page and if there is any space left over it spaces the systems evenly to fill that space so that the page looks more uniform However as soon as you apply a vertical custom layout staff height to a measure staff systems on that page will no longer be automatically spaced vertically allowing you to manage the alignment yourself Removing Custom Layout manually and automatically Custom layout height width can be removed using the Layout Menu commands or by double Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 233 clicking the appropriate custom layout frame with the left mouse button Midilllustrator assumes that when you are modifying the actual notation in the score this latest change should override any existing custom layout bar widths in the active area Custom measure widths are removed automatically if the notation in the measure changes As such custom layout is best applied when composing is more or less complete How Custom Layout interacts with Midilllustrator s Automatic Music Layout In general Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout as you modify the notation in your score When you apply a custom layout to part of the score Midilllustrator will try to accommodate the reques
108. right arrows to change the default figure The lower the number the more the balance is on the left channel and conversely the higher the number the more the balance is on the right channel Bank 0 Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Coarse Adjust Method 0 For more information see Bank Select Bank 32 Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Fine Adjust Method 32 For more information see Bank Select View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 5 1 1 1 bank bank 0 bank 32 Command Location Staves Menu Staff Manager Some MIDI devices contain more than 128 instruments MIDI Patch instrument commands only allow you to select between 128 instruments The Bank Select method allows you to switch between banks of 128 instruments For example if a MIDI device has 256 instruments they will likely be divided into two banks each of 128 instruments In order to access instrument number 129 you would have to access the first instrument in the second bank You would therefore send a bank select message to switch to the second bank on the MIDI device followed by a patch message to switch to the first instrument in the current bank Most devices use only the Bank 0 select method but you can use the Bank 32 method to access devices with more than 128 banks View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilll
109. save changes and make backups of your and open scores and can save your scores in the background so that you Background can continue working uninterrupted Saving Store If you have adjusted the Master tempo of the score you are working Adjusted with you can store the new tempo with the score when you save it Tempo Undo Redo The new undo redo system allows a virtually unlimited number of more commands to be undone redone Furthermore Midilllustrator now powerful attempts to retain the current zoom view and mode when undoing and easier redoing to a previous future state rather than restoring the zoom to use view mode of that other undo state List Bar Several new features have been added to the List Bar e Add the current open song to the current Playlist with a single click e Custom List Font The List Bar Font button allows you to seta custom font for display of all text in the List Bar You can for example choose a larger font to make reading froma distance easier e Typing into list cycles list selection to first occurrence of letter typed and displays selected entry and so on with next letter typed e Your preferred list column widths are now stored and restored for each tab in the list bar Column autosizing is a new menu option e Logged files are now managed more efficiently with automatic removal of duplicate entries e The List Bar Tabs now fully support XP Themes e Windows tab renamed to Open Scores
110. selected only the notes from those staves will appear on the fretboard Remaining visible staves will be ignored This allows you to display multiple staves on the screen and a different selection of staff notes on the fretboard e When MIDI In is received from an external midi device such as a MIDI Piano Keyboard e In Step by Step mode the next note or notes to be played Colors are applied using the same rules as during playback alternating staff colors Please note that unlike the piano keyboard the guitar fretboard offers more than one way to play a note of a given pitch and guitar fret information is not stored in MIDI files As such Midilllustrator will always highlight played pitches in their position closest to the head of the guitar using open strings whenever possible Fretboard Highlighting Colors You can edit the fretboard colors including highlighting colors used to show which strings are being pressed during playback via the Fretboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog Full Size You can switch between displaying a Full Size Fretboard and a cropped Fretboard display of the more commonly played range of the fretboard Show Note Names These can be displayed A G or using Solfege note names Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Menu Commands You can access the fretboard s menu of commands via the View Menu or by right clicking anywhere on the fretboard The
111. settings see below Use the Tempo dialog to set the starting tempo for the score or add tempo MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog Ty Volume The volume is a master setting meaning that the individual volume setting of each staff is incremented or decremented from its original value as the volume changes i e it is not an absolute setting Note that the final volume of scores when played back is controlled by the Windows Mixer dialog or the Windows volume control In general MidiIllustrator does not alter the volume settings at this level see the exception below Automatically Adjustment of MIDI Device Volume Some programs erroneously reduce the master volume of the Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth which is the default MIDI device used for playback on many Windows systems If the Windows master volume for this device has been set to zero then no sound will be heard during playback of any scores which use the device MidiIllustrator now checks to see if the Wavetable Synth is the playback device each time playback begins If it is and the current volume is zero Midilllustrator automatically increases the volume to 50 This action simply reproduces the result you would see if you manually increased the MIDI or SW Synth volume value in the Windows Mixer dialog also know as the Windows volume control Volume Control Behavior The volume control has two modes depending on the staff selection s
112. skipped to a new place in the score and are playing the notes froma position other than the current Step by Step position If you have enabled Jump to User Input and you move around in the score then Midilllustrator will automatically move the Step by Step cursor to the new input position Jump Marker Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 222 Midilllustrator Help 5 18 3 Midilllustrator will calculate the input position using a number of factors such as distance from the current position and note matching Whilst Midilllustrator is listening to your input a small triangle the jump marker will be shown at the place in the score Midilllustrator thinks you are currently reading from Only when Midilllustrator is sure that you have jumped to a new position will the Step by Step cursor be moved to that new input position Playing Through Mistakes Step by Step mode is much more flexible and forgiving with Jump to User Input enabled If for instance you miss a note or two in a particular passage you may simply keep playing and once Midilllustrator has determined that you have played through an error the cursor will immediately be moved to your new location In this way you will not have to keep returning to the current cursor position after missing a note or two and can instead focus on progressing through the score Jumping Distance In general the greater the gap between the curren
113. system setup Configuratio n Editing A new group of options allows you to configure your editing Options environment including e Chords o Auto Correct manually entered chord names o Auto Add frets to manually entered chords e Selection o Include dots when incrementing duration of selection e Sounds o Audition chord when note clicked with mouse o Audition cursor insertion pitch o Audition note insertions and clipboard paste o Audition changes to existing notation e Notation o Auto tie off beat notes which cross beats Auto Midilllustrator can automatically make corrections to common spelling Correct and format errors in chord names Manually Entered Chord Names Auto Add When manually editing chord names the corresponding fret for the Frets to modified chord name will be automatically added updated when chord Manually name editing completes Entered Chords Barline The barline dialog has replaced the barline toolbar commands Repeat Dialog and _ count on repeat sections can now be shown or hidden Repeat Display Improved New Time Signature Clef Key and Transpose Dialogs for faster User easier changes Interface Previewing changes is now easier with the Undo Changes dialog button which immediately removes any changes to the score made using the Apply button without having to close the dialog and hit Undo Furthermore many dialogs now remember how they were last used so that common tasks are ea
114. text 89 fretboard 44 full screen 141 Cz getting started 275 guide rests voices guitar fret generation guitar fret selector guitar fret tasks guitar fret visibility guitar fretboard 44 59 77 233 62 198 66 203 283 80 237 26 258 15 25 280 32 228 210 210 45 155 166 H hands 39 143 help menu 121 hide show score objects 45 155 166 hide empty portions of staves 177 hide empty staves 177 hide staff notation show timeline 31 140 highlight notes during playback 26 258 history 103 316 hyperlinks 88 images 88 130 import options 269 individual note names 45 155 166 insert and paste power edit mode 74 215 238 insert measures 85 192 insert menu 196 inserting versus adding notes 62 198 instrument dialog 183 instrument routing MIDI 53 256 instruments metronome instrument dialog 223 instruments MIDI echo instrument dialog 224 instruments staff instrument dialog 183 interface 55 249 italic text 88 J joinmeasures 193 K karaoke presentation song lead sheet 247 key signature 96 189 keyboard on screen piano keyboard colors 56 keyboard options 56 keyboard shortcuts 294 5 ae latency MIDI In 251 latency Playback 249 launch screen 127 layers concept 280 layout mode 22 212 231 35 42 142 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software lead sheets 32 228 Linux support with WINE emulator 311 listbar 147 226 lists 14
115. the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 2 2 11 Remove a Range of Measures from the Score Command Location Measures Menu The Remove Measures dialog allows you to select a range of measures for deletion from the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software o Midilllustrator Help 2 2 12 Typically you may want to remove the empty lead in measures which are sometimes found at the very beginning of the score You may however also wish to reduce the size of a particular score or simply remove sections which are not of interest to you Note that rather than removing measures from the score you may find it more convenient to simply view a particular range of measures using the Viewing a Range of Measures command If you only wish to remove one measure say measure 5 simply enter 5 in both in the First and Last boxes of the dialog and only that measure will be removed View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Select a Range of Notes using Advanced Criteria Command Location Edit Menu The Advanced Note Selection Dialog allows you to make note selections in the score using many different criteria Selection Criteria amp Selection Range Select the selection criteria from the list on the left and then select the Measure and Staff range that the selection should apply to If there is a current note selectio
116. the entire score then in this mode you can either tweak the layout to simply tighten up the score a little or you can make major changes to squeeze as much notation as possible onto a given page e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode Jy Layout settings are applied only in Page View Print Preview when the score is formatted for the printed page Applying a Custom Layout In Layout Mode select the measure staff combination whose dimensions you wish to customize You can only customize a single measure staff combination at a time You can change the following attributes of the measure staff combination e Measure width to allow more or fewer measures on a system or page e Staff height above the staff e Staff height beneath the staff Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 23 e Vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff When a Selection is made the layout frame appears marking the current boundaries of the active area If the measure staff contains any lyrics then the lyric boundary frame will also appear indicating the current vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff With the mouse click and drag a boundary to move it The table shows which boundaries control which layout aspect Frame Boundary Direction Change Applies to Measure Staff Left Right boundary Horizontal Measure width applies to the whole measure not just the measure width of the act
117. the field will not be properly Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help 2 2 7 substituted in the score View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Enrich Your score with Rich Text Content including Images and Multimedia Content Many of the items displayed in the score are rich text objects Rich text is a range of text which can be customized with font formatting and layout commands much like the text in any word processor document like Microsoft Word In fact fully formatted Rich Text Format RTF content can be copied and pasted directly from applications like Microsoft Office into your score In general rich text items support the following basic RTF formatting features Font formatting such as font style e g bold italic underline etc Hyperlinks e g http www Midilllustrator com Bullets and line numbering Paragraph alignment within the rich text item e g Left justified etc Text colors and much more Object Linking and Embedding OLE Furthermore Midilllustrator rich text items fully support Object Linking and Embedding giving you great flexibility to provide rich content such as images in your scores OLE is a technology that allows the linking and embedding of documents and other objects such as images and other multimedia content For example you might embed an image or photo into the Score Title as decoration or inse
118. the first and or last note in a chord or arpeggio will help Midilllustrator automatically assign the rest of the fingering to your requirements View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Purchasing Midilllustrator 7 Purchasing Midilllustrator Buying Midilllustrator is quick simple and safe To buy Midilllustrator visit our website at www Midilllustrator com All Midilllustrator products come with free unlimited technical support Customers also receive major discounts on future product releases from Rallentando Software Payment Methods Buy with PayPal using a Credit Debit Card or bank account the easiest way to buy Midilllustrator takes just a few minutes online This method is guaranteed secure and very quick you receive your purchase almost instantly via email Questions You can contact us for more information How is the full version of MidiIllustrator delivered Midilllustrator is available to try before you buy it When you buy Midilllustrator you receive a license to permanently activate your free trial copy of the software Immediately after we have processed your payment details you will be sent your personalized license with which you can instantly activate your existing copy of Midilllustrator permanently enabling all program features We will include instructions on how to do this Midilllust
119. the score If you would rather just temporarily hide finger numbers you can do so using the Show Hide Score Objects option in the Score Options dialog Allows the selection of a theme or color scheme for the program interface Opens the MIDI Options dialog Opens the Program Options dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Modes Introduction to Modes Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode Midilllustrator offers a broad range of functionality and therefore presents several distinct modes for working with your scores These modes allow you to work with your scores in very different ways each mode offering a set of particular commands whilst temporarily hiding other commands to help you focus on the task in hand You simply switch seamlessly between modes depending on what you want to do with the program Performance Mode allows you to perform and interact with a song Layout Mode is for changing score dimensions and positions and Edit Mode Ty is for full scale composition Within Edit Mode there are three sub modes for working with your scores in different ways e Modes o 1 Performance Mode o 2 Layout Mode Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 230 Midilllustrator Help o Edit Mode 3 Normal Entry 4 Mouse Entry 5 Power Edit The different Modes can be set using the Modes and Views toolbar shown below w
120. the score initially default 30 Note that the Time Signature Key Signature and Tempo tabs are hidden as these characteristics are all determined by the template Hit OK to create your score Generate a New Score Using the Default Score Template Read more about the default template To generate a score using the default template choose New Default Score from the File Menu commands A score with the default 30 measures will be created based on the default template Alternatively open the New Score dialog from the File Menu or the Launch Screen Select New Score from Template and choose the default template from the template list At the bottom of the dialog select the number of measures you want to see in the score initially default 30 Note that the Time Signature Key Signature and Tempo tabs are hidden as these characteristics are all determined by the template Hit OK to create your score Start Composing As soon as your new score is created you can start to capture your music What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Score Templates Command Location File Menu Score templates contain all the foundations necessary for creating a new score in one step You can easily create a template with your favourite properties in order to save time in the future when creating new compositions Templates can be
121. they are bigger than the note heads especially on chords where many notes may overlap For this reason a Note Name Finger Number is always roughly the same size as a note head Compress Empty Measures In order to make the best use of Notation space on the screen or printed page you can choose to Compress Empty Measures Midilllustrator will compress contiguous empty measures as long as the measures are e completely empty i e none of the visible staves in the measure contain any notes and e identical i e they share the same time signature key signature clef and bar ending This option is turned on by default Show Bar Repeat Count Display where appropriate above the measure the number of repeats which will be applied to a section repeat barline during playback Show Courtesy Accidental With this option enabled the for Every Note key signature is effectively repeated for each note on the score making it much easier to remember to sharpen or flatten a particular note when performing a piece Note that this global command overrides the individual per note setting for displaying courtesy accidentals against notes see Notes Menu and Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental Unlike in standard notation Midilllustrator will not just assume that a sharp or flat holds for the measure when this option is enabled Instead in a piece written in the key of G which contains a single sharp for example ev
122. this behaviour with the Alt key see below Using these keyboard modifiers at the same time as dragging with the mouse will give different results Action Keyboard Modifier Effect Changes the pitch of the Dragging Vertically None selected note to the new drag pitch Creates a copy of the existing Control Key note in the same time at the new drag pitch Changes the time of the Dragging Horizontally None selected note to the new drag time Creates a copy of the existing Control Key note in the same pitch at the new drag time Enables dragging both Dragging Any Direction Alt Key vertically and horizontally at the same time Moving Rests with the Mouse Rests can be selected and repositioned vertically on the staff if the rest type does not rely on its position relative to the staff in order to establish its identity thus only quarter rests and shorter can be moved Note about Edit Mode and Printing In order to make editing as comfortable and efficient as possible the following features behave differently in Edit Mode e Empty Portions of Staves are always shown whilst in Edit Mode e Empty measures are not compressed whilst in Edit Mode e Rests in empty measures are not automatically centred in Edit Mode in order to make note rest entry easier e Timeline view is temporarily deactivated in Edit Mode For this reason scores may not print exactly the same in Edit Mode as in Performance Layout Modes Switch
123. times but has a different ending each time 4 8 3 In the example the playback sequence would be Playba Repea Ending Ending Repea Ending Repea Ending ck t 1 1 ends t 2 t 3 starts seque begins with seque begins seque begins nce repeat nce nce Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 196 Midilllustrator Help 5 7 begins close loop loop with barline 2 3 3 3 repeat open barline loop 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 3 6 3 7 8 9 During playback endings can be applied within nested repeat sequences In this case each ending number applies to the count of the inner bar repeat sequence which hosts the ending not to the total number of times a nested sequence is actually played So if the outer measures in the example 1 and 9 were also marked as repeat open close measures then the entire sequence above would simply be repeated 1 2 345 36 37 89 12 345 36 37 89 Setting Endings in Power Edit Mode In Power Edit Mode the endings of a range of measures can be set with a single command Select the desired range of measures and assign an ending using the Set Ending command Measures Menu Special Notes on Ending Playback e As stated above in the barlines section when playing back Midilllustrator only considers repeats which begin at or before the playback starting position e Furthermore when playback begins inside an ending measure playback will continue from that point and w
124. to each MIDI or Karaoke file as you open it for the first time By default the Wizard starts each time you open a MIDI or Karaoke file You can skip the Wizard at any time and have Midilllustrator apply the default transcription options to the file You can also prevent the Wizard from starting automatically when you open a file See below for more information on the Wizard settings Wizard Check Boxes and Buttons Skip this If this box is checked you will be taken directly to the Score Transcription Introduction in Wizard dialog and you won t be shown the introductory page of the Future Wizard when you open files Back This button takes you back to the last page you were on If you are on the first page of the Score Transcription Wizard the button will be greyed out Next Takes you to the next page of the Score Transcription Wizard Skip Wizard Bypasses the Wizard screens and Midilllustrator creates the score using your default Score Options Help Takes you to the Score Transcription Wizard Help page Hiding this You can prevent the Wizard from starting each time you open a MIDI or Wizard Karaoke file and instead have Midilllustrator create new scores automatically using your default Score Options You can switch the Wizard on or off using the Open Score Transcription Wizard for MIDI Karaoke files setting in Program Options General Preferences If you wish to turn the Wizard off immediately simply check the Do no
125. to the performance Liberal timing will make the score harder to read when it is notated Experiment with Recording Transcription Options to get the best results Which MIDI Events are Captured When Recording Midilllustrator captures all note on off events and all Controller type events such as sustain pedal messages Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 2 3 3 1 Set Your Recording Options Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Recording Options Tab Recording options determine how Midilllustrator transcribes live MIDI performances recorded into the program You can also determine metronome settings for the recording session Choose how you would like Recorded The options for converting MIDI played in MIDI converted to notation during a recording session are identical to the options available for converting MIDI files as they are opened and transcribed by Midilllustrator see Transcription Options Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 2 2 3 4 It may be beneficial to apply more of the available simplification rules when record
126. toolbars found in Midilllustrator but unlike most toolbars it can also be sized dynamically even when it is docked The keyboard can be docked or floated When Midilllustrator first starts the keyboard is docked at the bottom of the screen As you resize the program s main window the keyboard width and height change by proportion to the main window size Midilllustrator will always try to make the best use of space when displaying the keyboard and its proportions will always be managed automatically You can use the title bar on the top of the keyboard to drag the keyboard to the top or bottom of the program window When docked Midilllustrator will resize the keyboard in the context of the main window and other moveable windows such as the List Bar If the keyboard is floating on the page it can be moved to any part of the screen with a simple click anywhere on the keyboard and by dragging it to the required location The keyboard can also be resized by clicking and dragging any edge of the keyboard Key Highlighting The piano keyboard highlights keys under the following circumstances e In general the notes from all visible staves will appear on the keyboard as they are sounded Alternating staff notes are displayed in alternating colors This is particularly useful in solo piano scores where left and right hands are clearly distinguished Selecting Staves will affect the notes which appear on the keyboard during playback If Copy
127. ways e Create a new score from scratch with the New Score dialog specifying score criteria in a few simple steps e Generate a new score using an existing score template selected from the New Score dialog e Generate a new score instantly using the Default score template from the File Menu commands New scores always open up in Edit Mode Normal Entry ready for editing Create a New Score From Scratch Open the New Score dialog from the File Menu or the Launch Screen From the Score Type tab select New Score and the number of staves You can specify the instruments for these staves later using the Staff Manager Dialog At the bottom of the dialog select the number of measures you want to see in the score initially default 30 If you want to specify the Time Signature Key Signature and Tempo select each tab as appropriate and enter the desired value Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator s When you have specified the score settings hit OK to create your score When the score has been created you are ready to start composing right away Generate a New Score Using an Existing Score Template Score templates contain all the foundations for a new score Read more about creating new templates Open the New Score dialog from the File Menu or the Launch Screen From the Score Type tab select New Score from Template and choose a template from the
128. well as playing an introduction you would also have to tick the Use Metronome throughout playback of score check box If this is left unchecked the metronome will only play the introduction Choose Instrument Opens the Metronome Instrument dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com MIDI Device Sharing Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI Device Sharing Tab The MIDI Device Sharing tab affords you the flexibility to control how Midilllustrator uses and shares MIDI Devices with other programs MIDI devices are used by Midilllustrator whenever some kind of MIDI function is performed One device is used for playback another device might be used to generate metronome beats and yet another device might be used to listen to a external MIDI Instrument such as a MIDI Keyboard ora MIDI Guitar Most MIDI devices can only be used by one Windows application at a time This means that if another programs is using your favourite MIDI playback device at the time you start Midilllustrator Midilllustrator may present a Device Already Used error when you try to play back a score Midilllustrator cannot ensure that other programs will share MIDI devices You can however instruct Midilllustrator to share devices with other programs based on whether or not it is the active window In this way Midilllustrator can relinquish MIDI devices at the moment y
129. which on face value could also be notated as an arpeggio or trill In this last case a careful study of the music style its rhythms note pitches and changing hand positions will contribute to the decision making process The most feasible readable form of the music should prevail offset against the need to display truly complex passages with accuracy Of course 100 accuracy in this endeavour is impossible but in cases where a mistake is made corrections can be easily made to the final notation MidilIllustrator can generate attractive scores from even poorly sequenced MIDI files Generally the quality of a MIDI file s sequencing can affect the quality of the resulting score Sequencing here refers to the way in which each note s attack time and duration is recorded in the MIDI file Music which is sequenced with feeling and expression to sound good when played back often does not make for very readable notation MIDI files which have on the other hand been quantized or sequenced with greater accuracy generally produce scores which are easier to read Sequencing notwithstanding Midilllustrator will generally make sensible decisions about how to notate a complex or live performance MIDI recording With Midilllustrator s transcription options you may also control or limit the complexity of such scores in order to make the notation more accessible Advanced notation features The Midilllustrator MIDI to Notation eng
130. which overlap or interfere with existing tuplets are not possible Note In Power Edit Mode you can also use the Insert amp Paste command to automatically create new measures as you paste insert a copied range View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Edit Large Areas of Notation Using Power Edit Mode Command Location Tools Menu Edit Mode Power Edit Mode is one of the sub modes of Edit Mode Power Edit allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats and moving or copying multi staff selections of notation from one part of the score to another or to another score altogether using Copy Cut Paste Clipboard Functions e Edit Mode o Normal Entry o Mouse Entry o Power Edit Selecting Ranges of the Score with Power Edit The selection range or drag range in Power Edit can be set using the keyboard arrow keys or the mouse With the mouse left click the score and drag over the measure s stave s group you wish to work with When the mouse is released you can extend the selection by holding down the Shift key and click dragging elsewhere on the score on another page if you wish The selection will be extended to the clicked dragged location With the keyboard use the arrow keys to select measure s stave s group You can Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator ext
131. will simply break the tuplet into normal non tuplet notes and issue a warning If the results of an operation are not as you would like you can undo the operation Tuplet Types Supported The current version of Midilllustrator supports the following two tuplet types e triplets of the following types o Quarter Note o 8th Note o 16th Note e quintuplets of the following types o 8th Note o 16th Note View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 6 6 Beams When importing a song Midilllustrator automatically identifies the need for beams and beams normal notes and tuplets according to standard notation practice The current version of the program does not allow custom beaming options For a list of note commands see the Notes Menu View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 6 7 Slurs The Notes menu will only appear when a note has been selected Some commands behave differently depending on the current mode and some are only available when the score is in Edit mode Ny As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Read more below about how the mode affects Notes Commands below Notes Commands Pitch 4 Raises or lowers the pitch of the selected note s chromatically Accidentals are automatic
132. with Keyboard Shortcuts Select the range of notes you wish to assign finger numbers to automatically Open the Automatic Fingering Analysis dialog and check the Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating option Midilllustrator will use the manually assigned finger numbers when assigning fingering to the rest of the selection Usually manually assigning the first and or last note in a chord or arpeggio will help Midilllustrator automatically assign the rest of the fingering to your requirements View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 2 5 19 5 Song Lead Sheets and Fake Books Command Location Tools Menu Generate Lead Sheets amp Fake Books The Song Lead Sheet Fake Book dialog allows you to optimise the score layout for a particular purpose There are three different style Tasks you can apply to your scores TASK PURPOSE Song Lead Sheet Generates a score which shows only the melody of the piece and the accompanying lyric Note When you first open a Karaoke file containing lyrics MidiIllustrator will optionally ask you if you would like to present the score as a Song Lead Sheet Fake Book Style 1 Generates a score which shows the melody of the piece and the accompanying lyric Chord Names are added to the top stave to show the chord progression through the score Lyrics will only app
133. you can do with MidilIllustrator If you are new to the program then we recommend you read the Getting Started section in the help documentation supplied with Midilllustrator as a quick start guide to some of the many things you can do with the program Either way you can access the Getting Started pages at any time from the Help menu in Midilllustrator Alternatively take a look at some of the many things you can do on the Midilllustrator website home page Back to FAQ Topic Q How can I email a copy of my MidilIllustrator score to a friend who is not a Midilllustrator owner A Three options are available 1 Tell your friend to download the free Midilllustrator Player they can then open and play any Midilllustrator score 2 Alternatively print your scores to bitmaps directly from the program and share them with others or open them in other applications 3 Finally you might consider trying a PDF Printer driver which will allow you to email a PDF document of your score Back to FAQ Topic Q Are you planning a Mac version A At the moment we do not have any firm plans for a dedicated Mac version though it is something we will consider for the future Back to FAQ Topic Q Are you planning a Linux version A We have confirmed that recent versions of Midilllustrator run on Linux using the WINE emulator At the moment we do not have any firm plans for a dedicated Linux version though it is something we will consider fo
134. zoom setting Left Arrow Moves to the previous note or rest Navigati on Comman ds Right Arrow Moves to the next note or rest Up Arrow Moves to the next stave or system Down Arrow Moves to the next stave or system Page Down Moves to the next page in the score Page Up Moves to the previous page in the score Ctrl End Moves the cursor to the end of the score Ctrl Home Moves the cursor to the start of the score Ctrl Right Arrow Moves the cursor to the next measure in the score Ctrl Left Arrow Moves the cursor to the previous measure in the score Alt Up Arrow Stave System above Alt Down Arrow Stave System below Ctrl G Opens the Goto Page Measure Bookmark dialog box Skip Back Forward Cursor Navigation During Playback Whilst playing the score holding down the Control key during the main navigation commands will move the playback cursor and then continue playback from the new cursor location The following navigation commands are available during playback Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 2 Midilllustrator Help Ctrl Page Down Ctrl Page Up Ctrl End Ctrl Home Ctrl Right Arrow Ctri Left Arrow Score menu Options Ctri Alt O Staves menu Staves Ctri T Ctrl I Ctrl Alt T Ctrl Alt N Ctrl Alt E Insert menu Insert Enter Comman ds Notes Ctrl Enter Rests Shift Enter Lyrics I L Bookmark 1I B S Chord I C Names Guitar I G Chords Free Text I T I F I S Expressio I E ns Insert menu
135. 0 the instrument names in the instrument box will automatically change to the corresponding General MIDI drum names Bear in mind that a given instrument patch may originally be set on any channel so specifying an original channel such as Channel 13 may dramatically limit the number of effective routings That said in general you should be as strict as possible with routing rules to prevent unexpected behaviour during playback NOTE Routings should be used with care as some can make your songs sound strange and may even result in silent staves during playback if MIDI devices are not attached or switched on Once the routing has been created it will be applied ALL MIDI FILES opened from that point on and no reminder will be posted to inform you that a routing is being applied to a particular song staff You can temporarily disable routings at any time by unchecking the box on the left of the routing list When are Routings Applied Routings are applied whenever e AMIDI file is opened and automatically converted to notation e The Convert Score to Two Hand Piano Task is applied to a score Routings will not be applied to existing MIL files as they are opened and subsequent changes to channel and MIDI device settings using Staff Manager will not be overridden by routings Duplicate or Conflicting Routings If you create duplicate or conflicting routings i e routings where two different rules are applied to the sam
136. 04 2015 Rallentando Software 82 Midilllustrator Help Do not worry about ending the recording session as soon as you have finished performing existing data on the active staff will only be deleted if it is replaced with newly recorded data ie if you don t play any notes the existing notation will be untouched Now the recording session is complete Midilllustrator will convert the raw recorded MIDI into notation just as if opening and transcribing an existing MIDI file applying your Recording Options You can also Tap In Rhythms with just the PC keyboard whilst recording My Recording is Out of Sync with the Existing Notation and or the Metronome Sometimes there is a delay between a musician playing a MIDI instrument and the resulting MIDI instructions reaching Midilllustrator This is know as MIDI device latency If you find that recorded notes are out of sync with existing notation even though you played notes at the same time as you heard them played back then you should experiment with values for MIDI device latency in MIDI Options This should allow Midilllustrator to compensate for the device delay Notes for Good Recording Use the metronome Use of the metronome whilst recording is highly recommended as the more accurate a performance is the better it will be notated by Midilllustrator Try to adhere to the rhythm as far as possible If you are trying to get a very clean score then try not to apply too much feeling
137. 15 Rallentando Software e Midilllustrator Help Part XI Contact Us 314 1 Contacting the Midilllustrator Team ssssssssesssnnsrsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 314 Part XII Version History and Licence Agreement 315 1 Licence Agreement ideiei cxceceeeciseactesscebess ce veceat depot ves aa ranha Ans vere devccuusectovarecavedsuetenss 315 2 Version HIStory wicieaccctvecieeideek ceeeckieekeat cece tebsa beaded ceive aaia choevineatebdevaabieveeedeeedi ty 316 3 Compare the Different Versions of MidilllUStrator ccccccseccseceeeceeeceeeseeeseeeseeeeees 332 Index 337 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Getting Started 9 1 Getting Started This documentation covers all products in the MidiIllustrator range Maestro Virtuoso amp Player Quick Start You can jump right into Midilllustrator by selecting commands from the program menus and toolbars Or if you are new to the program then we recommend you read this section as a quick start guide to some of the many things you can do with Midilllustrator Either way you can access these Getting Started pages at any time from the Help Menu in the program What s more you can always hit the F1 key to get detailed help for the area in which you are working What s New in this Version If you have used Midilllustrator products before find out quickly what s new in this version Introducing MidilIllustrator Notate print practice and pl
138. 2 Once the session is underway simply hit the Enter key at the time each new note should be created When the key is pressed the new note begins and when the key is released the new note ends The new notes are added to the recording staff when recording ends My Rhythm is Out of Sync with the Existing Notation and or the Metronome If you find that when you have tapped in a sequence of notes in time with the metronome that and there is a delay between your entered notes and the recorded notes as displayed try setting a value for Playback Latency Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Create a Template for Future Scores Command Location File Menu Score templates contain all the foundations necessary for creating a new score in one step You can easily create a template with your favourite properties in order to save time in the future when creating new compositions Templates can be created from scratch or generated automatically from an existing score The Midilllustrator installation package contains some basic templates to get composers up and running Templates contain the following core inform
139. 27 At the same time the volume of all unselected staves will decrease at the same rate towards 0 e As the volume slider is moved to the left the volume of all selected staves will remain at exactly 100 of their original values At the same time the volume of all unselected staves will decrease at the same rate towards 0 Shortcut You can quickly reset the volume to its original value 100 by clicking on the Vol label to the left of the slider Tempo The tempo displayed on the status bar is the number of beats per minute BPM based on the current beat length and the current rate of play back The beat length is also illustrated with a note graphic The note will be equivalent to one beat in length Like the volume control the tempo control is a master override not an absolute setting The tempo value you specify will reduce or increase the original tempo of the piece at the current cursor point to a percentage of its original value For instance if the piece was originally recorded at 60 BPM in 3 4 time then setting the tempo to a value of 250 will result in a tempo of 150 BPM 2 5 60 BPM 150 BPM MIDI Tempo controller events in the current MIDI file control the speed at which a song is played back and these events will update the status bar BPM value dynamically during playback As the song playback rate slows down or speeds up the BPM value will decrease or increase accordingly The Master value will not change with t
140. 30 Midilllustrator Help 5 1 6 5 1 7 Shortcuts Keys CTRL P View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Quick Print Parts Instruments Staves Command Location File Menu To save time when you wish to print only certain parts instruments staves in the score the quick print facility is a speedy alternative to using Staff Manager and other tools to format the score in order to print each part To use the quick print dialog simply select the staves you would like to print from the list staves which are currently shown on the score will be automatically selected Hold down the CONTROL key to select multiple staves You can toggle the printing of e Measure Numbers and the printing of the following items if the current score contains them e Bookmarks Chord Names Guitar Frets Free Text Expressions For printing of more advanced arrangements see Staff Manager and or the Create Lead Sheets and Fake Books options on the Tools Menu View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Printing and Saving Score Bitmap Images Command Location File Menu The following options allow you to specify how the document should be printed or alternatively saved as a series of bitmap images You can also use third party products alongside Midilllustrator to generate portable versions of your Midilllustrator scores Read a
141. 7 226 log 147 226 lower voice 280 lyric presentation song lead sheet 247 lyrics menu 196 Mac support 311 Maestro versus Virtuoso 100 332 measure endings 71 194 measure numbers 45 155 166 measure range 96 187 merge staves 186 metronome 50 253 metronome instrument dialog 223 metronome light 144 metronome tempo 90 MIDI channels and drums instruments 288 MIDI configuration 180 MIDI device sharing 254 MIDI events 90 MIDI expressions 90 MIDI In and Midi Echo 251 MIDI instrument routing 53 256 MIDI options 52 249 MIDI playback 180 MIDI shortcut keys 52 255 miscellaneous expressions 90 modes 76 229 276 modes and views 279 mood marks 90 mouse entry edit mode 59 77 233 move text objects 89 multimedia 88 multiplets 282 N navigation commands 40 136 145 new features in this version 103 316 new score 58 127 normal entry edit mode 59 77 233 notation options 45 155 166 note entry 62 198 note names 45 155 166 notes menu 66 203 283 notes volume 66 203 283 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software O on screen piano keyboard 35 42 142 on screen keyboard options 56 opening and viewing songs 12 19 P page turn 26 258 page view 138 277 palettes 151 paragraph formatting 88 parts printing individual 25 130 paste 133 paste and merge power edit mode 74 215 238 paste and replace power edit mode 74 215 238 payment methods 293 PDF 132 perfo
142. 70 Add Special Barlines to Control Playback of Efficient Scores cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeenseeeeeee 71 Repeat Sections nnana r a tates adie a a a aa aces AE aee Special Ending Sisera n eE ra e a aa aE aiaa ae eiaa ennie ara aieas Copy and Paste Notation to from the Clipboard c ccccceeeseeenececeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeceesseeeeseaeeeeaees Edit Large Areas of Notation Using Pow er Edit MOde c ccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeesaeeeeaeesseeeessaeeseaees Find Out About Using Edit Mode on an Existing Song Other Ways to Capture Your MUSIC c cccssceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeseeeeeaeeesaaeeeeeeeeaeeesaeeesaeseseaseesaeeeeeeeeeoas Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboatd cccccccccesceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeseaeeseaeeesaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeeeaees Note Entry Via the On Screen Guitar Fretboard Record a Real Time Performance Set Your Recording Options rosa onein e es coda vdasansuaa A E a a en i e api Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device cee ceecccecececeeeeeeeeeceaeeeceeeeeneeseaeeceaeeesueeseaeeecaeeeeeeeessaeeesaees Tapping In Rhythms w ith the PC Keyboard Create a Template for Future SCORES 2 icc csccssecscecassisscecescecesscgrenscsvenseesdscesssectecoccvesesesaersaceseseseesinesaacecesees Add insert MeaSur Siih a aa n ancien elegant Set the Score Titles Composer Title Footer etc ccccscceeseeesseceeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeseee
143. 8 courtesy accidentals on all notes 45 155 166 courtesy accidentals on individual notes 66 203 283 create score 58 127 cursor entry cursor 62 198 cursor for playback 26 258 cut 133 D default fonts 173 default score 58 127 default template 84 128 delay between sound and screen updates 249 delete bookmarks 209 delete chord names 209 delete guitar frets 210 delete lyrics 208 delete measures 93 192 delete notes and rests 202 deleting notes and rests 202 delivery of the program 293 different versions of the program 100 332 display and playback 182 dragging notes and rests with the mouse 59 77 233 drums 288 duration entry note 62 198 duration note selection 66 203 283 dynamic volume and tempo 149 dynamics 90 33 Midilllustrator Help sis echo 251 edit mode editing 59 77 233 editing options 265 editing palettes 151 empty staves 177 endings 71 194 enharmonic spelling entry note enharmonic spelling note selection enter notes with the screen keyboard entering notation 62 198 entry qualities 62 198 expressions 90 expressions with MIDI events 90 oe fade pages fading pages 26 258 fake books 247 FAQ Frequently Asked Questions 302 fields 86 153 file commands 124 file types 274 finding music files on the internet finger numbers 36 160 244 289 fingering 36 160 244 289 fingers 36 160 244 289 folders 268 font formatting 88 fonts 173 free
144. 83 Acrobat 132 activating the program 293 add measures 85 192 adding notation 62 198 adding versus inserting notes 62 198 Adobe Acrobat 132 advance lyric highlighting 26 258 advance page turn 26 258 advanced note selection dialog 94 135 anchor expression 90 anchor free text 89 articulations 90 associations file 274 audition current measure 217 AutoSave 268 B background save 268 backgrounds 21 174 bank 181 bar endings 71 194 bar lines 71 194 barlines 71 194 beams and beaming 283 bitmaps 130 bold text 88 bookmarks 209 browser 147 226 bullets 88 buy the program 293 oy eae channel 180 chord entry 196 chord entry with MIDI device 83 238 chord name generation 243 chord names visibility 45 155 166 chord selector 210 chord tasks 209 chords copying to lyrics 32 228 clef 98 188 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Index 337 clipboard 73 135 color schemes 55 249 colors textures and backgrounds 21 174 compare versions of the program 100 332 composing 59 77 233 compress empty measures 96 187 configuration 180 configuring sound and playback 14 19 context entry 62 198 context menus 70 convert to Two Hand Piano 240 copy entire staves 92 178 copy just the notation ina staff 74 215 238 copy to clipboard 133 copy whole measures 74 215 238 copying chords to lyrics 32 228 copying notes with the mouse 59 77 233 courtesy accidental on entry note 62 19
145. Chord Names this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Guitar Frets If you have inserted Guitar Frets this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Free Text If you have inserted Free Text items this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Expressions If you have inserted Expressions this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Note Information Note Names and Finger Numbers are both kinds of per note information which can be displayed on the score using the Note Names note information display preferences see below and Finger Numbers Note Information Display Preferences Show inside notes You can also choose to have note information placed inside the note In some circumstances such as printing vs window view one layout may be easier to read than the other Placing note information inside the notes also generate smaller scores for printing as less horizontal vertical space is needed to name each note When note information is drawn inside the note the text color is controlled by Midilllustrator in order to maximize clarity Show to left of note When this option has been selected the name will be displayed near each note on the score see below for positioning options Note that if both Note Names and Finger Numbers are set to display inside or to the left of the note Finger Number display will override the Note Name If you wish to show both Note Names and Finger Num
146. Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing Finger Numbers Valid finger numbers are from 1 to 5 starting with the thumb 1 on each hand through to the pinky 5 Obtaining the Best Analysis Possible Since assigning finger numbers is a very subjective task automatic generation of finger numbers for entire scores will inevitably include some unsuitable finger assignments There are many rules in the analysis which favours general rules and uses specific rules rarely Sometimes for example you will see a finger roll incorrectly assigned to an arpeggio or an awkward fingering for a 4 finger chord in order to make progress to the next note sequence easier In some case a given fingering may simply suit one player more than another To get best results using the following automatic fingering options in combination with your own manual fingering assignments is highly recommended e Ignore unselected notes when calculating Remember that fingering for a given sequence is calculated in the context of the surrounding notation Sometimes you will get better results if you generate fingering for a sequence in isolation You can also do this quickly for a selection of notes using the fingering keyboard shortcuts e Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating This is a quick way to get the fingering you want ona chord or arpeggio Manually assign one or two finger numbers to a given sequence of selected notes using commands in the Notes Menu or
147. Edit Mode is for full scale score editing and composition see below Jy Midilllustrator can hide traditional staff notation on the score and instead show staves as a much more compact timeline This option is very useful for producing and printing song sheets and fake books which contain only song lyrics or perhaps chords and guitar frets You can dramatically reduce the number of pages in a score if you do not need to see any staff notation or melody lines Score Titles are customizable text entries in the score You can apply fonts and colors of your choice The following titles are available e Score Title e Copyright e Composer e Reference e Footer first page and all remaining pages e Header first page and all remaining pages Fields are special text strings which can be inserted into Score Titles Fields are automatically populated with updated score information when titles are displayed or printed such as page count file name date and so forth Add texture and quality to your score manuscript using score textures which color the page beneath the notation Custom score backgrounds allow you to add a personal feel to your Midilllustrator working environment The Midilllustrator launch screen allows you quick and easy access to the program s most common activities Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 113 AutoSave Midilllustrator will periodically
148. Fake Book or Song Lead Sheet Midilllustrator can optimise the score layout for a particular purpose such as creating Fake Books or Lead Sheets You can generate scores which show a combination of the following core features melody lyric chord names and guitar frets Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 31 More information on using the Task Wizard and the Song Lead Sheet dialog What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 2 7 4 Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Automatically MIDI files do not generally contain any information about chords or chord progressions However Midilllustrator can intelligently analyse the music to determine which chords are being played in each beat or measure within the score With this information Midilllustrator can then display a combination of chord names and guitar fret graphics above the top stave You can edit the chord names and fret fingerings using a library of over 900 chord guitar frets included with Midilllustrator See more on how to Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets in your score What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 7 5 Format many Scores at once using the Task Wizard Midilllustrator Tasks allow you to make a number of chan
149. Fretboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software A view of the score in which traditional staff notation is temporarily hidden and instead staves in the score are compressed shown as a compact timeline Performance Mode Only Shows or hides the following Toolbars e File Toolbars and Zoom Perform Volume and Tempo Lists Editing Palettes Measure Modes and Views The Editing Palettes toolbar is context sensitive and will become visible depending on the editing state Midilllustrator is in The Restore Default Toolbar Layout option reverses all changes made to the toolbars and reinstates the original toolbar layout Shows or hides the status bar at the bottom of the screen You can show a list of Status Bar display options by right clicking on the Status Bar Displays Solfege note names instead of names A G on both the score when individual note names are enabled and also the On Screen Piano Keyboard and On Screen Guitar Fretboard Enter Leave Full Screen Mode Allows you to e show hide the On Screen Piano Keyboard OSP e dock the OSP keyboard in position e toggle between the full size OSP keyboard and the cropped keyboard e show note names on the OSP keyboard keys e show finger numbers on the OSP keyboard keys during playback finger numbers must be assigned to notes before the finger number can be shown on keys as they are played e show hide Performing Hands on the keyboard during playb
150. Hide Empty Staves you should enable the item Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible This will ensure that all the staves in the first system of each page will be visible whether empty or not and their corresponding Staff Tools will also be shown Show Namings You can choose to display or to hide the names of the staves and the associated instruments on the screen and printed page using the Show Namings check box The box is checked by default as many users like to see this detail on the score but there are times when you may wish to hide the names e g if you wanted to fit more of the score onto the screen printed page This option overrides all of the other Name settings in the Staff Dialog tab The Window View and the Printer and Page View dialogs allow you to customise the Window View and the Printer Page Views respectively Each dialog allows changes to be made to a the First System on the Page and b the Remaining Systems as detailed below Staff amp Instrument Allows you to show hide both the staff and instrument names e g Staff Names 1 Acoustic Grand Piano Staff Name Allows you to show hide the name of the staff e g Staff 1 Instrument Name Allows you to show hide the name of the instrument e g Acoustic Grand Piano Use Short Names This option determines whether the full or abbreviated staff instrument name is displayed when namings are shown on the score To edit the actual namings see Staff Namings
151. K button If you would like your changes to be made immediately use The Apply Now button When this button is used any changes made to the staves will be reflected on the score straightaway without the need to click the Apply button Applying Instrument Changes Quickly As well as using the Apply Apply Now buttons you can instantly apply instrument changes by double clicking an instrument name in the instrument list If the Apply button is available double clicking the list will have the effect of pressing this button effecting the new instrument immediately Device Assuming more than one device is available others can be selected using this drop down box To change the list of devices see the MIDI Playback tab in Program Options Channel The default channel is Channel 10 This is because most MIDI soundcards use the standard General MIDI GM instrument configuration and in GM notes broadcast on Channel 10 use the drum instrument patches These drum sounds make good metronome instruments You can of course use any GM instrument by selecting one of the instruments available on channels other than number 10 Alternatively you can choose Autoselect and Midilllustrator will choose a channel for the metronome instrument which does not conflict with channels used by any of the staves in the active score If all 16 channels are being used by staves in the MIDI file the metronome will share a channel with one of the staves Each tim
152. Light also displays the beat count to help with counting and rhythm exercises The Metronome Light is turned on by default and works independently from the Metronome audio The sound and light of the metronome are independent so that you can use either one at a time or both as you choose If you do not wish to use the Metronome Light simply hide it using the Show Hide command The Dock Undock command allows you to choose between having the Metronome Light floating on the screen or docked in a position of your choice If the Metronome Light is floating on the page it can be moved to any part of the screen with a simple click anywhere on the Metronome Light and by dragging it to the required location The Metronome Light can also be resized by clicking on and dragging any of its edges Midilllustrator will automatically ensure that the size of the Metronome Light will be kept proportional to its original height and width As well as being available via the View menu the Show Hide and Dock Undock commands may also be accessed by right clicking on the Metronome Light For the most part you will probably want to have the Metronome Light docked on the toolbar or somewhere similar on the page but sometimes it may be useful to have it floating on the screen For example you may be playing along to a piece some distance from the computer screen in which case you may want the Metronome Light floating in the centre of the screen and as large as possible
153. Menu The Measure Range dialog allows you to select a specific range of measures for printing or display on the screen This command is available in Performance Mode and Layout Mode only In Edit Mode all measures are shown at all times The current measure total is shown When you choose a new range measures outside that range are temporarily hidden not deleted You may for example want to focus on a particular part of the selected piece say from the beginning of measure 3 to the end of measure 11 and by entering the starting point of your selected range in the First box and the ending point in the Last box which in this case would be 3 and 11 respectively this range of measures will be displayed on the screen If you only wish to display one measure say measure 4 you would simply enter 4 in both in the First and Last boxes and only that measure will be displayed If you subsequently decide to focus on a different section of the piece you would simply change the range of measures that you had entered into the First and Last boxes To revert to the original score simply click on the Show All button which will show all of the measures in the score Practicing a range of measures If you wish to practice a specific part of the score you may find it useful to create a Practice Session for the specific measure range rather than using this dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Mi
154. Midilllustrator User Manual Version 3 AMidiOustrator Notate print practice amp play MIDI sheet music Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software All Rights Reserved Contents 3 Table of Contents Foreword 0 Part Getting Started 9 1 Getting Stared aE E AEA E E EEREN AEE AANE Raa AEAN EA SARARAN NEn 9 2 What Can You Do With Midilllustrator ccccceceeeeeeeeee cece tees ee eeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeees 10 3 Opening and Viewing SCOre 8 ccissccceccciencceticecicndcteceectecveenccticneeetaciede cedetlees ettaceveerecticneees 12 4 Creating a Brand New SOre cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeseeeeeaeseeeesaaseeneeaneeeeenes 14 5 Printing the Score vecsicsiccccicccceeccis cteviveccneeeee cateeevecceeeven ra AKNAN Na aaea UNN cceueveecdteeedecceeevenes 14 6 Configuring Sound and Playing Back SCOPeS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeesaneeeees 14 7 Finding Music Files on the Internet ccccseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeueeneeeees 15 Part Il Things to do with Midilllustrator 16 1 Performing Practice Print and Play ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenees 16 Learn More About How Midilllustrator Converts MIDI to Notation ccccssssseesseeseenseeeseneeeeeees 17 Configure Sound and Play Back Scores cs cccsssceseeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeesneeeeaaeessaeeesaeeesesessaseesaeeesee
155. NUM DOTS EEE A S A E E TTA A A E 160 Score Options DialOG a e aae r Se aaaeeeaa aaa aaa A aaao E a Eea a aeea aaran ae AEE So raaa agaaa anani 163 Transcription options a a a a a a Seed 164 Notations saraaiviiieda cea eedateitn e Gaia ele ain Hel E a rE E NOA 166 Staff Tools and NamingS casdsaveddiateerAdeanieatingartdorinauarsandndddsedideauiia eedi 172 FOIMNS eera n i we 173 Colours Textures and Backgrounds rnhin ra eas dea e e ae aea 174 PrintiMargins E E E T E E T A EN E A E 175 Print Lay oUt sia he a a a rea a a ae aa a a ata 175 5 STAVES Menu fo arenar donort arer ceca at EEA Aa aat aaah aaa PrE qptddecedis AEEA Eisa KEEA 177 Staff Manager Dialog a serea ea e araa eaaa aaea Aa aa ar Eea aa Ee E paraa aeaaeai 178 MIDI Configuratio sie a e E a a a a A aaa ka e E aaa 180 bank banko bank sZ auge E r aint te 181 Dis play and Play Dack iorere aa aa a aiaa aea aA a a rA Eaa aa aaa a aana 182 Sena NAMING a E EE TT EAT a E 182 Staff tools and NAMINGS sisisi diaranana eaa aanak aa aaa ra aa aaah paaa aaaeaii 182 INS EFUIMONE DIAIOG e E E E A E A IETA TE 183 Split Staves Dialog secisisccciscccccsctcsseccscavesesceveceussseressnsrcsvecvsceverseassecerssctesenseteeevscaverseceseceushuctcstesrsesersscavesensees 185 Merge Staves Dialog istccscccsscccssstcasseccecsetsesveieteceteaccacescuvtezsesdecs casevoivevessscbectenstecvesdedberseiobecysntestecsenstersctetses 186 Staff TOONS nisinsin aaraa a aaa aa aa aada aa a aaa a Naaa aaasta ata Sein 186
156. Rallentando Software Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 334 Midilllustrator Help eroale a E ia Connect a MIDI instrument and interact with the music Midilllustrator knows where you are in the score and turns the pages automatically Composing Create and Edit Scores Composing and Create brand new Editing scores or edit existing scores with powerful editing tools Enter notation quickly with the keyboard and make precision changes with mouse editing functions FP A Melt OR Tools to quickly and easily capture your musical ideas and performances Note entry via the on screen piano record Yes No a real time performance or enter chords using a connected MIDI instrument Yes Yes Yes No Context Sensitive Midilllustrator Editing Maestro examines the score as you work and automatically assigns note and rest entry qualities appropriate to the context Editing tools Quickly build scores with powerful copy paste functions and Yes No drag drop operations Yes No Score Templates Create a template with your favourite properties in order to save time in the future when creating new compositions Yes No Midilllustrator Maestro and Midilllustrator Virtuoso Each Midilllustrator product is two powerful programs wrapped into a single package As well as generating beautiful scores from the many free MIDI files available online all products feature music learning and per
157. Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 2 2 2 3 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Add Special Barlines to Control Playback of Efficient Scores Command Location Measures Menu This page covers the use of the following measure bar functions e Barlines o Special Barlines Repeats o Setting the Number of Repeats e Endings o Special Notes on Ending Playback Barlines Each measure or bar can have a left barline style and a right barline style Whilst all barline types have a decorative affect on the score some also affect the way in which the score is played back Left barlines can be Right barlines can be e Single e Single e Section Open e Double e Repeat Open e Section Close e Repeat Close In addition right barlines of type Repeat Close can have the following attribute e Repeat Count the number of times a section should be repeated Midilllustrator generally manages barlines for you automatically For instance a Section Close barline is placed at the end of the score when a MIDI file is first imported or when measures are deleted from the score Similarly Midilllustrator adds double barlines before clef changes to indicate the completion of a musical phrase All of these settings can be overridden manually and the style of all barlines in the score can be changed using the Measure Menu Toolbar commands Special Barlines Repeats
158. Special Barlines to Control Playback of Efficient Scores Repeat Sections Special Endings o Copy and Paste Notation to from the Clipboard Jy Make Copies of Complete Staves with the Staff Manager Dialog Jy o Edit Large Areas of Notation Using Power Edit Mode J o Find Out About Using Edit Mode on an Existing Song Jy e Other Ways to Capture Your Music Jy o Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboard J o Record a Real Time Performance J Set Your Recording Options y o Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device y o Tap In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard Jy e Create a Template for Future Scores Jy e Add New Measures to the Score J e Set the Score Titles Composer Title Footer etc o Add Fields to Score Titles e g Page Numbers Date etc e Enrich Your score with Rich Text Content including Images and Multimedia Content o Add Moveable Text to Your Score e Modify the MIDI Content in Your Song e Add Notation Expressions which can Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos y Add and Remove Staves Using the Staff Manager Remove a Range of Measures from the Score Select a Range of Notes using Advanced Criteria Transpose All or Part of the Score Restructure the Score o Key Signatures o Time Signatures o Starting Tempo o Clefs Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 12 Midilllustrator Help 1 3 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Opening and Viewin
159. System on the Page and b the Remaining Systems as detailed below Staff amp Instrument Allows you to show hide both the staff and instrument names e g Staff Names Staff Name Instrument Name Use Short Names 1 Acoustic Grand Piano Allows you to show hide the name of the staff e g Staff 1 Allows you to show hide the name of the instrument e g Acoustic Grand Piano This option determines whether the full or abbreviated staff instrument name is displayed when namings are shown on the score To edit the actual namings see Staff Namings Full names might be Left Hand and Acoustic Grand Piano whereas shortened names might be Lft Hnd and Aco Gra Pia For this option to work however the Staff Name and or Instrument Name options must also have been selected E g if you have chosen to hide the Staff Name and to show the Instrument Name and you then select Use Short Names only the Instrument Short Name will be displayed To show the Short Staff Name as well check the Staff Name box Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 173 Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 4 5 4 Fonts Command Location Score Menu Score Options Fonts Tab The Fonts tab allows you to customize the fonts used in the cu
160. The List Bar contains four powerful tools for managing and working with your music Click on the tabs to show each list and its corresponding control set in turn You can easily resize and move the List Bar using the mouse Right click any list to bring up a context menu of actions relevant to that list including the following general commands List Bar Font The List Bar Font button allows you to set a custom font for display of all text in the List Bar You can for example choose a larger font to make reading from a distance easier AutoSize Columns Your preferred list column widths are now stored and restored for each tab in the List Bar Column autosizing is also a menu option which will tell Midilllustrator to size list columns to fit list content as it changes Autosizing is enabled by default but will be deactivated if you size a column manually List Purpose Browser This list shows the contents of a particular folder which might contain the music MIDI Karaoke and Midilllustrator files on which you are currently working It allows you quick access to a list of scores which can be opened with a single click Since the list is always on the screen there is no need to constantly reopen and close the File Open dialog whilst you are browsing a collection of files The following button menu commands are available e Browse button Click the button to browse to a particular folder The standard Copyrig
161. View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 5 6 5 Transpose Dialog Command Location Measures Menu Transpose The Transpose dialog allows you to transpose the notes in some or all of the measures in the score If you would like to transpose only note sounds as they are played but leave notes where they are on the staff see Transpose note sounds in the MIDI Configuration section of the Staff Manager Dialog Using the Transpose dialog notes may be transposed e in all the measures on the score e from the current measure to the next key change and e between specific measures Transposing notes There are four ways to transpose notes 1 by using the left and right arrows on the right of the Key Signature Graphical Display and by clicking through until you find your desired key 2 by selecting a major or minor key from the drop down boxes located below the Key Signature Graphical Display 3 by shifting notes by a selected number of half steps either up or down towards the bottom of the dialog box or 4 by checking the Transpose entire piece to key closest to C Major minimize accidentals box Apply new key to ALL staves Enables you to change the key on all staves in the piece rather than just the selected staff Apply Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst leaving the dialog open for any future changes Undo Chang
162. able changed or been reordered Midilllustrator will only reset to the default MIDI Windows devices when the system changes if the Midilllustrator Devices preferred defaults are no longer unavailable and or frequent Furthermore a new option for setting staff track MIDI Playback MIDI MIDI OUT devices allows you to keep your saved song playback devices in System sync with your program devices Simply set each staff to use the Changes default playback device and whenever you change default playback device your songs will use the latest default playback device automatically New Score New Scroll View viewing mode is designed especially for easier editing Views of scores allowing you scroll horizontally through the score one measure ata time Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software ma Midilllustrator Help New Playback Cursor Options Audition Current Measure Play Imported MIDI Notes as Originally Performed Advanced Note Selection Improved Navigation New Keyboard Shortcuts Playback Latency Configuratio n Synchronizi ng Sounds and Screen Updates MIDI In Latency Configuratio n Editing Options Auto Correct Manually Entered Chord Names Auto Add Frets to Manually New cursor display option allow you to hide the cursor altogether during playback but still have pages turned automatically Plays just the current measure and then returns the cursor to the pre playback po
163. able to generate chords by analyzing the harmony tracks of the file In order to do this there must be sufficient information in the MIDI file for Midilllustrator to work with usually one melody track and at least one harmony track To show the both the melody line and generate chords at once start by opening the MIDI file in its original state From the Tasks menu select Create Lead Sheets and Fake Books and then Fake Book Style 1 2 or 3 depending on the fake book format you would like Midilllustrator will give you the opportunity to confirm which track in the file is the melody line If you are using a Karaoke file instead of MIDI file do not if prompted choose to Convert to Lead sheet as you open the file and instead follow the steps above There are tips in the help file which show how to get the best results from Midilllustrator s chord generation features search for chord names or Song Lead Sheets and Fake Books in the help file index Back to FAQ Topic Q Can I split or join measures A Midilllustrator fully supports measure splitting and joining Back to FAQ Topic Q Are there any editing features which MidilIllustrator Maestro does not yet offer A Midilllustrator Maestro offers many features dedicated to helping you capture your musical ideas whether you are recording a live performance modifying an existing song or creating a new score from the ground up entering new notes one ata time But we are still a
164. able to help you assign the right finger Fingering numbers easily and quickly for a selection of notes or the whole score Analysis Once you have assigned finger numbers to notes several new features become available e Finger numbers can be displayed in alongside above or below each note chord in the score e Finger numbers can be displayed on each key during playback on the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Midilllustrator can show animated Performing Hands performing your score over the On Screen Piano Keyboard Enrich your The following Midilllustrator rich text items can store and display rich score with text and OLE objects in your score Rich Text Content Lyrics Bookmarks Chord Names Free Text New Expressions New Staff Names and Instrument Names Staff Namings and Score Titles Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 320 Midilllustrator Help Performing Hands Expressions which Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos Articulations etc Jy Measure Endings Here are just a few of the formatting features supported by the new rich text items e Font formatting such as font style e g bold italic underline etc e Images photos jpeg bitmaps etc e Text colors e File Attachments even other scores e Hyperlinks e g http www Midilllustrator com e Paragraph Alignment e g Left Justified etc e Bullets and line numbering Easily add objects such as images and othe
165. accidental in the spelling of the note pitch will be shown even if it has already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules would not repeat the accidental thus keeping the score uncluttered If for example the entry note is Bb on a staff with a key signature of F major where all B notes are flat as standard then no flat accidental will be shown to the left of the Bb note unless Show Courtesy Accidental is enabled Note that the Show Courtesy Accidentals option in Score Options will override any per note courtesy accidental setting and will display accidentals as appropriate next to every note See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Ties Disable Tying on Selected Notes Performance Mode Only Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 286 Midilllustrator Help Slurs Jy Finger Numbers Allows the enabling or disabling of automatic tying on selected notes When tying is disabled even notes which should be tied because of their sound duration will only be displayed as a single untied note This option is useful for simplifying the notation in some cases This command is no longer available once the score has entered Edit Mode see Editing a Song for the First Time Tie Notes Together Edit Mode Only J Ties together or unties contiguous selected notes of the same pitch To tie two or more notes 1 All the notes to be tied must be selected using the mouse or keybo
166. ack fingering must be assigned to notes before they can be played e edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors e Highlight Middle C on the On Screen Piano Keyboard for easier orientation For further information see the On Screen Piano Keyboard section Allows you to e show hide the On Screen Guitar Fretboard OSF e dock the fretboard in position e toggle between the full size OSF and the cropped OSF e show note names on the OSF strings e edit the fretboard colors 138 Midilllustrator Help 5 3 1 Metronome Light Zoom Navigation Commands Go Directly to Score Location For further information see the On Screen Guitar Fretboard section Allows you to show hide and dock undock the Metronome Light You may also edit the metronome light flashing colors in the Program Colors dialog Allows you to zoom in and out of the score Note that zooming does not change the actual printing size of the notation it simply alters the magnification of the score on the screen For more information see Zooming vs Print Size Once you have found a zoom setting you are happy with this can be set as your Preferred Zoom also available a command from the Toolbars amp Zoom toolbar Allows you to navigate the score by reference to Page Measure Staff System and Item Cursor Navigation During Playback Whilst playing the score holding down the Control key during the main navigation comma
167. ack position Very useful if you are making trial and error changes to the notation Optionally play imported MIDI songs as they were originally performed rather than adhering to the notated times displayed on the score where the notation may have been tidied for easier reading This has always been the default behavior in earlier versions of Midilllustrator The new Advanced Note Selection Dialog allows you to make note selections in the score using many different criteria for example selecting only the upper or lower notes in a range of chords A host of new navigation and selection commands allow you to move easily around the score and work with the notation New object deletion commands have been added Extensive Keyboard Shortcuts support all the key commands including e New cursor commands allow skipping backwards forwards during playback e Staff Manager staff selection If you find that when playing scores there is a small delay between when you hear notes and when you see them highlighted on the score or if the cursor appears to move just before the beat then you Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 327 n can use this feature to correct for any MIDI Out device latency and Synchronizi synchronize the sound and screen events ng Sounds and Screen Updates MIDI In Customize Midilllustrator to work with any MIDI device latency you Latency experience with your MIDI
168. ack the finger numbers in the same way that the chord notes are vertically stacked making it clearer which note owns which finger number Maximizing Clarity of Note Information You may find that it helps to zoom in on the piece in order to see the note names finger numbers clearly on the screen or change the Print Size if you are printing your score You may change the color and font of the note information fonts in the Fonts tab experiment to see what looks best on your score Fonts can also be Bold or Regular in size which may improve legibility Note Information Fonts Two configurable fonts are used to display note information The size of the Note Name Finger Number font cannot be changed as the note names start to overlap the notation if they are bigger than the note heads especially on chords where many notes may overlap For this reason a Note Name Finger Number is always roughly the same size as a note head Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 187 Compress Empty Measures In order to make the best use of Notation Space on the screen or printed page you can choose to Compress Empty Measures Midilllustrator will compress contiguous empty measures as long as the measures are e completely empty i e none of the visible staves in the measure contain any notes and e identical i e they share the same time signature key signature clef and bar ending This option is t
169. actly as they appear in Scroll View and print previewing in Page View is therefore recommended Page View and Print Preview Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 140 Midilllustrator Help 5 3 2 Page View is essentially the same as Print Preview Unlike Window View Page View sets the boundaries of each page using the current printed page configuration This means that the larger the paper size in your printer the more Midilllustrator will squeeze on to each page of the score When you switch from Window View to Page View only a portion of the screen is used to show each page of the score The score is shown one page at a time in the middle of the screen Pages do not fill the screen as in Window View Page shape and size is determined by printer settings such as paper size and orientation This view allows you to evaluate the score prior to sending it to print and to adjust the page layout or printer set up as desired before printing The score is displayed on the screen exactly as it will appear when printed Zooming vs Print Size Midilllustrator allows you to change the magnification of the current view using the Zoom In and Zoom Out commands View Menu Zooming does nothing to change the true physical printing size of the notation Instead the magnification of the current page is altered so that notes lyrics and other musical objects appear larger or smaller Print size on the other hand physically changes the p
170. aff Instrument dialogs e Re enabled default editing option Auto tie off beat notes which cross beats e Improvements to Scroll View e Added extensions to all file names in List Bar so the extension column does not need to be visible to identify file type e Improved splash screen dismissal behavior e Improved handling of improperly structured MIDI files which could result in some MIDI notes hanging when imported e Addressed occasional Tooltip flicker when running under Windows Vista e Updated file associations to work with Windows Vista with UAC enabled Midilllustrator Maestro Virtuoso Player Version 1 02 New Description Feature Fixes and e Fixed Vista AutoSave error Improveme Details Midilllustrator encountered a sporadic error with default nts AutoSave settings when running under Microsoft Windows Vista e Fixed Enharmonic spelling pitch shift error Details Corrected an issue with enharmonic spelling and pitch shift functions where pitch change was not properly stored e Other performance improvements MidilIllustrator Virtuoso Version 1 01 and MidilIllustrator Maestro Version 1 01 New Description Feature New Score Three new complete score samples are included with each Samples Midilllustrator installation program e Anitra s Dance by E Grieg e Amazing Grace by J Newton e The Entertainer by S Joplin These scores exploit some of Midilllustrator s many scoring features and formatting options incl
171. all notes deleted in that measure in one go As soon as the delete operation moves into a new measure a separate unit of deleted notes is identified and the deletion would be undone as a second undo command and so forth Allows the reversal of an Undo command providing it is used immediately after the Undo action has been made Subsequent changes to the score will render the Redo command inactive to earlier Undo commands but it will still reverse the last Undo action performed Using the Midilllustrator clipboard in Edit Mode you can cut copy and paste notation from one part of the score to another or even to another score More information on how to use these functions Notation can be selected using the mouse with the keyboard or with these commands The Select Item s at Cursor commands allow selection of notes to the left or right of the current cursor position These commands can be called as keyboard shortcuts and allow you start and extend note selections very quickly indeed Only note selections can be initiated in this way though other selection types can be extended using these commands see below Rests can only be selected in Edit Mode Selecting Chords Groups of Notes and Extending the Existing Selection Once a note rest or lyric is selected repeating the command will select any other items in that same time most useful for quickly selecting a complete chord of notes Repeating the command or selecting in t
172. allation package contains some basic templates to get composers up and running The record tool allows you to capture a real time performance froma connected MIDI device The performance is instantly converted to notation using your Recording Options rules and is added directly to your score This tool allows you to enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using the On Screen Piano Keyboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 3 Chord Entry Enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using a via a connected MIDI device Connected MIDI Device Tap In This tool allows you to enter single note rhythms into your scores using Rhythms the computer keyboard You can quickly and easily capture the rhythm with the PC ofa tune without having to worry about playing the right notes or Keyboard assigning complex note durations individually Copy Cut Use the Midilllustrator clipboard to cut copy and paste notation from Paste one part of the score to another or even to another score Clipboard Functions Copy Make identical copies of the selected staff including staff name Complete instrument MIDI properties etc Staves New Entry The Entry Item toolbar forms part of the Editing Palettes and is for Item setting note and rest entry qualities Toolbar Recording Recording options determine how Midilllustrator transcribes live MIDI Options performanc
173. ally applied for the new pitch taking into account the current key signature See Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling Insert Menu for information on the enharmonic spelling of the new pitch flat or sharp Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 284 Midilllustrator Help Volume Jy Change Duration Shift Notes Synchronise Selected Notes Octave commands raise or lower the pitch of the selected note s chromatically by a whole octave See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Raises or lowers the volume of the selected note s Choose Volume Opens the Note Volume Dialog so you can set the volume for the selected notes note default 64 See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Allows you to change the duration of selected notes The duration of the notes can be modified incrementally using the Duration Increase Decrease commands If you would like Midilllustrator to include dotted durations in the choice of increased or decreased durations see the Include dots when incrementing duration of selection option in Editing options Note durations can only be increased if there are no conflicting notes ahead of the note to be lengthened see exceptions to this rule in Edit Mode below See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Note Duration Increases In Edit Mode Jy In Edit Mode Midilllustrator will try to shift conflicting notes in a given measure to the right in order to make way for not
174. an be customized using the three drop down boxes The first drop down box provides the following options e Hidden The Beat Marks will not appear on the score e Visible The Beat Marks will be displayed on the score except during Playback if the Countdown option has been selected See Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus amt the Note below e Playback Only The Beat Marks will only appear on the score during Playback If Hidden has been selected above the two remaining drop down boxes will be grayed out but they can be selected if Normal or Playback Only has been selected The second drop down box allows you to display the Beat Marks on the e Top Stave e All Staves The third drop down box offers two style options e Static whereby the Beat Marks stay in place as the music is played e Countdown whereby the Beat Marks disappear as they are passed in the score The last drop down box offers two more style options e Markers whereby the Beat Marks are shown with triangular markers e Numbers whereby the Beat Marks are shown as numbers for each beat to help with counting The default setting is Playback Only on the Top Stave with Countdown Note You may wish to view the Beat Marks all the time in which case you would select Visible from the first drop down box and they will be displayed on the score However if you
175. ance playback but clicking on the staff tools if shown will have no effect You Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 260 Midilllustrator Help Highlight Notes Lyrics During Playback can click on the staff tools of the current page at any time during page turning Fading in the Next Page More powerful computers will be able to use the advanced features of page turning and allow special effects during the page turn Fading in the next page will make the page turn appear much smoother and less distracting if you are trying to sight read from the screen at the same time Choose from e Fade In next page e No special effects If you wish you can have Midilllustrator simply fade in the page with no scrolling by selecting Fade In next page and Do not scroll next page above NOTE Fading the next page into view requires quite a lot of processor power If you find that the page turn is slow or jerky ensure this option is disabled Simple Page Turn As an alternative to scrolling fading in the next page you can simply choose to have Midilllustrator switch to the next page before the current page is completed To configure Advance Page Turn simply choose a quantity from the first drop down box and a unit of duration from the second drop down box The second has the following options Whole Beat s Half Beat s Measure s Whole Note s Half Note s Quarter Note s e 8 Note s e i
176. and you are still experiencing lag when recording from a MIDI device you should experiment with MIDI In Latency View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 7 2 MIDI In and Midi Echo Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI In and MIDI Echo Tab The MIDI In and MIDI Echo screens allow you to configure an external MIDI Instrument to interact with Midilllustrator An example of a MIDI Instrument might be a MIDI Keyboard ora Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 252 Midilllustrator Help MIDI Guitar Note Neither MIDI Echo nor Step by Step mode will work properly unless you have configured a MIDI In device and you are listening for MIDI In from that device MIDI In In order for Midilllustrator to receive input from a MIDI In device you must e Select a device with MIDI In capabilities from the MIDI In device list If there are no such devices listed in the MIDI In drop down box then either there is no MIDI In capable equipment installed on your computer or it has not been configured properly to work with Windows e Begin listening on the selected MIDI In device by checking the Listen to MIDI In check box Midilllustrator will now hear any MIDI data generated by your external MIDI instrument What it does with that data depends on how you configure MIDI Echo and or Step by Step mode MIDI Echo All MIDI data received from an exte
177. anging advanced settings especially Depth of analysis may dramatically Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 162 Midilllustrator Help increase analysis time so this option should be configured in the context of your PC processor speed Generally deeper analysis will result in better fingering and increasing the result smoothing will address errors caused by insufficient depth of analysis It s worth experimenting with different analysis settings on different notation selections especially if you can allow extra time for the analysis to proceed Remember these advanced settings Your settings will be saved when you close the dialog These saved settings will also be applied when automatically assigning finger numbers for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts Restore Advanced Defaults Restore the default settings for Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing Finger Numbers Valid finger numbers are from 1 to 5 starting with the thumb 1 on each hand through to the pinky 5 Obtaining the Best Analysis Possible Since assigning finger numbers is a very subjective task automatic generation of finger numbers for entire scores will inevitably include some unsuitable finger assignments There are many rules in the analysis which favours general rules and uses specific rules rarely Sometimes for example you will see a finger roll incorrectly assigned to an arpeggio o
178. any time to advance playback but clicking on the staff tools if shown will have no effect You can click on the staff tools of the current page at any time during page turning Fading in the Next Page More powerful computers will be able to use the advanced features of page turning and allow special effects during the page turn Fading in the next page will make the page turn appear much smoother and less distracting if you are trying to sight read from the screen at the same time Choose from e Fade In next page e No special effects If you wish you can have Midilllustrator simply fade in the page with no scrolling by selecting Fade In next page and Do not scroll next page above NOTE Fading the next page into view requires quite a lot of processor power If you find that the page turn is slow or jerky ensure this option is disabled Simple Page Turn As an alternative to scrolling fading in the next page you can simply choose to have Midilllustrator switch to the next page before the current page is completed To configure Advance Page Turn simply choose a quantity from the first drop down box and a unit of duration from the second drop down box The second has the following options Whole Beat s Half Beat s Measure s Whole Note s Half Note s Quarter Note s e 8 Note s e 16 Note s e 32 Note s e 64th Note s So you might select 1 in the first drop down box and
179. any existing fingering in the score as a guide to how you would like finger numbers assigned to remaining notes and these finger numbers will not be changed in the analysis You might use this option having assigned a finger number to a single note in an arpeggio for example and MidiIllustrator will then assign finger numbers to the remaining notes in the arpeggio using the manually assigned finger as a starting point Choose an instrument fingering In the current version of Midilllustrator fingering analysis can be performed for keyboard instruments such as the piano Midilllustrator will decide which hand to use when fingering a given staff based on the assigned instrument playing hand Staff Manager You can override this when using the finger analysis dialog using the Force Hand commands Assign separate hand fingering for upper lower voices When Midilllustrator finds more than one musical idea indicated in a staff with the use of voices it will normally assign both the left and right hands to finger lower and upper voices accordingly Uncheck this box to have a single hand notes across play multiple voices on each staff Disabling this option may have consequences for Performing Hands making some multi voice chord combinations unplayable Advanced Settings The Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing settings allow you to control the effort Midilllustrator applies to assigning finger numbers to a range of notes Warning Ch
180. any open scores will periodically be saved see above Files are usually stored in the active user Documents folder in the Rallentando Software Midilllustrator AutoSave sub folder If you want to select a new default folder simply click on the Change Folder button to browse the files on your computer The newly selected folder will then become the default folder View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 8 7 Import Options Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Import Options Tab Hide Completely Empty MIDI tracks You have the option of setting Midilllustrator Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 270 5 19 8 8 Midilllustrator Help to automatically hide completely empty MIDI tracks on the score when you import or edit the notation of a file This allows Midilllustrator to make the best use of space on the screen and printed page showing you only those staves that are populated This is on by default Hide Empty Portions of Staves On Score You have the option of setting Midilllustrator to automatically hide empty portions of staves on score within the score when you import or edit the notation of a file This allows Midilllustrator to make the best use of space on the screen and printed page showing you only the populated staves of each staff in the file This is on by default See also Hide Empty Portions of Staves
181. ard 2 The notes must be the same pitch voice and staff 3 There can be no space gaps between them To remove a tie select the tied note s and reverse the command Connecting notes of different pitches creating slurs is detailed below in Slurs See also Keyboard Shortcuts Midilllustrator automatically manages the layout of slurs you create in the score To create a slur select the first and last notes in the desired range Then choose the Create Slur command All notes of the same voice in the selected range of staves will be considered when Midilllustrator calculates the path of the slur Notes of other voices are ignored allowing you to have overlapping slurs in multi voice passages Slurs can cross staves If slurs cross from one system or page to another system or page Midilllustrator will automatically calculate the path of the slur around other notation terminating and restarting the slur as necessary at the end start of each system Any number of slurs can be created from one note over another note but only one slur can start and end between the selected starting and ending notes The slur will be positioned above or below the range of notes depending on the optimal path You can force the slur position to either above or below the notes using keyboard shortcuts Midilllustrator will try to modify slurs when you make changes to the notation however if the starting and ending notes are deleted or moved to positio
182. arline styles including nested repeat sections which can be applied by Midilllustrator during playback Print your scores to bitmaps and share them with others or open them in other applications Allows you to split the current measure in two or insert a barline Allows you to instantly join the current measure to the next measure Context sensitive toolbars only those editing toolbars which are useful at a particular time are shown leaving room for more of the score to be Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Editing Palettes MIDI Instrument Routing MIDI Shortcut Keys Print Options Adjustable Step by Step Playback Position Improveme nts to Tasks Convert Score to Two Hand Piano New Interface Optimized for Windows XP Individual Note Names Show Individual Note Accidentals Full Support for Foreign Language Characters Backwards Compatibilit y Show all staves Command Hide Empty Staves Version History and Licence Agreement 331 shown on the screen Create powerful rules stating which MIDI playback device and channel you would like to use for the different instruments in your songs Routings are applied automatically when you open a song saving you time Access many of Midilllustrator s functions quickly and easily using your connected MIDI instrument such as a MIDI keyboard as a remote control New printing options e Print odd or even pages e Pr
183. arp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double Flat Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 205 Note that any accidental in the spelling will only be shown if it has not already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules or if the Show Courtesy Accidental option is enabled see below See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Accidental Note accidental commands will alter the pitch of the selected note s Accidentals other than courtesy accidentals can only be altered in Edit Mode 4 The accidentals which are available depending on the particular key pitch are e Double Sharp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double Flat Show Courtesy Accidental With this option enabled any accidental in the spelling of the note pitch will be shown even if it has already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules would not repeat the accidental thus keeping the score uncluttered If for example the entry note is Bb on a staff with a key signature of F major where all B notes are flat as standard then no flat accidental will be shown to the left of the Bb note unless Show Courtesy Accidental is enabled Note that the Show Courtesy Accidentals option in Score Options will override any per note courtesy accidental setting and will display accidentals as appropriate next to every note See the Keyboard Shortcuts for t
184. art IV Contents 121 T Conte nts a aaan aa are aa aana aa a aa a a aaa aa aare aa aa aa aaa cdendiansdechantdgexsbacseues 121 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Contents 5 Part V Command Reference Menus 124 a aE sos cs fae ot T T E A ceesgevetasonre 124 File Ope nlSave GoM M amd e Era ar a ra r ra a a aa ra a aaa E aAA Ea s ARAPA rea Aa Ea easain iaeia 126 Launch Screen NEW SCOLO iaire ansees Aea Aa aaaea a aap a e e aa e aaa aa eenia Score TEM Plates cisccvssiccscetsseve ees tesevevenedensecdiverdecseveaveresnccedccsusal A a a aa eaa Taea atai 128 File Primt COm Main EEE A A E E E T A S T 129 Quick Print Parts Instruments Staves ccccccceecesseeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeaeeesaaeeeeaeeesensesaaeeeseeeeseeesseeeesaeees 130 Printing and Saving Score Bitmap Images cccsscceeseeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeneesneeesaeeseneeseneeesaeeseeneeseneensaeeeees 130 Creating and Printing Scores to Postscript Printers and PDF Adobe Acrobat n 132 A AA E EE EET E T STT A E T A A TS 132 Print Setup command ws 132 Print S tup Dialoge iezen kale ae eee a RA AON 133 Printing Options vscsiccsescsiecsicbecavecvcnncssvesdecdeucessivevestestuesshececvececsoucssseesucsevevscecnscesdederedencesdivsusstesvsevenscecuseceeves 133 QZ Eqit MOM sriiisccccctis caccctieca vette sceenten sdeetedicaveebieestewdeescctevin cede weds anteeiee ectenvesssevveessdbendieas veut 133 Using the Clipboard Commands we 135 Advanced Note
185. as been selected from the Instrument Display Instrument Window press this button to hear what the instrument sounds like Instrument The Instrument Display Window lists up to 128 instruments any one of which may be selected for a specific staff or staves View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 5 4 Split Staves Dialog Command Location Staves Menu Split Staves The Split Staves dialog allows you to divide a single staff into two separate staves One of the reasons you may wish to split a staff is because the left and right hands on piano scores are often recorded on a single MIDI staff and need to be split before being played Staves can be split automatically recommended or manually using the Range method Using the automatic method Midilllustrator conducts an extensive analysis of the score and splits the staff based on chord structures and hand positions as well as the pitch The Range method allows you to select only the pitch criteria upon which the staff will be split and is generally not recommended Automatic If you want Midilllustrator to analyse the score and to determine the best split for the staff simply select the staff from the Staff Display Window then select the Automatic option and press OK The main benefit of this method is that Midilllustrator analyses the music and when deciding how to split a given staff it takes account of chord sha
186. as standard then no flat accidental will be shown to the left of the Bb note unless Show Courtesy Accidental is enabled Note that the Show Courtesy Accidentals option in Score Options will override any per note courtesy accidental setting and will display accidentals as appropriate next to every note See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Disable Tying on Selected Notes Performance Mode Only Allows the enabling or disabling of automatic tying on selected notes When tying is disabled even notes which should be tied because of their sound duration will only be displayed as a single untied note This option is useful for simplifying the notation in some cases This command is no longer available once the score has entered Edit Mode see Editing a Song for the First Time Tie Notes Together Edit Mode Only Jy Ties together or unties contiguous selected notes of the same pitch To tie two or more notes 1 All the notes to be tied must be selected using the mouse or keyboard 2 The notes must be the same pitch voice and staff 3 There can be no space gaps between them To remove a tie select the tied note s and reverse the command Connecting notes of different pitches creating slurs is detailed below in Slurs See also Keyboard Shortcuts Midilllustrator automatically manages the layout of slurs you create in the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustr
187. assage of several notes quite accurately so that Midilllustrator can be sure that a jump is appropriate View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 273 5 19 8 9 Tasks Options Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Tasks Options Tab The Tasks Options tab allows you to control how certain Tasks behave You can find out more about tasks here Task Wizard The following options can be set COMMAND EFFECT Convert to Two Hand Piano Always When checked open Tasks Options for this Task The Tasks Options dialog will open each time before the Convert to Two Hand Piano Task is run allowing you to select the options below based on the kind of song file you are working with Convert to Two Hand Piano Remove When checked drum staves As part of the Convert to Two Hand Piano conversion process Midilllustrator will remove from the score ALL drum staves staves using channel 10 Read more about this here MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments Read more about the Convert to Two Hand Piano task here Task Wizard Convert to Two Hand Piano Remove all When checked non piano staves As part of the Convert to Two Hand Piano conversion process Midilllustrator will remove from the score ALL staves which are not already using a piano instrument as their primary instru
188. at is to say staves with a MIDI channel value of 10 Drum staves are ignored because of the way in which pitch is used by drum instruments see MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments When analysing for chords Midilllustrator is most interested in the harmonies in the score rather than any melody notes that it may contain Midilllustrator will do its best to ignore melody notes but if you need to improve the accuracy of the chords generated then you should try to hide any melody staves in the score before analysis begins Note You can show or hide staves using the Staff Manager Steps in generating Chord Names and Guitar Frets Measure Range You can generate chord names for all measures in the score or just a range of measures Existing chords in the range you analyse will be replaced If you wish to reanalyse part of the score then select the appropriate range first Frequency of Depending on your preference Midilllustrator can generate the best chord Chords for each beat or for each measure If you find that too many or too few chords are generated to match the melody of the piece then you can change this setting accordingly Chord Types By default Midilllustrator will only look for and generate chord types which are commonly found in the majority of Western music If you are unsure which chords are characteristic of the type of music in the score you are analysing then you should choose the default setting of Most Common Chord Types
189. atible with the following products e Adobe Acrobat PDFwriter http www Adobe com e Adobe Distiller http www Adobe com PDFCreator free http sourceforge net projects pdfcreator Ghostscript free http www Ghostscript com pdf995 free http www pdf995 com Unfortunately we cannot provide any support for these products and you should contact the respective developers in each case with any questions you may have The product names shown here are trade marks of their respective owners View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Print Preview Command Location File Menu OR View Menu This is the same as choosing Page View from the View Menu Use this command to display the active document as it will appear when printed When you choose this command the main window will be replaced with a print preview window in which a single page of the document will be displayed in its printed format You can navigate Page View in the same way as Window View View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Print Setup command Command Location File Menu Use this command to select a printer and a printer connection This command presents a Print Setup dialog box where you specify the printer and its connection View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyrig
190. atically Reformat the Score as a Fake Book or Song Lead Sheet Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Automatically Format many Scores at once using the Task Wizard Hide Traditional Staff Notation and Instead Show Staves as a Compact Timeline erformance and Learning Tools Practice Particular Passages with Special Practice Tools Learn Music Step by Step without reading any Notation with the on screen Piano Rapidly Improve your Sight Reading with Note Names displayed next to every Note on the Score o Assign Finger Numbers to Notes either Manually or Automatically Show Finger Numbers on the Keys of the On Screen Keyboard o Practice new Rhythms with the Audio Visual Metronome o Sing along with Accompaniment the Lyrics Light up in Time with the Music o Watch your Score Performed on the Keyboard by Midilllustrator s Performing Hands e Connect and Interact o Connect a MIDI Instrument and Interact with the Music o Remotely Control functions Using Your Connected MIDI Instrument o Create Device Instrument Defaults for New Scores o Make the most of your MIDI Device Capabilities e Customize the Program Interface o Choose a Theme Color Scheme o Customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard Colors O O O O O O0 wuwvoo0oo0oo0o0o Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Composing Create and Edit Scores Create brand new scores from the ground up or use Midilllustrator s powerful editing tools on existing sc
191. ation e Aspecific number of Staves each containing o Key Signature Time Signature Opening Clef Staff Namings o Staff Instrument e All the score attributes specified in Score Options including but not limited to o Fonts o Score colors backgrounds and textures oOo Q Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator o Notation Preferences eg measure numbers note names etc and so forth Templates do not generally contain more than one measure as the score initial score length is usually specified when generating a new score from the template Templates are stored with the extension mit in the program templates folder usually found in the active user Documents folder in the Ra lentando Software MidiIllustrator sub folder Create and Save a Template from Scratch or from the Current Score To create a template from scratch first create a new score with the desired attributes Alternatively open an existing score which would make a good template for future scores Then select Save As Template from the File Menu commands This command will create a copy of the current score and strip from it all non template data notes lyrics MIDI data etc The template will be saved in the templates folder with the name you supply Creating a template from an open score does not affect the open score in any way and when the template has been created you can continue working with the or
192. ation events as measures are extended accordingly the price of keeping existing meter intact Choosing a New Time Signature To change the numerator Number of Beats and denominator Beat Duration of the time signature click the buttons under the signature display graphic Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 98 Midilllustrator Help 2 2 14 3 2 2 14 4 Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst Apply leaving the dialog open for any future changes Undo Changes Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the score since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes with the Apply button MIDI Files and Time Signatures Sometimes MIDI files do not supply a time signature to Midilllustrator during import especially those recorded from a live instrument performance In these cases Midilllustrator automatically assigns a time signature You can change this automatic assignment at any time with the time signature dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Starting Tempo Command Location Measures Menu Allows you to set the starting tempo for the score Note The starting tempo is not displayed on the score You may also add tempo marks and tempo changes including MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog An imported MIDI score may contain MIDI tempo e
193. ation shifted forwards as the score is lengthened to make room for the new dropped pasted content When choosing a drop point with the mouse holding the Alt key will display the insert point with arrows instead of the usual drop range Note that for new measures to be inserted the following criteria must be satisfied e the Select Entire Bars option must be enabled e all dragged copied measures must be the same length time signature and must be the same length time signature of the measure at the insert point the time signature of any measures created by the insert action will also be the same as the time signature of the measure at the insert point Deleting the Selection Using the delete or backspace key when a selection has been made will delete all notation in the range but will leave the measure staff structure intact To remove whole measures staves see Remove Measures Using Other Functions Whilst in Power Edit Whilst in Power Edit certain notation functions will automatically apply to the current range selected if any This often makes it faster to apply changes to a particular range of measures These functions include e Clef Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software e Key Signature Transpose Notes e Remove Measures e Endings More About this Mode Command Reference Menus 217 Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The dif
194. ator To create a slur select the first and last notes in the desired range Then choose the Create Slur command All notes of the same voice in the selected range of staves will be considered when Midilllustrator calculates the path of the slur Notes of other voices are ignored allowing you to have overlapping slurs in multi voice passages Slurs can cross staves If slurs cross from one system or page to another system or page Midilllustrator will automatically calculate the path of the slur around other notation terminating and restarting the slur as necessary at the end start of each system Any number of slurs can be created from one note over another note but only one slur can start and end between the selected starting and ending notes The slur will be positioned above or below the range of notes depending on the optimal path You can force the slur position to either above or below the notes using keyboard shortcuts Midilllustrator will try to modify slurs when you make changes to the notation however if the starting and ending notes are deleted or moved to positions where a slur cannot be drawn the slur will be automatically deleted To remove a slur select the either the first or last note in the slur range and choose the Delete Slur command Connecting notes of the same pitch creating ties is detailed above in Ties See also Keyboard Shortcuts Finger Numbers Finger numbers can be assigned to notes and ch
195. ator products mil files Read more about Player ee Bee Generate Attractive Accurate and Flexible Scores from MIDI files Hear the Music See the Music Transform Y our Scores Automatically with 1 Step Tasks Custom Transcription Options Reformat the Notation Performing Notate Print Practice and Play The same advanced MIDI to score conversion engine is used in all Midilllustrator applications to create beautiful sheet music instantly Midilllustrator brings your scores to life See the notes light up on the staff as they are played back the pages turn automatically Single command score conversion tools such as Convert to Two Hand Piano and Convert to Fake Book Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets automatically Format many Scores at once using the Task Wizard Custom presentation modes allowing you for example to present difficult notation in simplified form Easily change the way the music is represented Change keys time MidilIllustrator Maestro Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MidilIllustrator Virtuoso Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 101 signatures transpose notes etc Remove notation selections or complete measure ranges Performance and Practice particular Learning Tools passages with special practice tools Learn music Step by Step
196. aves in a single command without having to modify the score at all The new quick print dialog saves you time when printing The colors used to display On Screen Piano Keyboard can be configured with the Keyboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog With this feature you can change the colors of various parts of the keyboard as well as the Keyboard Highlighting Colors used to show which keys are being pressed during playback As well as saving a modified master tempo with a score you can now set the starting tempo for any score The entire Midilllustrator application has been overhauled with a completely new interface providing greater layout control and improved accessibility The new interface also supports several new color schemes themes and tabbed documents as well as smart docking for toolbars and special controls such as the On Screen Piano Keyboard and List Bar By default each program in the Midilllustrator series uses a different theme Key commands are now available as right click context menus providing easier access to the commands you need most often Extended Clipboard Actions have also been added to the context menus Midilllustrator s new printer manager stores information about your preferred printer and also stores print setup details with each score such as Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 1 t e Paper Orientation e Paper Size New
197. ay MIDI sheet music Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator products bring your favourite songs and musical works to life Musicians can generate high quality dynamic scores fake books and lead sheets from 1000s of MIDI amp Karaoke files freely available on the World Wide Web Composers can easily modify existing music or create brand new scores from the ground up The MidiIllustrator Product Range Maestro Virtuoso amp Player Smart notation and user friendly learning tools are common to all Midilllustrator products Midilllustrator Maestro adds more advanced editing options to the feature list The free Midilllustrator Player includes a small part of the functionality offered by other products in the Midilllustrator range You can open print and playback scores created with any Midilllustrator product mil files Read more about Player Discover more about the different Midilllustrator products Features found only in Midilllustrator Maestro are highlighted in the documentation with the Midilllustrator Maestro icon Jy All Midilllustrator products are available for download as a free trial so that you can choose the product that s right for you MidilIllustrator s Core Feature Set All Midilllustrator products contains the same core learning tools and performance functionality You can boost your musical abilities with Midilllustrator s user friendly learning tools Learn new music step by step sight reading from the score or with
198. beat marks works well when the cursor is set to follow the nearest beat during playback You may customize the beat mark color to best highlight the location of the beats in the music The Beat Marks can be customized using the three drop down boxes The first drop down box provides the following options e Hidden The Beat Marks will not appear on the score e Visible The Beat Marks will be displayed on the score except during Playback if the Countdown option has been selected See the Note below e Playback Only The Beat Marks will only appear on the score during Playback If Hidden has been selected above the two remaining drop down boxes will be grayed out but they can be selected if Normal or Playback Only has been selected The second drop down box allows you to display the Beat Marks on the e Top Stave e All Staves The third drop down box offers two style options e Static whereby the Beat Marks stay in place as the music is played e Countdown whereby the Beat Marks disappear as they are passed in the score The last drop down box offers two more style options e Markers whereby the Beat Marks are shown with triangular markers e Numbers whereby the Beat Marks are shown as numbers for each beat to help with counting so Midilllustrator Help 2 8 13 Bookmarks Apply The default setting is Playback Only on the Top Stave with Countdown
199. being ignored during playback This can happen particularly if notes from multiple voices in a staff have been assigned fingers fora single hand in which case the performing hands will not be able to correctly finger all of the notes the default behavior when analyzing fingering automatically is for lower voice notes in any staff to be assigned to the left hand and upper voice notes to be assigned to the right hand Performing Hands can also be shown in Step by Step Mode when finger numbers have been created for the score Fill Hands Option By default the hands are drawn as solid objects as this 32 23 4 gives them the most natural appearance however they 4 can be displayed hollow outline only in order to give 5 better visibility of the keyboard beneath the hands nn t View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Display Solfege Names on Notation and Instruments The View menu offers the following commands Window View Displays the score on the screen making full use ofthe size of the monitor screen It is not a representation of how the score will appear when printed see page view below but it makes the best use of your screen real estate Page View Print Preview Page View is the same as Print Preview This view allows you to evaluate the score prior to sending it to print and therefore to adjust the page layout or printer set up as desired before printing Th
200. ber is always roughly the same size as a note head Compress Empty Measures In order to make the best use of space on the screen or printed page you can choose to Compress Empty Measures Midilllustrator will compress contiguous empty measures as long as the measures are e completely empty i e none of the visible staves in the measure contain any notes and e identical i e they share the same time signature key signature clef and bar ending This option is turned on by default Show Bar Repeat Count Display where appropriate above the measure the number of repeats which will be applied to a section repeat barline during playback Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 169 Show Courtesy Accidental With this option enabled the for Every Note key signature is effectively repeated for each note on the score making it much easier to remember to sharpen or flatten a particular note when performing a piece Note that this global command overrides the individual per note setting for displaying courtesy accidentals against notes see Notes Menu and Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental Unlike in standard notation Midilllustrator will not just assume that a sharp or flat holds for the measure when this option is enabled Instead in a piece written in the key of G which contains a single sharp for example every single F in the score will be marked with its own a
201. bers for notes then one of the se information types can be shown inside the note the other to the left of the note Alternatively show note information outside the staff Show outside staff When note information is shown outside the staff it can be automatically arranged by Midilllustrator to create the most compact score based on note positions stem directions voices and the note names finger numbers relative to the owning note Alternatively you can customize the display of note information to suit your needs Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 156 Midilllustrator Help Position automatically outside staff recommended default This is the recommended style for the most easily configured score with optimal spacing Position above the staff Position below the staff Always position voices separately above below the staff With multiple voices ina staff separating the fingering above and below the score is recommended for clarity Show placeholder for non fingered notes in part fingered chord When note names are shown they are shown for all notes However finger numbers may have been assigned to just a few of the notes in the score If only part of a given chord has been fingered and the finger numbers are displayed outside the staff i e not next to their owner note then it may be hard to tell which finger number pertains to which note Showing a placeholder for non fingered notes in a chord will st
202. bout Creating and Printing Scores to Postscript Printers and PDF Adobe Portable Document Format Printer This is the active printer and printer connection Choose the Setup option to change the printer and printer connection Setup Displays a Print Setup dialog box so you can select a printer and printer connection Print Range Specify the pages you want to print Print Range e All Prints the entire document Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 131 e Current Page Current page only e Selection Prints the currently selected text e Pages Prints the range of pages you specify in the From and To boxes Print e All Pages in Range e Odd Pages e Even Pages Copies Specify the number of copies you want to print for the above page range Collate Copies Prints copies in page number order instead of separated multiple copies of each page Print Quality Select the quality of the printing Generally lower quality printing takes less time to produce Output To With this feature you can save images of each page of the score and share them with other musicians Output to e Printer default simply prints the score ona printer as normal e Bitmaps 256 Color Create and save an image of each page of the score as a 256 color bitmap Files will be larger than 16 color bitmaps e Bitmaps 16 Color Create and save an image of each page of the score as a 16 color bi
203. c Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software the following tuplet types triplets and quintuplets See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Sets the entry voice to Upper Voice Lower Voice or Single Voice Note that when adding notes and rests to measure which contains more than one voice at the insertion point you must first select the appropriate voice so that Midilllustrator knows which music idea you are modifying See Voices for more information See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Enharmonic Spelling These commands leave the pitch of the entry note unchanged and only alters the way the entry note is displayed The various spellings which are available depending on the particular key pitch e Double Sharp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double Flat When you subsequently alter the entry pitch the enharmonic spelling will be removed and the Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling will be applied to future additions see below Note that any accidental in the spelling will only be shown if it has not already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules or if the Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental option is enabled see below Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling This can be either e Sharp or e Flat When moving the cursor in Edit mode vertical position commands alter the pitch of the entry note A single up or down pitch from the keyboard arrow keys
204. cally when the Task completes Reversing the Task Since you are applying the Task to a score which is already open then you can subsequently reverse any changes made by the Task by simply selecting the Undo command in the Edit Menu The chosen Task is applied to all the scores that you currently have open The score is not closed or saved automatically when the Task completes Reversing the Task Since you are applying the Task to scores which are already open then you can subsequently reverse any changes made by the Task by simply selecting the Undo command in the Edit Menu Midilllustrator opens each file in turn converts it to a score and applies the Task The score is given a new name using the chosen suffix The score is saved and closed Suffixes Files will be given the suffix you specify e g _2HP and the extension of mil For instance file bach mid might be saved as pach_2HP mil It is recommended that you use a suffix for your new files to protect existing files and make your new files easier to identify Warning New files will be created This Task command will create new files but will overwrite any existing files with the same names in the folder you choose Open files If you are applying a Task to a list of files stored on your hard disk and one or more of those files is already open in Midilllustrator Task behaviour is slightly different The Task will be applied to the ope
205. ccccesceeescceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeseeeeseateseaees 30 Arrange the Score for Piano Automatically 0 c cccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeneeeeseaeeeeaa 30 Reformat the Score as a Fake Book or Song Lead Sheet 0 cccccccceeeceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeseseeseeeeessaeeeeaees 30 Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Automatically cccccccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseneeeseaeeeeaees 31 Format many Scores at once using the Task WiZard 1 cccccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeecaeeseseeeseeeeeeeees 31 Hide Traditional Staff Notation amp Show Staves as a TiMEline ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeecneeeeeeeeeaeennees 31 Copy Chords to Lyric S n d a wn wate brand aNareidia bead weld nave 32 Performance and Learning Tools cccsscccssceceeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeseeeesaeeseaeeesaneesneessaeeesaeeeesaeessaeeesneeneeeeeeaees 33 Practice Particular Passages with Special Practice TOols c cccccceseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeseeeeseaeeeeaees 34 Learn Music Step by Step without reading notation on screen oTi aI Saxec srt staan sos wou can ttasacteasan A E sattcac deat cabsesih cutee sate hisatemses 34 Rapidly improve Sight Reading w ith Note Names next to every Note ccccceceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeees 35 Show Finger Numbers on the Keys of the On Screen Keyboard c cccecsceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeesaeeeeaees 35 Assign Finger
206. ccidental sharp even multiple F notes in the same measure Assign More Space To You can choose to have Longer Notes Midilllustrator allocate more space ona score to the longer notes than to the shorter notes as an aid to sight reading Color Voices in Applies distinctive colors to the Performance Mode different voices on the score when in Performance Mode These colors are always applied in Edit Mode to make editing easier Colors can be selected using the Color section of Score Options Hide ALL upper lower Hides all automatically drawn voice guide rests in upper lower voice guide rests Performance Mode See more information about Voice Guide Rests Playback Play Notes as Imported Play imported MIDI songs as Recorded they were originally performed rather than adhering to the notated times displayed on the score This allows playback of a recorded song as it was originally captured even though the notation may have been tidied by Midilllustrator for easier reading perhaps using Transcription Options Note that this option only applies to scores which contain some original MIDI content or recording session data Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 170 Midilllustrator Help Measure Numbers Beat Marks and Numbers You may customize if and how Measure Numbers are displayed on the score The display of measure numbers may be affected by the current view see below The default settin
207. ce each time playback begins If it is and the current volume is zero Midilllustrator automatically increases the volume to 50 This action simply reproduces the result you would see if you manually increased the MIDI or SW Synth volume value in the Windows Mixer dialog also know as the Windows volume control e Playlists Score adding capacity increased It is now possible to add an unlimited number of scores to a playlist in a single action The previous limit was 300 scores at a time e Fixed Step by Step cursor positioning reset Details This release fixes an issue with Step by Step mode whereby cursor positioning was occasionally reset to the playback start position during note step auditions whilst using the cursor keys MidilIllustrator Player Version 1 01 New Feature Free MidiIllustrat or Player Description With Midilllustrator Player you can open view print and playback scores created with any Midilllustrator product mil files You can also change the presentation of the score to suit your needs for example changing the notation size or varying the score playback tempo Midilllustrator Player is a free product and includes a small part of the functionality offered by other products in the Midilllustrator range The Midilllustrator Player installation program can be freely distributed among musicians this is a great way to share your scores with musicians who do not yet have access to the full versions
208. ces with Staff Manager Midilllustrator can play each staff or track in a song using a different device and always tries to restore the device the song was saved with for each staff If that device is not working or is not setup to playback then try selecting another device for each track in Staff Manager MIDI Devices and Scores You may choose to have different scores use different MIDI devices for playback If a device used by one of your scores becomes unavailable to Midilllustrator i e it does not appear in the device list then Midilllustrator will automatically assign the default device to those scores This will also happen if you uncheck a device which one of your open scores is using That score will automatically switch to playback using the default device MIDI Device Management Between Sessions Midilllustrator remembers and restores your MIDI IN and OUT device preferences every time you start the program This means that you can swap MIDI devices such as USB MIDI ports adapters in and out of your system between Midilllustrator sessions and Midilllustrator will still be able to play saved songs with the device they were originally configured to use even if the Windows MIDI device configuration has changed or been reordered Furthermore Midilllustrator will only reset to the default Windows devices when Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 251 the system changes if the Midilllustrator preferr
209. commands may be inadvertently sent to Midilllustrator whilst you are simply playing notes on your instrument To this end it is best to avoid using keys near the middle of a MIDI keyboard and instead configure less frequently used keys at either end of the instrument Shortcut keys are deactivated in Edit Mode Normal Entry J as in this state MIDI input is converted to notation and added to the current score Entering Note Values from your Instrument For each of the commands below you may configure a corresponding key or note on your MIDI Instrument You can enter note values manually using the drop down box or you can select an instruction from the list click the Use Next MIDI Note Entered button and then tap a key on your MIDI device to set a particular value Enabling MIDI Shortcut Keys Don t forget to set both Listen for MIDI Shortcut Keys on this Options page and Listen to MIDI In device on the MIDI In MIDI Echo Options page in order to enable MIDI Shortcut Keys On Screen Keyboard Once configured you will be able to see which notes on your MIDI Instrument are configured for use as MIDI Shortcut Keys by displaying Midilllustrator s On Screen Keyboard Configured keys are highlighted with colored markers as a quick reference Instruction Name Instruction Page Next Turns the page Page Previous Turns the page Perform Play Stop Begins Ends playback Perform Rewind Rewinds playback Step by S
210. companiment During the Session Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 223 Whilst you are practising the behaviour of the playback controls and the Metronome will be determined by the settings of the current Practice Session You can stop the accompaniment at any time and when you restart playback the cursor will move to the start of the Practice Session automatically Playback will loop the number of times specified for the session Every time you restart playback you restart the looping cycle You can end the session at any time by hitting Escape and selecting the Practice Button on the toolbar or from the Perform Menu If you chose to view only a range of measures during your Practice Session then all measures in the score will be shown automatically when the Practice Session is over If you are using Step by Step Mode in a practise session when you enter the last notes in the practise range the Step by Step entry cursor will move automatically back to the start of the practise session View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 18 4 Metronome Instrument Dialog Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Instruments The Metronome Instrument dialog allows you to change the underlying MIDI properties of the metronome Apply Apply The Apply button applies all of the changes made without the need to Now close the dialog box by hitting the O
211. configured Midilllustrator to listen for input from the instrument you can step through the score by playing all the notes in each step on your MIDI Instrument When Midilllustrator detects that all of the notes in the step have been entered simultaneously on the MIDI Instrument the cursor will move automatically to the following step Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 2n If you are using Step by Step Mode in a Practise Session when you enter the last notes in the practise range the Step by Step entry cursor will move automatically back to the start of the practise session Wrong notes from a connected MIDI Instrument When you play notes on your keyboard which are not in the current step MidiIllustrator will display them on both the on screen keyboard and the score to show how near far you are from the correct keys Jump to User Input If you have enabled the Jump to User Input option see below and you move around in the score then Midilllustrator will automatically move the Step by Step cursor to the new input position and show that part of the score turning the pages as necessary For more information about setting up your external MIDI Instrument see MIDI In Quick Starting Step by Step Mode You can choose to skip the Start Up dialog when starting Step by Step Mode by checking the box at the bottom of the dialog and you can switch the dialog on or off in Program Options
212. create new measures as you paste insert a copied range View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 2 2 Advanced Note Selection Command Location Edit Menu The Advanced Note Selection Dialog allows you to make note selections in the score using many different criteria Selection Criteria amp Selection Range Select the selection criteria from the list on the left and then select the Measure and Staff Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 136 Midilllustrator Help 5 3 range that the selection should apply to If there is a current note selection in the score then you can choose to apply any advanced selection action to just that existing selection rather than a measure staff range Checkbox Use current selection as range Notes in hidden staves will not be selected show or hide staves using the Staff Manager Dialog Once you have made a selection you can apply commands to the selected notes using commands from the Notes Menu General Select all the notes in the range or invert any existing selection Pitch Select all the notes above or below a certain pitch A value of 60 is the MIDI pitch for Middle C Click the Above or Below value to change it to another value between 20 and 100 Chords Select the various parts of a chord A chord is a group of notes e of identical duration e ina single timespan e in a single staff This selecti
213. crementally using the Duration Increase Decrease commands If you would like Midilllustrator to include dotted durations in the choice of increased or decreased durations see the Include dots when incrementing duration of selection option in Editing options Note durations can only be increased if there are no conflicting notes ahead of the note to be lengthened see exceptions to this rule in Edit Mode below Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 204 Midilllustrator Help Shift Notes Synchronise Selected Notes Stems Voice Enharmonic Spelling See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Note Duration Increases In Edit Mode Jy In Edit Mode Midilllustrator will try to shift conflicting notes in a given measure to the right in order to make way for note lengthening operations Notes are only shifted when necessary specifically e If there is rest space to the right of a note to be lengthened this space will be taken to accommodate the new note length e If there is no space or not enough space to the right of the note to be lengthened then Midilllustrator will check see if there is room at the end of the note s measure to accommodate the new note length e Notes in the way of the operation will be shifted as far as possible into the rest space at the end of the measure and the note will be given the desired length if possible e Midilllustrator uses a best possible approach in duration chan
214. cription Wizard to have Midilllustrator arrange the file s musical content in a particular way by selecting from a list of custom presentation modes eg Easier to Read Depending on the style of the music this can have a dramatic effect on readability At all times Midilllustrator maintains the original audio performance of the score However you choose to format or present the notation Midilllustrator will remember how the underlying MIDI music was recorded or sequenced but notates it as necessary ina simpler easier to read manner You can change the custom presentation mode on an open score at any time until you begin editing the score by choosing new transcription settings from the Transcription Options tab of Score Options What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Arrange the Score for Piano Automatically Midilllustrator can instantly make piano solo arrangements out of your scores When parts are merged ona single stave or spread over more than two staves Midilllustrator can intelligently merge and split the hands as necessary using an analysis of chord structures and hand positions as well as note pitches More information on using the Task Wizard What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Reformat the Score asa
215. cted so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Power Edit menu These commands detail some of the Power Edit options Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 215 Option Description Select Entire Bars This command affect the way that selections are made in Power Edit Mode Mouse and keyboard cursor command will select whole measures rather than just whole beats Paste amp Replace These options determine how Midilllustrator treats notation when it is dropped pasted or onto existing range in the score The options are explained in the section Replacing vs Paste amp Merge Merging with Existing Notation Insert amp Paste Creates new measures prior to pasting dropping a copied range instead of reusing the existing range Only works with the Select Entire Bars option enabled see above Delete Selection Delete all notation in the range but leaves the measure staff structure intact View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at ht
216. d s menu of commands via the View Menu or by right clicking anywhere on the keyboard The Keyboard Menu commands allow you to e show hide the On Screen Piano OSP Keyboard dock the OSP keyboard in position toggle between the full size OSP keyboard and the cropped keyboard show note names on the OSP keyboard keys These can be displayed A G or using Solfege note names e show finger numbers on the OSP keyboard keys during playback finger numbers must be assigned to notes before the finger number can be shown on keys as they are played e show hide Performing Hands on the keyboard during playback fingering must be assigned to notes before they can be played e edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software a Midilllustrator Help 2 8 11 www Midilllustrator com Show the On Screeen Guitar Fretboard Command Location View Menu Fretboard The On Screen Guitar Fretboard will highlight notes and chords fromthe current score It can be used as an aid to reading and playing the score especially solo guitar music allowing you to quickly and easily visualize chord shapes and fingering In Edit Mode notes can added directly to your score with Note Entry via the On Screen Guitar Fretboard Moving and Sizing the Fretboard The On Screen Guitar Fretboard works in a similar way to the o
217. d Reference Menus 163 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 4 5 Score Options Dialog Command Location Score Menu The Score Options dialog allows you to make changes to the current score and set the default behavior for all other scores Other scores will continue to use the default score options see the Set As Default command below The dialog contains the following tabs Transcription Options Notation Staff Tools and Namings Fonts Colors Textures and Backgrounds Print Margins Print Layout To the right hand side of each Score Options tab there are buttons which allow you to change the Score Options for not only the current score but also for all MIDI and Karaoke files subsequently opened in Midilllustrator The following buttons are displayed on the right hand side of each Score Options tab Restore Defaults Resets the values in the current Score Options tab to the default settings Changes to values in the tab will not affect the current score until you hit OK or Apply Note these may not be the default settings created when you installed Midilllustrator as you are able to overwrite the defaults see below Set As Default Sets the values in the current Score Options tab as the new default values All MIDI and Karaoke files opened subsequently will use these new default settings Note Existing mil files previously saved with M
218. d choose Save Target As and download the file to your computer Now you can open the downloaded MIDI file using Midilllustrator and it will be converted to sheet music You can then view print or play back the music Back to FAQ Topic Q I have connected my MIDI piano keyboard to the computer Can I automatically play along using the instrument sound on a particular track Right now it always plays the instrument I have configured in Echo Instrument setup A Yes With a right click on the track select button Track Tools the MIDI echo device will instantly adopt the given track s instrument 9 4 Import and Export Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ gt Buying amp Activating Editing the Score MIDI Playback amp Sound Import amp Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous Import and Export Back to FAQ Topic Q What kind of files can I open with MidiIllustrator A You can read about all the files MidiIllustrator opens creates and saves here Back to FAQ Topic 9 5 Printing Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ gt Buying amp Activating Editing the Score MIDI Playback amp Sound Import amp Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous Printing Back to FAQ Topic Q I have changed stave color in normal view but can t get it to print the color or show color in print preview page view I have told my printer to print color What can I do Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software
219. d font formatting is possible using the format toolbar which appears when editing a Free Text item Furthermore a single Free Text item can be selected and dragged with the mouse to a new position on the score As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Keyboard Shortcuts exist for quick access to these commands The menu offers the following commands Edit Free Text Allows the editing of selected Free Text items Item Insert New Line Inserts a new line at the insertion point Add Edit Next Adds a new Free Text item at the next possible insertion point to the Free Text Item right of the current cursor position or if a Free Text item already exists at that position begins editing that Free Text item See also the Insertion options in Editing Options to alter this behavior Adds a new Free Text item at the next possible insertion point to the aaa aes Free left of the current cursor position or if a Free Text item already exists at Text Item that position begins editing that Free Text item See also the Insertion options in Editing Options to alter this behavior Shift Free Text Allows you to quickly shift the selected item s forwards or backwards in Item the score Delete Free Text Deletes selected Free Text items Item s View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com
220. d like to see the score as it would appear on the printed page simply switch to Page View using the View Menu For more information on the difference between Window View and Page View look here You can quickly increase or decrease the size of the score by clicking on the Zoom buttons on the toolbar If you are opening an MIL file then Midilllustrator has already transcribed the underlying MIDI data MIL files typically open a little faster than other file formats for this reason What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software a Midilllustrator Help 1 4 1 5 1 6 Creating a Brand New Score New scores can be created in several different ways e Create a new score from scratch with the New Score dialog specifying score criteria in a few simple steps e Generate a new score using an existing score template selected from the New Score dialog e Generate a new score instantly using the Default score template from the File Menu commands New scores always open up in Edit Mode Normal Entry ready for editing Start Composing As soon as your new score is created you can start to capture your music What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Printing the Score You
221. d new measures immediately after the first ending measures and after the repeat close barline and set the endings on these measures to 2 7 Repeat the last step for any new endings The following score example shows a possible ending arrangement where one passage in the score is played three times but has a different ending each time Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 2 2 2 4 Things to do with Midilllustrator In the example the playback sequence would be Playba Repea Ending Ending Repea Ending Repea Ending ck t 1 1 ends t 2 t 3 starts seque begins with seque begins seque begins nce repeat nce nce begins close loop loop with barline 2 3 3 3 repeat open barline loop 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 3 6 3 7 8 9 During playback endings can be applied within nested repeat sequences In this case each ending number applies to the count of the inner bar repeat sequence which hosts the ending not to the total number of times a nested sequence is actually played So if the outer measures in the example 1 and 9 were also marked as repeat open close measures then the entire sequence above would simply be repeated 1 2 345 36 37 89 12 345 36 37 89 Setting Endings in Power Edit Mode In Power Edit Mode the endings of a range of measures can be set with a single command Select the desired range of measures and assign an ending using the Set Ending command Measures Menu Special Notes
222. dding new functions to make Maestro even better If you can think of a feature which you need right now but can t find in Maestro please let us know so we can prioritize development MIDI Files Playback and Sound Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ gt Buying amp Activating Editing the Score MIDI Playback amp Sound Import amp Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous MIDI files Playback and Sound Back to FAQ Topic Q Where can I find MIDI files A Midilllustrator can import files of type MID and KAR and convert these raw music files into sheet music A number of sample files of type MID are included with the program in the Samples folder These files are a good place to start when first finding your way around Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software FAQ Frequently Asked Questions 3o MidiIllustrator You can learn more about finding downloading and notating MIDI files with our simple Step by Step Guide You can find many more MIDI MID files at the sites we list here http www midiillustrator com midifiles htm For example at the Mutopia site you can find many free classical works by famous composers An example at the Mutopia site would be http www mutopiaproject org cgibin make table cgi Composer MozartWA On this page find one of the MID file links for example http www mutopiaproject org ftp MozartW A K6deest k6deest k6deest mid Right click the MIDI file link an
223. describes the action to be executed by the selected menu item or depressed toolbar button View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 3 6 3 Editing Palettes Command Location View Menu Toolbars MidiIllustrator allows you to edit the notation in the score using context sensitive toolbars In this way only those toolbars which are useful at a particular time are shown leaving room for more of the score to be shown on the screen You can hide or show the editing palettes using the View Toolbars Editing Palettes Menu command The editing palettes consist of the following toolbars e Insert Toolbar for inserting lyrics bookmarks guitar chords and chord names e Selected Item toolbar for editing lyrics bookmarks guitar chords and chord names e Notes Toolbar for editing note attributes e Entry Item toolbar Edit Mode only for setting note and rest entry qualities Jy At any one time only one of the above toolbars will be shown depending on the current selection in the score For example if you select a note the Insert Toolbar will vanish and the Notes toolbar will appear in its place The toolbars contain a subset of the commands found in each toolbar s respective menu Palette Positioning By default the editing palettes are show docked on the right side of the screen but you can move them to any other location just as with the rest of Midilllustrator s toolbars
224. device Metrono Ctrl M Activates deactivates the Metronome me Tools menu Modes M 1i Enter Performance Mode Optimised for listening to and interacting with your music M 2 Enter Layout Mode Modify proportions of score items like staff heights bar widths etc M 3 Enter Edit Mode Normal Entry J Add to the notation and change all aspects of the existing notation M 4 Enter Edit Mode Mouse Entry Add and modify notation directly using the mouse M 5 Enter Edit Mode Power Edit Jy Quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats Help menu Fi Opens the Help File to provide content sensitive Help help Staff Manager Dialog Selectio Ctri A Selects all staves n View the Help Contents Page Visit the MidiIllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 302 Midilllustrator Help 9 FAQ Frequently Asked Questions Topics Buying and Activating Midilllustrator Editing the Score MIDI Files Playback and Sound Import and Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous Buying and Activating MidiIllustrator O How do I buy pay for Midilllustrator O I just purchased Midilllustrator Where are my license details Midilllustrator activation code O How is the full version of Midilllustrator delivered O How do I activate Midilllustrator Olf a new version comes out or an update do I have to pay for the new progra
225. dilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Save Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Save Tab AutoSave We recommend that when you are working with you scores you regularly save any changes and periodically save you score with a new file name as an extra level of protection for your hard work However Midilllustrator can also save your changes to your scores as you work When enabled AutoSave will periodically save a copy of any open scores with changes to a location you can specify on your hard drive The default location for AutoSave files is the AutoSave folder see Program Folders below Each file is saved with a special tag unique to the file and the Midilllustrator session in which it was created When you have finished working and Midilllustrator closes all autosaved files created in that session will be deleted If however for some reason Midilllustrator or your computer unexpectedly shuts down whilst you are working on a score you can recover any autosaved score simply by opening it at any time from the AutoSave folder In this case you should then save the recovered file with a new name in a folder other than the AutoSave folder Note that the playback command is temporarily unavailable whilst AutoSave completes this Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 2 makes saving much faster Remember that AutoSave does not save the actual
226. dilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Add Iinsert Measures Command Location Measures Menu The Add Insert Measures dialog allows you to add measures to the end of the score or insert a number of new measures before the current measure View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Removing a range of Measures Command Location Measures Menu Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 193 The Remove Measures dialog allows you to select a range of measures for deletion from the score Typically you may want to remove the empty lead in measures which are sometimes found at the very beginning of the score You may however also wish to reduce the size of a particular score or simply remove sections which are not of interest to you Note that rather than removing measures from the score you may find it more convenient to simply view a particular range of measures using the Viewing a Range of Measures command If you only wish to remove one measure say measure 5 simply enter 5 in both in the First and Last boxes of the dialog and only that measure will be removed View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 6 9 Split Measure Command Location Measures Menu A given measure can be split into two parts creating two smaller measures with
227. dilllustrator com Add Fields to Score Titles eg Page Numbers Date etc Command Location Score Menu Titles Fields are special text strings which can be inserted into Score Titles These fields are automatically populated with the score information when titles are displayed or printed such as page count file name date etc Fields can be added manually or with the Insert Field Menu in the Score Titles dialog Fields contain no spaces and should always be wrapped with square brackets and The available fields are Type Field Description Substitutes the contents of Titles title_scoretitle the Score Title title _copy right Substitutes the contents of Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Page Information Measure Information File Information Time Date title_com poser title_reference page_number page_total bar_total bar_firstonpage bar_lastonpage file_title file_title_ext file_path file_location time_H time_h time_M time_S time_format_12 time_format_24 date_d date_D date_m date_M date_Y date_format_YMd the Copyright Title Substitutes the contents of the Composer Title Substitutes the contents of the Reference Title Substitutes the page number Substitutes the total page count Substitutes the total measure count Substitutes the number of the first measure on
228. dilllustrator will convert the raw recorded MIDI into notation just as if opening and transcribing an existing MIDI file applying your Recording Options You can also Tap In Rhythms with just the PC keyboard whilst recording My Recording is Out of Sync with the Existing Notation and or the Metronome Sometimes there is a delay between a musician playing a MIDI instrument and the resulting MIDI instructions reaching Midilllustrator This is know as MIDI device latency If you find that recorded notes are out of sync with existing notation even though you played notes at the same time as you heard them played back then you should experiment with values for MIDI device latency in MIDI Options This should allow Midilllustrator to compensate for the device delay Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 237 Notes for Good Recording Use the metronome Use ofthe metronome whilst recording is highly recommended as the more accurate a performance is the better it will be notated by Midilllustrator Try to adhere to the rhythm as far as possible If you are trying to get a very clean score then try not to apply too much feeling to the performance Liberal timing will make the score harder to read when it is notated Experiment with Recording Transcription Options to get the best results Which MIDI Events are Captured When Recording Midilllustrator captures all note on off events and all Controller
229. ding the Control key down whilst clicking notes on the on screen piano will keep the cursor in the current time position ready for adding another note to the current chord Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 1 3 4 Pow er Edit Mode Command Location Tools Menu Edit Mode Power Edit Mode is one of the sub modes of Edit Mode Power Edit allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats and moving or copying multi staff selections of notation from one part of the score to another or to another score altogether using Copy Cut Paste Clipboard Functions e Edit Mode o Normal Entry o Mouse Entry o Power Edit Selecting Ranges of the Score with Power Edit The selection range or drag range in Power Edit can be set using the keyboard arrow keys or the mouse Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 2 With the mouse left click the score and drag over the measure s stave s group you wish to work with When the mouse is released you can extend the selection by holding down the Shift key and click dragging elsewher
230. display as many keys as possible on the screen for quick selection Guess Key Allows Midilllustrator to analyse the piece and then determine the most appropriate key signature for the score or you can choose the key yourself There are two ways of choosing the key either by using the left and right arrows on the right of the Key Signature Graphical Display and clicking through until you find your desired key or by selecting a major or minor key from the drop down boxes located below the Key Signature Graphical Display Apply Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst leaving the dialog open for any future changes Undo Changes Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the score since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes with the Apply button Apply new key to all staves Enables you to change the key on all staves in the piece rather than just the selected staff View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 6 3 Time Signature Command Location Measures Menu This tool allows you to change the time signature for a range of measures in the score Midilllustrator can intelligently reorganize music in the score as necessary to allow time signature insertions which would otherwise upset the existing rhythmic structure of the music The time signature dialog allows you to change the time signatur
231. do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Playback the Score See the notes light up as they are played back The pages turn automatically Dynamically change instruments volume and tempo during playback Highlight lyrics during playback for sing along performances Advance highlighting and page turning options e Note highlighting options e Create and play a score Playlist e Scroll and Fade in the Next Page advance page turn e Dynamically change instruments e Skip backwards and forwards during playback using Keyboard Shortcuts Navigation Commands What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Create and Play a Score Playlist Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Playback Tab The Playback tab allows you to make changes to the way in which the score is displayed during playback The following attributes can be changed Cursor There are five cursor display options for playback e Does not follow playback Follows nearest playback beat Follows exact playback time Follows nearest playback note Turns pages but remains hidden By default the cursor follows the nearest beat during playback This is generally the most useful setting for understanding the rhythm of the piece and is also the best choice when you are using the met
232. e e Improved splash screen dismissal behavior e Improved handling of improperly structured MIDI files which could result in some MIDI notes hanging when imported e Addressed occasional Tooltip flicker when running under Windows Vista e Updated file associations to work with Windows Vista with UAC enabled Midilllustrator Maestro Virtuoso Player Version 1 02 New Description Feature Fixes and e Fixed Vista AutoSave error Improveme Details Midilllustrator encountered a sporadic error with default nts AutoSave settings when running under Microsoft Windows Vista e Fixed Enharmonic spelling pitch shift error Details Corrected an issue with enharmonic spelling and pitch shift functions where pitch change was not properly stored e Other performance improvements MidilIllustrator Virtuoso Version 1 01 and MidiIllustrator Maestro Version 1 01 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 11 New Description Feature New Score Three new complete score samples are included with each Samples MidiIllustrator installation program e Anitra s Dance by E Grieg e Amazing Grace by J Newton e The Entertainer by S Joplin These scores exploit some of MidiIllustrator s many scoring features and formatting options including the use of textures fonts lyrics chords and notation learning tools such as individual note naming A Windows sta_ Midilllustrator is now compatible wit
233. e e for all the measures on the score e from the current measure to the next time signature change e between specific measures Protecting the Existing Rhythmic Structure Time signature changes affect the location of barlines beats and the resulting notation Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 190 Midilllustrator Help 5 6 4 such as beaming and tying In order to limit these effects to only the desired score range Midilllustrator will try to protect existing time signatures ahead of the rhythmic range you are editing This is achieved by extending the score and shifting sections of the music to make room for the new rhythm range rather than simply overwriting any existing meter values For this reason complex time signature changes can result in changes to the timings of individual notes and other notation events as measures are extended accordingly the price of keeping existing meter intact Choosing a New Time Signature To change the numerator Number of Beats and denominator Beat Duration of the time signature click the buttons under the signature display graphic Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst Apply leaving the dialog open for any future changes Undo Changes Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the score since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes with the Apply button MIDI Files and Time Signature
234. e Read more about Modes and Views here View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 1 2 Layout Mode Command Location Tools Menu Layout Mode is for changing the dimensions and positions of score objects such as measures staves and lyrics Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout to make good use of screen real estate However if you wish to manage the layout for a particular measure page or even the entire score then in this mode you can either tweak the layout to simply tighten up the score a little or you can make major changes to squeeze as much notation as possible onto a given page e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode Jy Layout settings are applied only in Page View Print Preview when the score is formatted for the printed page Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 232 Midilllustrator Help Applying a Custom Layout In Layout Mode select the measure staff combination whose dimensions you wish to customize You can only customize a single measure staff combination at a time You can change the following attributes of the measure staff combination e Measure width to allow more or fewer measures on a system or page e Staff height above the staff Staff height beneath the staff e Vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff When a Selection is made the layout frame appears marking the current boundaries of t
235. e especially solo piano scores allowing you to quickly and easily visualise chord shapes and fingering Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 35 e More information on working with Step by Step Mode e How to jump from one part of the score to another whilst playing a connected MIDI Instrument in Step by Step Mode What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 8 3 Rapidly improve Sight Reading with Note Names next to every Note The Note Names function enables you to immediately identify each note by its name and familiarise yourself with the staff line names Remote leger line notes are immediately identifiable Back to top View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 8 4 Show Finger Numbers on the Keys of the On Screen Keyboard Command Location View Menu Keyboard The On Screen Piano Keyboard will highlight notes and chords from the current score It can be used as an aid to reading and playing the score especially solo piano music allowing you to quickly and easily visualize chord shapes and fingering In Edit Mode notes can added directly to your score with Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard Moving and Sizing the Keyboard The On Screen Piano Keyboard works in a similar way to the other standard Windows
236. e lengthening operations Notes are only shifted when necessary specifically e If there is rest space to the right of a note to be lengthened this space will be taken to accommodate the new note length e If there is no space or not enough space to the right of the note to be lengthened then Midilllustrator will check see if there is room at the end of the note s measure to accommodate the new note length e Notes in the way of the operation will be shifted as far as possible into the rest space at the end of the measure and the note will be given the desired length if possible e Midilllustrator uses a best possible approach in duration changes If for example you want to increase a quarter note to a whole note duration but there is only room for a half note then the half note value will be set instead of simply failing the operation The Shift commands can be used to move the selected notes in the following ways e Up a staff notes will be moved to the next visible staff above their current staff e Down a staff notes will be moved to the next visible staff below their current staff e Forwards notes will be nudged to the right by a small amount e Backwards notes will be nudged to the left by a small amount In all cases note durations are unchanged See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Allows the synchronization of selected notes by attack time duration or both All notes in the selection will ta
237. e piece and different shades of color are used to identify the Accented Beat and the Normal Beat The flash on beat for drop down box allows you to set the length of time in milliseconds ms that the colors used in the M Light are displayed for or flashed on each beat of the music You can choose from as little as 10ms to as much as 500ms To prevent any flashing and instead see just the solid colors seta flash time of 0 For more information about the M Light see the Metronome Light section of the View Menu Metronome Intro Metronome Intro Bars are metronome beats that play before playback Bars of the piece commences and are a useful way of familiarising yourself with the rhythm of a passage The type of Metronome Intro is selected using two drop down boxes Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 254 Midilllustrator Help 5 19 7 4 The first Metronome Intro Bar drop down box contains the following options e No Intro e 1 Bar e 2 Bars e 3 Bars e 4 Bars e 2 Beats the shortest intro when starting and the second drop down box has the following options e at beginning of piece e at beginning of a measure e at beginning of a beat e anywhere You may for example decide that when you are starting playback from the beginning of the piece you would like the metronome to start playing one bar before the start of playback If you wanted the metronome to play throughout the piece as
238. e Only Toolbars Shows or hides the following Toolbars e File e Toolbars and Zoom e Perform e Volume and Tempo e Lists e Editing Palettes e Measure e Modes and Views The Editing Palettes toolbar is context sensitive and will become visible depending on the editing state Midilllustrator is in The Restore Default Toolbar Layout option reverses all changes made to the toolbars and reinstates the original toolbar layout Status Bar Shows or hides the status bar at the bottom of the screen You can show a list of Status Bar display options by right clicking on the Status Bar Display Solfege Note Names Displays Solfege note names instead of names A G on both the score when individual note names are enabled and also the On Screen Piano Keyboard and On Screen Guitar Fretboard Full Screen Enter Leave Full Screen Mode Keyboard Allows you to e show hide the On Screen Piano Keyboard OSP e dock the OSP keyboard in position e toggle between the full size OSP keyboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 1s Midilllustrator Help Fretboard Metronome Light Zoom Navigation Commands Go Directly to Score Location and the cropped keyboard e show note names on the OSP keyboard keys e show finger numbers on the OSP keyboard keys during playback finger numbers must be assigned to notes before the finger number can be shown on keys as they are played e show hide Performing Hands on the keyb
239. e as the drag area ie all measure lengths as the same Releasing the mouse button will drop the selection in its new location Holding down the Control key will copy the existing selection rather than moving it Replacing vs Merging with Existing Notation Power Edit Menu Option Select from the Power Edit Menu either of the following paste options e Paste amp Replace When pasting or dragging any existing content will be overwritten by the new content If pasting beyond the last measure in a score Midilllustrator will automatically extend the score to accommodate the new content e Paste amp Merge When pasting or dragging any existing content will where possible be merged by the new content If pasting beyond the last measure in a score Midilllustrator will automatically extend the score to accommodate the new content Where pasted content conflicts with existing content eg conflicting voices the existing content will take precedence and dropped pasted content will not be added Inserting Dragged Copied Measures Alt Key held during Mouse Drag Drop or Insert amp Paste menu command By default Midilllustrator does not create new measures for pasted or dropped selections in Power Edit mode dropped or pasted ranges either replace or merge with existing notation However with the Insert amp Paste command Midilllustrator will create new measures prior to pasting dropping copied range meaning that existing not
240. e current score is not changed in any way by this action Quantize MIDI Files as Notated Save As Special If you are saving a file in MIDI format and this box is checked Midilllustrator will set the timing of each note in the score to its exact notated value overriding the original value for that note Remember that Midilllustrator does not alter the underlying MIDI performance of an imported MIDI file When you play back a MIDI file you hear the original imported MIDI sequence even though the notation may have been reorganised for enhanced presentation This rule applies to saving files too The note timings in the saved files will always be the same as the values in the original MIDI file unless you use this option to force the MIDI layout to mimic exactly the notation you see on the screen Store Adjusted Tempo Please note that from version 3 of Midilllustrator the overriding Master tempo is automatically stored for each score when it is saved which is a simpler way to restore the working tempo for your scores than using the steps below If you have adjusted the Master tempo of the score you are working with and would like that tempo to be stored with the score when you Save it save the score using Save As from the File Menu and specify this option When the score is reopened in the future the 100 score Master tempo will equivalent to the effective tempo at the time the score was saved Close Closes an ope
241. e duration of the note or rest added is determined by the entry item qualities and should be set before entering a new item Chord notes can be added in exactly the same way as with the mouse or computer keyboard holding the Control key down whilst clicking notes on the on screen piano will keep the cursor in the current time position ready for adding another note to the current chord Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help 2 2 3 5 Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard 2 2 4 Command Location Perform Menu Record Command This tool allows you to enter single note rhythms using the computer keyboard You can quickly and easily capture the rhythm of a tune without having to worry about playing the right notes or assigning complex note durations individually No note pitches are assigned and only durations are assigned After you have tapped in a new rhythm sequence you can easily assign pitches to each note using the mouse or keyboard commands To tap in rhythms 1 Follow exactly the same steps as starting a recording session
242. e examines the staves in the score to find a free channel When Midilllustrator automatically selects a channel for the MIDI Echo instrument it is displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the main Midilllustrator window If you are using an external MIDI device to make the MIDI Echo instrument sounds you must make sure that the external MIDI device is listening on the designated channel otherwise you will not hear the MIDI Echo instrument Midilllustrator will not Autoselect Channel 10 Transpose This drop down box enables you to transpose the note sounds ona selected staff from as little as one half step to as many as 24 half steps up or down This only affects the sound of notes during playback Note positions on the score are unchanged Bank 0 Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Coarse Adjust Method 0 For more information see Bank Select Bank 32 Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Fine Adjust Method 32 For more information see Bank Select Modified Volume The volume of MIDI data received from the MIDI In device can be modified using the slide control This is useful if you want to change the volume of echoed MIDI relative to any staves you may be playing back accompanying with Midilllustrator The volume of each note can be increased or decreased by a maximum of 64 within the bounds of the MIDI value range 0 to 127 E g if a note i
243. e has been selected and the black tick will be displayed when Play All Staves has been selected A left click on this button opens the Staff Instrument dialog which allows you to change the various properties of the selected staff e g the instrument or volume setting A right click opens the Staff Manager dialog with the appropriate staff selected The Staff Manager dialog allows you to change amongst other settings the underlying MIDI properties of a file and the staff display and playback features A left click on this button selects the staff which can be useful when applying commands such as Split Staves and Merge Staves As in Windows Explorer if you wish to select all staves within a specific section of the score simply hold down the Shift button on your Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 187 keyboard as you select the two staves on either side of the selection and all of the staves in between will also be selected This is faster than clicking on each staff s Staff Tools Selection button individually To deselect staves hit the Escape button on your keyboard In the Select Staves mode the color of the stave lines of the selected staff will change to the selected staff color which can be set in the Color section of Score Options and the button will turn black A right click will turn on MIDI Echo enabling MIDI data received from an external MIDI device to
244. e instrument channel combination then you may see unexpected results Midilllustrator will try to apply each and every routing in order to a staff in a given song meaning that that the lowest valid routing in the list will take precedence over any others already applied View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 25 Midilllustrator Help 5 19 8 5 19 8 1 Program Options Dialog Command Location Tools Menu Program Options The Program Options dialog allows you to make changes to the following attributes of Midilllustrator e Playback e General Preferences Editing Options Recording Options Jy Keyboard Options Program Colors Save Import Options Step by Step Options Tasks Options File Types View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Playback Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Playback Tab The Playback tab allows you to make changes to the way in which the score is displayed during playback The following attributes can be changed Cursor There are five cursor display options for playback e Does not follow playback Follows nearest playback beat Follows exact playback time Follows nearest playback note Turns pages but remains hidden By default the cursor follows the nearest beat during playback This is generally the most us
245. e items are selected they can be cut or copied to the clipboard and then pasted as many times as desired Copying Pasting Large Ranges For copying pasting large selections including multi track selections of notes rests use Power Edit instead Cut Cuts the current selection from the score and places them on the clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere in the score orin another open score Copy Copies the current selection to the clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere in the score or in another open score Another way to Make Copies of Complete Staves If you wish to make a copy of one or more complete staves including notation instrument name and other staff properties then try making a copy of the selected staff with the Staff Manager Dialog Paste and Pastes any selection previously cut or copied from the score to the clipboard Insert amp Paste In order to protect existing score content when using the clipboard some rules apply to where and how certain copied selections can be pasted into the score Specifically e In Normal Entry Edit Mode only note rest selections from single tracks can be pasted from the clipboard For multi track operations such as this use Power Edit instead e Since tuplets are treated as a unit and have to kept intact paste operations which overlap or interfere with existing tuplets are not possible Note In Power Edit Mode you can also use the Insert amp Paste command to automatically
246. e list click on the Choose Texture button and choose a new bitmap from your hard disk To remove a background and use the default plain color click the Clear Texture button Make Your Own Textures and Backgrounds Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 175 You can create your own image files for use as Midilllustrator textures Simply create a Windows bitmap file with no more than 256 colors and place a copy in the appropriate resource folder inside the application s Resources folder Files usually found in the active user Documents folder in the Rallentando Software Midilllustrator sub folder Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 4 5 6 Print Margins Command Location Score Menu Score Options Print Tab The Print Margins tab enables you to make changes to the page margins on the selected score Top Bottom Left These boxes display the distance between the edges of the page Right and the start of the text notation in terms of the unit selected in the Unit drop down box E g if there is a figure of 14 00 in the Top box when the Unit selected is Millimetres mm the text notation will start 14mm from the top of the page If the Units are changed e g to Centimetres then the figure in the Top box w
247. e on the score on another page if you wish The selection will be extended to the clicked dragged location With the keyboard use the arrow keys to select measure s stave s group You can extend the selection by holding down the Shift key and using the arrow keys up down for staffs left right for measures Depending on the value you have chosen for the Select Entire Bars option mouse and keyboard cursor command will round the selection range to the nearest whole measure or just the nearest whole beat Selecting Entire Staves In order to select an entire staff simply click the score just to the leftmost edge of the staff just to the left of the clef The entire staff will be selected The selection can be extended to more whole staves by holding down the Shift key and repeating the action Another way to Make Copies of Complete Staves If you wish to make a copy of one or more complete staves including notation instrument name and other staff properties then it will probably be faster to try making a copy of the selected staff with the Staff Manager Dialog Copying vs Moving the Selection Control Key held during Mouse Drag Drop When you have made a Selection you can use the clipboard functions to cut or copy the selection to another location in the score or even to another score altogether if it is also open in Edit Mode Cut the current selection to place it on the clipboard then if desired select a new locati
248. e score is displayed on the screen as it will appear printed using the current printer setup and page layout Scroll View Editing This viewing mode applies the same rules for layout as Window view except that the format for the score is a single system which scrolls horizontally along the page This makes editing much simpler as the dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit eg staff height do not result in constant reformatting of the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Hide Staff Notation Show Timeline Toolbars Status Bar Display Solfege Note Names Full Screen Keyboard Fretboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software A view of the score in which traditional staff notation is temporarily hidden and instead staves in the score are compressed shown as a compact timeline Performance Mode Only Shows or hides the following Toolbars e File Toolbars and Zoom Perform Volume and Tempo Lists Editing Palettes Measure Modes and Views The Editing Palettes toolbar is context sensitive and will become visible depending on the editing state Midilllustrator is in The Restore Default Toolbar Layout option reverses all changes made to the toolbars and reinstates the original toolbar layout Shows or hides the status bar at the bottom of the screen You can show a list of Status Bar display options by right clickin
249. e selected using the Color section of Score Options Hide ALL upper lower Hides all automatically drawn voice guide rests in upper lower voice guide rests Performance Mode See more information about Voice Guide Rests Play Notes as Imported Play imported MIDI songs as Recorded they were originally performed rather than adhering to the notated times displayed on the score This allows playback of a recorded song as it was originally captured even though the notation may have been tidied by Midilllustrator for easier reading perhaps using Transcription Options Note that this option only applies to scores which contain some original MIDI content or recording session data You may customize if and how Measure Numbers are displayed on the score The display of measure numbers may be affected by the current view see below The default setting is a Curved Box which encloses the Measure Number on Every Measure starting at Bar 1 but this can be changed using the three drop down boxes The measure numbers can be set as follows e None no measures numbers will be displayed e Normal measure numbers will not be enclosed e Boxed measure numbers will be surrounded by a box e Curved Box measure numbers will be surrounded by a curved box If None has been selected above the 2 remaining drop down boxes will be grayed out but they can be edited if Normal Boxed or Curved Box has been selected
250. e toolbars and are also displayed as a flashing cursor eg a flashing quarter note or a flashing rest at the entry position When this cursor is shown as greyed or faded the current entry qualities are not valid for insertion at the current position Quality Details Duration The duration of the entry note rest can be modified incrementally using the Duration Increase Decrease commands If you would like Midilllustrator to include dotted durations in the choice of increased or decreased durations see the Include dots when incrementing duration of selection option in Editing options Triplet Quintuplet When selecting tuplet durations remember that tuplet notes are always treated by Midilllustrator as a unit and so a whole tuplet will be added at the insertion point For example in the case of a triplet addition a single triplet note will be added followed by two triplet rests There must be enough space in the current measure for a complete tuplet to be added Adding subsequent notes when the cursor is within the tuplet range will populate the various branches of the tuplet The current version of Midilllustrator supports the following tuplet types triplets and quintuplets See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Voice Sets the entry voice to Upper Voice Lower Voice or Single Voice Note that when adding notes and rests to measure which contains more than one voice Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software
251. e window Scroll view does not support scrolling and fading in of the next page with Advanced Page Turn Note about Scroll View and Printing Measure numbers are automatically displayed on all measures in scroll view to make measure operations easier For this reason scores may not print exactly as they appear in Scroll View and print previewing in Page View is therefore recommended Page View and Print Preview Page View is essentially the same as Print Preview Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts 279 Unlike Window View Page View sets the boundaries of each page using the current printed page configuration This means that the larger the paper size in your printer the more Midilllustrator will squeeze on to each page of the score When you switch from Window View to Page View only a portion of the screen is used to show each page of the score The score is shown one page at a time in the middle of the screen Pages do not fill the screen as in Window View Page shape and size is determined by printer settings such as paper size and orientation This view allows you to evaluate the score prior to sending it to print and to adjust the page layout or printer set up as desired before printing The score is displayed on the screen exactly as it will appear when printed Zooming vs Print Size Midilllustrator allows you to change the magnification of the current view using the Zoom In and Zoom Out commands V
252. e you are working with and would like that tempo to be stored with the score when you save it save the score using Save As from the File Menu and specify this option When the score is reopened in the future Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 127 the 100 score Master tempo will equivalent to the effective tempo at the time the score was saved Current Folder Shows the full name of the current folder ready for adding to favorite file locations Favorites Favorites contains a list of all your favorite folders When a favorite is selected from the drop down box that folder is opened immediately Click the arrow buttons to the right of the drop down box in order to navigate quickly to the next previous entries in the list View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 1 2 Launch Screen Command Location File Menu The Midilllustrator launch screen allows you quick and easy access to the program s most common activities The activities are split into the two fundamental groups of Midilllustrator functionality Performing and Composing Jy View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 1 3 New Score Command Location File Menu New scores can be created in several different ways e Create a new score from scratch with the New Score dialog specifying score cr
253. e you begin playback of a score Midilllustrator re examines the staves in the score to find a free channel When Midilllustrator automatically selects a channel for the metronome it is displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the main Midilllustrator window Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 2 4 Midilllustrator Help 5 18 5 Bank 0 Bank 32 Volume Level Pan Accented Beat Normal Beat Audition Instrument Apply If you are using an external MIDI device to generate metronome sounds you must make sure that the external MIDI device is listening on the designated channel otherwise you will not hear the metronome Midilllustrator will not autoselect Channel 10 Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Coarse Adjust Method 0 For more information see Bank Select Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Fine Adjust Method 32 For more information see Bank Select The volume level can be changed using the slide control The range is 0 muted to 127 maximum volume The default setting for MIDI files that do not specify a value for volume is 64 A pan setting of 64 means that the stereo balance is equal on the left and right channels and this is the default behaviour for MIDI files that do not specify a value for pan You may wish to change the stereo balance so that it is higher or lower on one side using the slide c
254. eability and standardised with Internet browsers and other applications Original shortcuts continue to work as they did with previous versions of Midilllustrator Highlight Middle C is now optionally highlighted on the On Screen Piano Middle C Keyboard for easier orientation Improveme e Full compatibility with Windows 8 8 1 nts e Graphic display quality improvements e g antialiasing of fonts e Improved handling of custom OS DPI settings Windows custom text a Windows 8 size a Rewrite of metronome light timing to address latency issues Printing to BMP improvements Improved handling of invalid note pitches during MIDI import Better validation of MIDI data Clearer metronome sounds Improved handling of unavailable scores accessed from recent scores list e Increased pre warning score open count to 40 e Improved cursor navigation commands View Menu MidiIllustrator Player Version 2 00 New Description Feature Free Updated to support all the new features in scores created using MidilIllustrat Midilllustrator Virtuoso and Midilllustrator Maestro Version 2 00 or Player MidiIllustrator Virtuoso Version 2 00 and MidiIllustrator Maestro Version 2 00 see Maestro only functions below Jia New Description Feature Finger Now you can assign finger numbers to each note either manually or in a Numbers single step with Midilllustrator s Automatic Fingering Analysis and Automatic Fingering analysis is customiz
255. ear if they exist in the score Fake Book Style 2 Generates a score which shows the melody of the piece and the accompanying lyric Chord Names and Guitar Frets are added to the top stave to show the chord progression through the score Lyrics will only appear if they exist in the score Note You can also apply these style Tasks to your scores using the Task Wizard HoaiaNaoay Seoide Guitar azz KOD F7 Dm7 cm7 Ebmaj cm Ettim Ra ae a S E EM EE j re write so well But he could play the gui tar like ring ing a bell Go Go How Midilllustrator converts the score Midilllustrator automatically analyses the score to find those staves which contain the lyrics the melody and chord harmonies The best melody staff and where applicable the best lyric staff will be highlighted in the Lyric Staff and Melody Staff Display Windows If Midilllustrator has not chosen what you think are the best staves these selections can be changed by selecting your choice of staff in each window Reanalyse Staves If you have selected your own staves in the Lyric Staff and Melody Staff Display Windows and would like Midilllustrator to analyse the piece again to find what it believes are the best Lyric and Melody staves simply press the Reanalyse Staves button Chord Generation Rules When Midilllustrator generates chords for the score as part of this Task it will use the current settings for generating chord names and guitar
256. ected notes one staff up Moves cursor selected notes one staff down Moves cursor selected notes backwards Moves cursor selected notes forwards Increases the entry pitch pitch of the selection Decreases the entry pitch pitch of the selection Increases the entry pitch pitch of the selection by an octave Decreases the entry pitch pitch of the selection by an octave Ties together contiguous selected notes of the same pitch Creates a slur between the two selected notes Deletes slurs to from the selected notes Sets the slur position above the notes in range Sets the slur position below the notes in range Manual assignment of a finger number to a note selection F 4 F 5 F 0 F Enter F Space S A Synchro nising Notes S D S Enter Stems S Up Arrow S Down Arrow Voices C Up Arrow C Down Arrow C Enter A Right Arrow Accident al Entry Selectio n A Up Arrow A Enter Arrow A Down Arrow A Left Arrow A C E Up Arrow Enharmo nic Spelling E Down Arrow E Enter E Left Arrow E Right Arrow Volume V Space V Up V Down 298 Midilllustrator Help Manual removal of finger numbers on a note selection Finger numbers are assigned automatically to selected notes using settings in the Fingering Analysis dialog Finger numbers are assigned automatically to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes surrounding the selection using settings in t
257. ed Box which encloses the Bookmark but this can be changed using the Bookmark drop down box The options available are e Normal no surround e Boxed e Curve Boxed Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Finger Numbers Command Location Tools Menu Finger numbers can be assigned to notes and chords in one of three ways e Manually using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts e Automatically for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with finger number Keyboard Shortcuts without the need to open the Fingering Analysis dialog e Automatically for the entire score a range of staves or a note selection using the Fingering Analysis dialog Once you have assigned finger numbers to notes several new features become available e Finger numbers can be displayed in alongside above or below each note chord in the score e Finger numbers can be displayed on each key during playback on the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Midilllustrator can show animated Performing Hands performing your score over the On Screen Piano Keyboard Automatic Fingering Analysis Automatic Fingering Analysis is an advanced feature in Midilllustrator which performs a customizable analysis of the notation in your scores and accordingly assigns finger numbers to each n
258. ed Criteria Transpose All or Part of the Score Restructure the Score o Key Signatures o Time Signatures o Starting Tempo o Clefs O View the Help Contents Page Visit the MidiIllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 2 1 Learn More About How Midilllustrator Converts MIDI to Notation One of the principle features of Midilllustrator is its ability to generate attractive accurate and flexible scores from the raw musical information contained in MIDI and Karaoke files Although tremendously popular with musicians for their ability to store rich detail about the Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software a Midilllustrator Help sounds in a given piece of music these files comprise mainly note pitches and durations and typically contain very little information about how the music should be notated Midilllustrator is therefore tasked with filling all the gaps to complete the visual picture for example beaming and tying notes creating clefs and key signatures and placing accidentals next to notes on the score as appropriate What You See versus What You Hear In scores generated by Midilllustrator from MIDI files the notation you see on the screen or printed page is completely independent of the music you hear during playback Midilllustrator keeps these two aspects of the music completely separate so that you may at all times hear the music performed as its author intended even when the score has been a
259. ed defaults no longer exist in the Windows MIDI device list visible via Control Panel Advanced Settings Playback Latency see also MIDI In Latency If you find that when playing scores there is a small delay between when you hear notes and when you see them highlighted on the score or if the cursor appears to move just before the beat then you can use the MIDI Out device latency to synchronize the sound and screen events Note that Playback Latency differs from MIDI In Latency which is for synchronizing connected MIDI devices usually when recording Jy You should try to correct any Playback Latency before adjusting MIDI In Latency Latency or lag is common to all MIDI software and occurs most often with software synthesizers such as the widely used Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth but your overall system speed is also a factor Sometimes it takes a short while for the MIDI instructions to be processed by the MIDI device and so there is a delay between the signal being sent and the sound being heard This is typically around 100 ms milliseconds for the Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth on Windows XP SP2 There is no accurate way for Midilllustrator to calculate any latency so you must use trial and error to set a value which synchronizes playback on your system with screen updates First things first Use your system s best hardware Certain MIDI playback devices especially software synthesizers such as the Microsoft GS
260. ed on the score right away without the need to click the Apply button The buttons on the left hand side of the window can be used to edit selected staves either individually or in groups simply hold down the shift key as you select the staves for your group Opens the Staff Options menu and enables you to do the following e Mute all staves none of the staves and selected staves e Visibility show all staves hide all staves and hide selected staves e Select all staves and none of the staves e Columns autosize column widths Allows you to move selected staves to a higher position on the score l Allows you to move selected staves to a lower position on the score Adds a new staff Deletes the selected staff ojoj ee e 7 Makes a copy of the selected staff and inserts it as a new staff All staff information and notation is copied to the new staff including e Staff name Instrument Key signatures Clefs Notes Lyrics Free Text note that only measure amp staff anchored Free Text items are copied to the new staff page anchored items and measure anchored items are not copied e Expressions and any associated MIDI playback changes note that any tempo Expressions and hidden tempo MIDI events are not copied to the new staff as tempo instructions are typically stored only in the top staff If you wish to copy only the notation from one staff to another and not the staff instru
261. ed when you perform actions that have consequences that you may be unaware of The purpose of these messages is to Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus double check that you are completely comfortable with the action that you are about to take The messages can be turned off by unchecking the Show General Warning Messages box but it is best to leave the warnings on until you are sure you are familiar enough with the basic mechanics of MidiIllustrator Note If it seems that MidiIllustrator is completing certain actions without your consent ensure this warning has been turned on Show MIDI Messages MIDI Warning Messages are displayed when you perform MIDI actions that have consequences that you may be unaware of The purpose of these messages is to double check that you are completely comfortable with the action that you are about to take The messages can be turned off by unchecking the Show MIDI Warning Messages box but it is best to leave the warnings on until you are sure you are familiar enough with the way that Midilllustrator uses MIDI Note If it seems that Midilllustrator is completing certain actions without your consent ensure this warning have been turned on Preferred Zoom Value Using the Preferred Zoom drop down box you can select the value for your Preferred Zoom Setting the pixel height of a single staff line from a range of 2 to 16
262. ee Fonts This count can be hidden or shown using the Show Barline Repeat Count command on the Measures Menu Ignoring Repeats You may want Midilllustrator to ignore repeats during playback You can toggle this behaviour using the Ignore Barline Repeats command in the Perform Menu Endings Endings can be used with bar repeats to create very efficient scores where only the ending of a particular passage varies from one verse to the next In this case it is not necessary to score multiple verses in their entirety but instead to score the common part of one or more verses only once and then add any different endings for each verse The basic method for using endings is as follows 1 Identify the range of measures which contains a passage which is to be repeated 2 Set the left barline on the first measure in the passage to be Repeat Open see barlines above 3 Set the right barline on the last measure including the first verse ending in the passage to be Repeat Close 4 Set the repeat count on the last measure to the number of verses with different endings 5 Set the ending number for each measure in the first verse ending to 1 6 If necessary add new measures immediately after the first ending measures and after the repeat close barline and set the endings on these measures to 2 7 Repeat the last step for any new endings The following score example shows a possible ending arrangement where one passage in the score is played three
263. eeesas 19 Open Display and Print SCOLES sisin aeaaaee aS Aaaa iaa SAE aana E dada Seanas 19 Open and View Scores useaa ra a a a a ain 19 Display the Score In Different WayS ccccccesceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeesaeeeeaeeeseeeeseaeeeeaees 21 Choose Colours Textures and Backgrounds for Your SCOPE cc cceeeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeseeeeeseeeeseeseaees 21 Adjust the Score Layout Using Layout Mode Print the SCOrG isnis eris hia anan hie a a E Aa e N amas Quickly print selected parts instrUMeNts StaVES 00 eeceeeteseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeseeseeeeeeeeeates 25 Find Music Files on the Internet ccccssscssessscsersseeesenseeesseeseeesseeseeeseeeaseeseeeseesseesseaseeeseeasseeseesasesaeeeseesees 25 Save and Manage your SCOPES csscccssscesseeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeseeeesaeeesaeeesseeeesaeeesaaeesseeeesaseesaaeeeaaeessaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeas 25 Playback the SCORE 3 cisicshccccatees r a ara a r r seuss daendshaeatansesvaenantetvansexeustiestucedeases 26 Create and Play a Score Playlist cccccecesceceseeeeeeceeeeceeeeeneeeeaeeeceeeesaeeseaeeseeeeseaeeseaeeeceesseeeeseeeesaaes 26 Scroll and Fade in the Next Page Advance Page TUIMN c ccccceeceseeeeneeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeaees 26 Tasks to Transform Your Scores Automatically cc cccsscesseeeeeseceeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 29 Present Difficult Notation in Simplified FOr c
264. een assigned fingers fora single hand in which case the performing hands will not be able to correctly finger all of the notes the default behavior when analyzing fingering automatically is for lower voice notes in any staff to be assigned to the left hand and upper voice notes to be assigned to the right hand Performing Hands can also be shown in Step by Step Mode when finger numbers have been created for the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 144 Midilllustrator Help 5 3 5 Fill Hands Option By default the hands are drawn as solid objects as this ey 23 4 gives them the most natural appearance however they 4 can be displayed hollow outline only in order to give 5 better visibility of the keyboard beneath the hands i 1 1 i View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Metronome Light Command Location View Menu Metronome Light The Metronome Light flashes in time with each beat of the music to give you a visual representation of the time signature of the piece The Accented Beat will flash in a different color to the normal beat and the default settings are dark blue for the Accented Beat and pale blue for the Normal Beat The color settings may be changed using the Program Colors tab of Program Options and the length of time that the colors are displayed for on each beat can be changed in the Metronome tab of Setup Program Options The Metronome
265. eferences iicc iein hei eee a en an eed a cena lee Import Options iei ccd cekcck eee a debt cea cet cient vane oes cad a aeons a saad ea cet Sean Step Dy Site AEE EE EE E EA E esansatcsddancouinanatedyadiaseccbthusnaedsideeseceuuesagitienaten Tasks Options FIG TY POS iii eke na a a a a aceeeiaa ah ended 20 Window MG NU ii8s5 ooo cescces sees co cert aed Sede cv caved vend eeeg eecewsceentdeack ceca redecbh sees csuactdccteduees soeepties 21 He Ip MON E E T sieevaniavecsnedcopceasnidocncacsapdvansccucdandsaecraaveeecensesanes Lice ns De tall i csccdivcscscceascvsscsseseteasscciesacavaveeiouicvsnes crcctscvecesecdbasckcessacetssessbeteusuecbacdedbeneeietacycteceructsceieesecdeeess Part VI Program Concepts 276 1 MOUCS EE pessoa ce ies T dew scecdavedcans A veces caseeessnevestesvarecdeesdveseeedarcaes 276 Qe A T E cancel ofetay ceisath ede acta ic ctbveindedseed dee ve de vescenwushecsupeeeststoycactiavelaveivents 277 3 Modes and Default Vie WS ice ieccic ccecicts ne ctece ced eaea a Ea a De aa aae ced snectoaseueee cde aaa Eea 279 Ai NOICE EE cach oes casagesientessed AE cus fos ecwus ca veteeeadsedchite cstqectavecvat E 280 5 Tupletsciscscisleeviees coevvecitceiesd howell vit Ke ANARE AAA E eee tees ved tbe eel eases 282 G BO aM Sess icicscissseesscenieecteccctsces i cevvedecevectaccaecce te ceventes ceeeeede devewssccaeeevies sre eeeddaetwededeteeeecineiees 283 De SUNS 5 ces eh as eee chars och a ce eek aca dc vnc ed ties et ee eA eee
266. eful setting for understanding the rhythm of the piece and is also the best choice when you are using the metronome In scores where notes regularly fall just before or after the beat it may be more useful to have the cursor staff time or the nearest note Unless you select Does Not Follow Playback Midilllustrator will automatically move from page to page on the score in order to keep the cursor visible at all times To hide the cursor altogether during playback but still have pages turned automatically select Turns pages but remains hidden Note The Follows Exact Playback Time setting can place quite high demands on your Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 25 computer as the cursor position changes rapidly Advance Page Turn This option allows you to determine how and where in the score the page is turned during playback This can be useful if you are sight reading ahead of time as you may want the page to be turned before playback reaches the end of the page Scroll and Fade In the Next Page available only in Window View Performance Mode Midilllustrator can turn the page using special graphical effects to split the screen as the music is played out showing both the current passage and the next passage on the next page at the same time To do this Midilllustrator reads ahead and determines how much of the next page can be scrolled onto the c
267. elete notes to have Midilllustrator create rests When all branches are empty the tuplet will be removed altogether When inserting even a single tuplet note there must be enough space in the current measure for a complete tuplet to be added Once the initial tuplet note has been inserted and the outline tuplet is created adding subsequent notes when the cursor is within the tuplet range will populate the various branches of the tuplet Existing tuplet notes can be selected using the mouse or keyboard and then the various modification functions can be applied to the selection using commands from the Notes Menu The selected notes can also be Moved Dragged and Copied with the Mouse in Edit mode Tuplet notes cannot be copied or moved outside their host tuplet Certain delete commands will delete the entire tuplet again treating the tuplet notes as a unit When a Tuplet Cannot be Displayed Midilllustrator will always try to warn you when a tuplet cannot be entered in a certain Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts 283 score location usually because of conflict or overlap with existing notation in the same voice However in some complex operations such as copy and paste operations where pasted notation is added to existing notation it may not be musically possible to retain the original representation of tuplet notes in either the original or pasted content In this case Midilllustrator
268. eletes any chord or unselected whole tuplet at the cursor position and shifts all remaining notes in the measure to the left Shift Backspace No effect Delete Chord to Left and Shift Remainder Left Deletes any chord or unselected whole tuplet to the left of the cursor position and shifts all remaining notes in the measure to the left Tuplet Deletion Note that since individual tuplet notes are treated as a unit Shift deleting in Edit mode will delete the entire tuplet Simple deletes will never shift remaining tuplet notes to the left as the tuplet structure must remain intact See keyboard shortcuts for quick access to these commands Deleting Tie Notes Tie notes are treated differently when deleted depending on the current Editing status of Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 203 the song In Edit mode Jy single tie notes can be deleted and the rest of the tie sequence will be left intact Deleting the 3rd note in a sequence of 5 tied notes for example will result in two remaining tie sequences each of 2 notes either side of the deleted tie note range Conversely outside Edit mode tie notes are treated more as a unit As such deleting any tie note in a sequence will either shorten or delete the entire sequence but will never split it into two or more individual note sequences This is in keeping with the idea that in this state the underlying notes in the song s
269. emotely Control functions Using Your Connected MIDI Instrument ssssseessnssnnernnernneennssnnernneeneenn 52 Create Device Instrument Defaults for New Scores Make the most of your MIDI Device Capabilities ccccccceccececeneceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeeeseeeseaeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaees Customize the Program Interface r ae r e a A ea aAa a aeara ANa aaea Choose a Theme Color SCHeme cc ccecescececeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeecaeeceaeeeceeeesaaeeseaeeecsaeeseeeeseaeeseseeeseeeessaeeenaees Customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard Colors Customize the On Screen Guitar Fretboard Colors 0 cceccceceeseseeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeaeeeaeseneeeeeseeesneeseresineeerenaes 56 2 Composing Create and Edit SCOreS c ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaseeeenes 56 Create a Brand NOW SCOre acc iscccsccce ceccesicescntcscesneedeagsaiencedecevedesscencnbessesaepseaesapeveedesiendeesncseipcnnesuebieteederzeeden 58 Compose and Edit Using Edit Mode cccsececseceeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeaeeesaeeesseeessaeeesaeeesaeseseaeeesaeeeeeeeeees 59 Add Notation Quickly using Context Sensitive Entry eee eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeereeereeereseeeeeeaeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 62 Modify a Note or a Selection of NOotes ccccecccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeeeeeeessaeeeeaeeeseeeeseaeeeeaees 66 Make Changes Quickly w ith Context Sensitive MenuS eccceceeceseeeeeeceneeeeeceaeeeeeeeaeeneeeeeeeneeeeenaes
270. emporarily hide finger numbers you can do so using the Show Hide Score Objects option in the Score Options dialog Allows the selection of a theme or color scheme for the program interface Opens the MIDI Options dialog Opens the Program Options dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Performance and Learning Tools Command Location Tools Menu Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help Performance Mode allows you to perform and interact with your songs rather than modifying any song content You can create Practice Sessions study specific ranges of your scores and use learning tools such as Step by Step Most score editing functionality is hidden in this mode to allow you to focus on viewing listening and performing with your scores e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode Jy When you import a song it is initially displayed in Performance Mode You can make basic editing changes to the score notation in Performance Mode for example correcting note lengths or changing score attributes like key signatures You can change the presentation of the notation but in this mode like Layout Mode the raw music is generally protected so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes The following interactive tools are available only in Performance Mode e Practice Sessions Step b
271. en You can open any number of files in one go using this method simply by holding down the Control key and selecting multiple files before clicking Open e If the file has a MIL extension you can double click it in Explorer If you have chosen to open associate MIDI files and or karaoke files with Midilllustrator then you can also double click these files to open them with Midilllustrator See File Types for more information about Window file associations e Using the mouse drag any Midilllustrator compatible file and drop it anywhere on the Midilllustrator window This is more commonly known as Drag amp Drop You can open any number of files in one go using this method What Happens When A File is Opened If you are opening a MIDI or Karaoke file Midilllustrator can immediately transcribe the MIDI data as notation By default Midilllustrator will start the Score Transcription Wizard for each file opened although you can have Midilllustrator notate the score automatically without this step if you prefer With the Wizard you can determine the style in which the MIDI content is notated You may also hit the Skip Wizard button at any time to have Midilllustrator notate the score automatically By default the score will be displayed in Window View This allows Midilllustrator to make best use of the space on the screen and to show you as much of the score as possible without any of the limitations of page boundaries If you woul
272. en and fill it with the score and nothing else Listening The new Jump to User Input option enables Midilllustrator to closely Step by monitor your input from a connected MIDI Instrument When you move Step Input around from one passage to another whilst playing a piece Analysis Midilllustrator will automatically move the Step by Step cursor to the new input position Furthermore you can play through mistakes and Midilllustrator will still know the exact position you are reading and playing from and will automatically show that part of the score turning the pages as necessary 6 New Clefs Midilllustrator now supports the following clefs Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software ns Midilllustrator Help Edit the Time Signature Editable Barlines including Repeat sections Print Scores to Image Files Split Measures Join Measures New Toolbars Editing Palettes MIDI Instrument Routing MIDI Shortcut Keys Print Options Adjustable Step by Step Playback Position Improveme nts to Tasks Convert Score to Two Hand Piano New Interface Optimized for Windows XP Individual e Treble Clef e Bass Clef Alto Clef Tenor Clef Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Higher Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Lower Octave Adjusted Bass Clef Lower Neutral Clef Intelligent time signature editing allows you to make changes to the underlying time signature of the score without
273. en changed and never automatically by Midilllustrator see the reasons for this below Note Changing the presentation style of the score does not impact the playback of the score in any way When you play the score you will always hear it as it was originally sequenced Note timings and durations may appear differently in the score but the actual time and duration of the note sounds never changes Choosing Transcription Options AFTER a Score has been Created After a score has been created from a MIDI file or using the New Score program functions Jy you may decide to retranscribe your score with new options to make sight reading a little easier for example You can do this at any time via the Transcription Options tab in Score Options Choosing Transcription Options AFTER a Score has Entered Edit Mode J After you have begun editing the score using Edit Mode transcription rules are no longer applied automatically in order that you may keep complete control over the score and not have you editing decisions overridden by Midilllustrator You can still apply one off conversions to the score to apply new transcription rules whenever you wish however these new options will be only be applied to the score when you hit the OK button or APPLY button and will not be applied automatically by Midilllustrator at any time this also means that each time you reopen the Transcription Options Dialog after a Score has Entered Edit Mode the Strict s
274. end the selection by holding down the Shift key and using the arrow keys up down for staffs left right for measures Depending on the value you have chosen for the Select Entire Bars option mouse and keyboard cursor command will round the selection range to the nearest whole measure or just the nearest whole beat Selecting Entire Staves In order to select an entire staff simply click the score just to the leftmost edge of the staff just to the left of the clef The entire staff will be selected The selection can be extended to more whole staves by holding down the Shift key and repeating the action Another way to Make Copies of Complete Staves If you wish to make a copy of one or more complete staves including notation instrument name and other staff properties then it will probably be faster to try making a copy of the selected staff with the Staff Manager Dialog Copying vs Moving the Selection Control Key held during Mouse Drag Drop When you have made a selection you can use the clipboard functions to cut or copy the selection to another location in the score or even to another score altogether if it is also open in Edit Mode Cut the current selection to place it on the clipboard then if desired select a new location in this or another score and paste the previous selection into the score For fast transfer of selections from one part of the score to another click and hold the left mouse button over the
275. enefit of rendering certain styles of music substantially easier to read If you are especially interested in the note pitches of a piece rather than the note durations this can make live or unquantised MIDI recordings much more accessible When Can I Change Transcription Options for a Score Depending on how you want to use a particular kind of score you may wish to present the notation in a particular way In order to facilitate this Midilllustrator provides a list of custom presentation modes Depending on the style of the music this can have a dramatic effect on readability and playability Transcription options can be applied to a score at several different times 1 When the score is being created as an import froma MIDI file using the Score Transcription Wizard 2 After the score has been created either from a MIDI file or using the New Score program functions and you decide that different transcription rules should be applied to the open score from Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 166 Midilllustrator Help 5 4 5 2 now on 3 After the score has been edited using Edit Mode special rules apply in this case Jy In cases 1 and 2 after you have chosen a set of transcription rules Midilllustrator will automatically try to apply these rules every time you manually change the score in any way for instance if you delete a note or group of notes In case 3 the rules are applied only once when they have be
276. entire staves or the entire score This will take some time as even a basic analysis is quite demanding on the average PC See Advanced Settings below to configure you own kind of analysis Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating Normally existing finger numbers will be ignored in the calculation and will be updated as Midilllustrator sees fit With this option checked however Midilllustrator will use any existing fingering in the score as a guide to how you would like finger numbers assigned to remaining notes and these finger numbers will not be changed in the analysis You might use this option having assigned a finger number to a single note in an arpeggio for example and Midilllustrator will then assign finger numbers to the remaining notes in the arpeggio using the manually assigned finger as a starting point In the current version of Midilllustrator fingering analysis can be performed for keyboard instruments such as the piano Midilllustrator will decide which hand to use when fingering a given staff based on the assigned instrument playing hand Staff Manager You can override this when using the finger analysis dialog using the Force Hand commands Assign separate hand fingering for upper lower voices When Midilllustrator finds more than one musical idea indicated in a Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 3 Midilllustrator Help staff with the use of voices it will normally assign both t
277. epeats Repeat Count which will be applied to a section repeat barline during playback View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Key Signatures Command Location Measures Menu Key Signature The Key dialog allows you to change the key signature e in all the measures on the score e fromthe current measure to the next key change e between specific measures Remember that only the notation is changed and that the underlying note sounds are not If you want to change note pitches you should use the Transpose dialog Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 2 2 14 2 Clicking the drop down box will display as many keys as possible on the screen for quick selection Guess Key Allows Midilllustrator to analyse the piece and then determine the most appropriate key signature for the score or you can choose the key yourself There are two ways of choosing the key either by using the left and right arrows on the right of the Key Signature Graphical Display and clicking through until you find your desired key or by selecting a major or minor key from the drop down boxes located below the Key Signature Graphical Display Apply Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst leaving the dialog open for any future changes Undo Changes Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the sc
278. er of printed pages Window View is not a true representation of how the score will appear when printed Midilllustrator stretches and or shrinks the measures on each system so that they fit perfectly into the window space available This makes the score much tidier Midilllustrator only puts as much of the score on to each page as the screen size will allow This means that it is generally not necessary to scroll different parts of each page into view If the first system on a page contains too many staves to fit on to the screen Midilllustrator will reluctantly add a scroll bar to the right side of the screen so that the lower staves can be scrolled into view Scroll View Scroll view applies the same rules for layout as Window view except that the format for the score is a single system which scrolls horizontally across the page Normally when you change the score notation Midilllustrator repaginates automatically reformatting the score to accommodate the notation changes for example increasing staff system height or measure width to house new notes These dynamic changes can result in quite a lot of score movement as systems are shifted about according to the new layout Scroll View focuses a single system on the page restricting dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit This viewing mode allows you scroll horizontally through the score one measure at a time using the horizontal scroll bar at the base of the scor
279. er rest at the insertion point the context duration will be set to a quarter note e New notes added at the same time as existing notes in the entry voice on a staff must take the duration of the existing notes In this case the entry duration will be set to the duration of any existing note at the insertion point in the same voice and staff e When inserting a note rather than adding see Inserting versus Adding below if there is limited insert space and the entry note duration is too long it will be shortened In some cases entry note qualities other than duration will prevent Midilllustrator from selecting a duration which fits into the current context In this case the flashing cursor item will be displayed in faded colors indicating that no addition or insertion is possible Inserting versus Adding If it is possible to insert rather than add a new item at the cursor location in a given measure Midilllustrator will display insert indicator arrows both above and below the flashing entry note Moving the cursor to the left of an existing item at any time will display the insert arrows indicating that insertion with the current entry qualities is possible When a note or rest is inserted rather than added all items notes and rests to the right of the entry item will be shifted further to the right to make room for the new item Whena measure contains more than one voice notation in all voices to the right of the insert point will
280. er than add a new item at the cursor location in a given measure Midilllustrator will display the insert arrows above and below the flashing entry note In this case items to the left of the entry item will be shifted to the right after insertion Read more about Inserting versus Adding new items in the score Midilllustrator will also try to automatically apply the correct qualities for the new item given its entry context See more information on setting the entry item qualities and the context sensitive entry qualities of Edit Mode Notes and rests can be selected using the mouse or keyboard and then the various modification functions can be applied to the selection using commands from the Notes Menu and Rests Menu In Normal Entry mode powerful tools are available to help you capture your musical ideas e Recording a Real Time Performance e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Selection Editing When you have made a note selection you can use the clipboard functions to cut or copy the selection to another location in the score or even to another score altogether if it is also open in Edit Mode In order to protect existing score content when using the clipboard some rules apply to where and how certain copied selections can be pasted into the score Specifically e In Normal Entry Edit Mode only selections from single tracks can be pasted from the clipboard For mult
281. er than the Full Name The instrument name for the staff can be edited but it will be set to the chosen instrument whenever a new instrument patch is selected in Staff Manager or the Instrument dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Staff tools and namings Command Location Score Menu Score Options Staff Tools and Namings Tab The Staff Tools and Namings tab allows you to make changes to the Staff Name and the Instrument Name on the current score and to show hide Staff Tools Show Tools Allows you to show hide the Staff Tools buttons on the left hand side of the first system on the page This option is only available in Window View Ensure Tools are This option is used in conjunction with the following two commands Always Visible e Staff Tools i e even when hiding empty e Hide Empty Staves staves Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 183 You can choose to show or hide the Staff Tools on the left of the first system on each page of the score A set of Staff Tools is shown for each staff or staff in the score If however you have chosen to hide staves which are empty see Hide Empty Staves below then a given staff may be hidden in which case the Staff Tools cannot be shown for that particular staff In order to ensure that you can always access the Staff Tools for all staves when you have opted to
282. erent files are managed by different programs If files with the extension mid are associated with Midilllustrator then double clicking the mouse on one of these files in Windows Explorer will result in that file being opened in Midilllustrator When Midilllustrator was installed you were asked whether or not MIDI files and Karaoke files should be associated with Midilllustrator You can choose to associate these file types with Midilllustrator at any time by checking the boxes listed on this tab View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Window menu Midilllustrator allows you to have many scores open at once They can be viewed one ata time or arranged so that more than one is visible on the screen Open scores are listed at the bottom of the menu and can be selected by clicking once on the score title The Window menu offers the following commands Next window When more than one score is open this command will take you to the next open score Previous window When more than one score is open this command will take you back to the previous score viewed Maximise Maximises the score in the active window Cascade Arranges open scores so they overlap and you can see each title bar Tile Vertically Arranges open scores in windows that do not overlap Tile Horizontally Arranges open scores in windows that do not overlap View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midill
283. ering Analysis Automatic Fingering Analysis is an advanced feature in Midilllustrator which performs a customizable analysis of the notation in your scores and accordingly assigns finger numbers to each note and chord Fingering analysis is customizable to help you assign the right finger numbers easily and quickly for a selection of notes or the whole score See also notes on Obtaining the Best Analysis Possible Choose what to analyze Options Choose an instrument fingering If a note range is selected in the score when the fingering analysis dialog is opened Midilllustrator will check the Current selection only checkbox In this case finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another and relative to other notes nearby in the score Ignore unselected notes when calculating With this option finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes surrounding the selection This allows you to set fingering for a particular melody or musical idea without having other notes influence Midilllustrator s fingering calculations You can choose to analyze entire staves or the entire score This will take some time as even a basic analysis is quite demanding on the average PC See Advanced Settings below to configure you own kind of analysis Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating Normally existing
284. ertion time and the highest visible staff in the measure This type of item will always be visible even if staves are hidden or measures are compressed and it will move if for example other measures are inserted or deleted earlier in the score Items anchored in this way appear in all views 2 Anchored To Page The item will be anchored to the top left corner of the page on which it was created This type of item can only be created and will only be visible on the screen in Page View Print View and when printed because page numbers are not meaningful in Window view or Scroll View see Window View and Page View The page number of a page anchored item is fixed and it will not move relative to the notation as the score layout changes Example If a page anchored item is inserted on page 1 of a score and a three pages worth of new measures are inserted at the start of the score the item will still appear on page 1 of the score 3 Anchored To Measure amp Staff The item will be anchored to the intersection of the insertion time and a particular staff in the measure This type of item will not be visible if the anchor stave is hidden and it will move if for example other measures are inserted or deleted earlier in the score Items anchored in this way appear in all views Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 90 Midilllustrator Help 2 2 8 2 2 9 Note that if you wish to have your text move relative to specific notation item
285. ery single F in the score will be marked with its own accidental sharp even multiple F notes in the same measure Assign More Space To You can choose to have Longer Notes Midilllustrator allocate more space ona score to the longer notes than to the shorter notes Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help Playback Measure Numbers Color Voices in Performance Mode Hide ALL upper lower voice guide rests in Performance Mode Play Notes as Imported Recorded as an aid to sight reading Applies distinctive colors to the different voices on the score when in Performance Mode These colors are always applied in Edit Mode to make editing easier Colors can be selected using the Color section of Score Options Hides all automatically drawn upper lower voice guide rests See more information about Voice Guide Rests Play imported MIDI songs as they were originally performed rather than adhering to the notated times displayed on the score This allows playback of a recorded song as it was originally captured even though the notation may have been tidied by MidiIllustrator for easier reading perhaps using Transcription Options Note that this option only applies to scores which contain some original MIDI content or recording session data You may customize if and how Measure Numbers are displayed on the score The display of measure numbers may be affected by the c
286. es Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the score since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes with the Apply button Do not transpose Drum notes MIDI Channel 10 is generally used to play a particular group of drum instruments These drums use MIDI information in a different way to other instruments Transposing these drums may have undesirable effects so you can opt to leave drum notes as they are when transposing the rest of the score Ifa given staff is using Channel 10 then Midilllustrator will assume it contains drum notes For more information see the MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments section Recalculate existing Chords Guitar Frets If the score is displaying chord names and or guitar frets these chord values will be automatically recalculated based on the newly transposed notation when the transposition is complete Select Current Key Analyses the piece to determine the key it is currently in Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 192 Midilllustrator Help 5 6 6 5 6 7 5 6 8 Transpose entire piece to key closest to C Transposes the piece to the key closest to C Major minimize accidentals Major thereby simplifying the notation as much as possible and making the piece as easy to play as possible View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Viewing a Range of Measures Command Location Measures
287. es recorded into the program You can also determine metronome settings for the recording session Accidentals Note accidentals as well as enharmonic spellings can be set for each Enharmonic note and individual courtesy accidentals can be chosen as well as the Spelling and global Show Courtesy Accidentals option of earlier versions of Individual Midilllustrator Courtesy Accidentals Courtesy accidentals are now bracketed for clarity Tuplet Note Midilllustrator has always identified tuplets accurately when generating Entry scores from MIDI files Midilllustrator Maestro also supports the entry of several tuplet types Voice Guide In general Midilllustrator automatically fills all the silence in a measure Rests with rests Virtual voice guide rests are shown to facilitate multi voice note entry MidilIllustrator Version 2 01 e Improved third party PDF portable document format support Improved List Bar Playlist functions for handling scores not saved ina playlist ready state e Fixed Font redraw quality Details Some notation was not redrawn correctly when Advance Page Turn was deactivated causing periodic blurring of notation until screen redrawn e Fixed Bookmark reference updates on Practice Sessions Details Practice sessions containing bookmark ranges were not properly reset when measures containing bookmarks were removed e Fixed Pitch wheel event order incorrect Details Some events pr
288. eseeeesaeeeseeeeeeeeeesas 85 Add Fields to Score Titles eg Page Numbers Date eCtc cccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeees 86 Enrich Your score with Rich Text Content including Images and Multimedia Content 88 Add Moveable Text to Your SCOPEC cecceceseceeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesenesereseneeeeeseesaeeeeseaeenaeeeaeeeeeeaes Modify the MIDI Content in Your Song Add Notation Expressions which can Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos 90 Add and Remove Staves Using the Staff Manager s ccseeeesseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeneeenseeeeseeeees 92 Remove a Range of Measures from the Score cs ccceseceeseeeesceeesneeeeneeeeneeeeaeeeeaeeeseneessaeeeseeeeneeeensaees Select a Range of Notes using Advanced Criteria Transpose All or Part of the Score cescccssseceseceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeensneensaeeeeseeeesneeesaeeesseeeesnaeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees Restructure the SCOM 6 nae re ara aep a ra E aea a E r ar a a ea siuedudeseerstvencencdeyantuceesintetadecesses Part Ill About the Different Midilllustrator Products 100 1 Compare the Different Versions of Midilllustrator cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 100 2 Upgrading from Midilllustrator Player cccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseneeeeesanneees 102 3 Midilllustrator Version History what s new in this version s sssesseesseenneennnnnnennnens 103 P
289. etting is always selected automatically even if you change it for a one off conversion Read more about editing a score for the first time View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Notation Command Location Score Menu Score Options Notation Tab Show Hide Score Objects Bookmarks If you have inserted Bookmarks this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Chord Names If you have inserted Chord Names this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Guitar Frets If you have inserted Guitar Frets this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Free Text If you have inserted Free Text items this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Expressions If you have inserted Expressions this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 167 Note Information Note Names and Finger Numbers are both kinds of per note information which can be displayed on the score using the Note Names note information display preferences see below and Finger Numbers Note Information Display Preferences Show inside notes You can also choose to have note information placed inside the note In some circumstances such as printing vs window view one layout may be easier to read than the other Placing note information inside the notes also generate smaller scores fo
290. etween Normal Entry and Mouse Entry modes the view will not be reset to Scroll View if another view has been selected Edit Mode a Power Edit Window View Optimal for manipulating large portions of notation fits the most music into the available screen real estate View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Voices Command Location Notes Menu Voice Midilllustrator employs the concept of voices in order to notate two or more rhythmic or melodic ideas on a single staff A voice is sometimes referred to as a layer Midilllustrator supports multiple voices or layers Different instruments may use voicing in different ways For instance in a piano staff hands and fingers may generate different rhythms simultaneously Alternatively more than one instrument part may be presented on a single staff such as two clarinet parts Pe eee Se eee ee ee eee ee ee OO eee 2 ee eee r ASE ed ee ee Se 7 iy CO Cl ll a a a ES ES Se a SS ee When it is necessary to capture more than one musical idea on a given staff Midilllustrator Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts will use voicing in order to present each musical idea distinctly Upper Lower and Single Voices With MidiIllustrator it is possible to assign combinations of the following three voice types within a given measure Upper Voice Lower Voice and Single Voice When
291. ew the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Watch your Score Performed on the Keyboard by Midilllustrator s Performing Hands Command Location View Menu Keyboard Performing Hands are a feature of the On Screen Keyboard Watch your score performed on the keyboard by Midilllustrator s talented hands which can perform even the most technically challenging pieces Once finger numbers have been assigned to a range of notes in the score Midilllustrator s hands can perform even the most demanding pieces finger numbers do not have to be shown on the actual keyboard keys in order for performing hands to be displayed Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 4 Midilllustrator Help The scenario for the most successful display of performing hands is with piano pieces where notes have been assigned finger positions specifically for performance on the piano However when displayed Midilllustrator hands will try to play any number of instruments and musical ideas voices spread over any number of the visible staves in the score The hand which will be assigned to play a given stave is determined by the hand assignment in Staff Manager See finger numbers for more information The performing hands endeavor to play most chord shapes over most ranges though certain spans may be deemed unreachable in which case no fingering will be attempted giving the appearance that some notes are simply
292. existing selection Hold the left button down and drag the selection to the new drop location As you move the drop area is highlighted in a different color to individuate it from the drag selection Only valid compatible drop areas will be highlighted A compatible drop area is one which has exactly the same measure structure as the drag area ie all measure lengths as the same Releasing the mouse button will drop the selection in its new location Holding down the Control key will copy the existing selection rather than moving it Replacing vs Merging with Existing Notation Power Edit Menu Option Select from the Power Edit Menu either of the following paste options e Paste amp Replace When pasting or dragging any existing content will be overwritten by the new content If pasting beyond the last measure in a score Midilllustrator will automatically extend the score to accommodate the new content e Paste amp Merge When pasting or dragging any existing content will where possible be merged by the new content If pasting beyond the last measure in a score Midilllustrator will automatically extend the score to accommodate the new content Where pasted content conflicts with existing content eg conflicting voices the existing content will take precedence and dropped pasted content will not be added Inserting Dragged Copied Measures Alt Key held during Mouse Drag Drop or Insert amp Paste menu command By defa
293. f the staves e Columns autosize column widths Allows you to move selected staves to a higher position on the score Allows you to move selected staves to a lower position on the score Adds a new staff Deletes the selected staff mpa a aae 7 Makes a copy of the selected staff and inserts it as a new staff All staff information and notation is copied to the new staff including e Staff name Instrument Key signatures Clefs Notes Lyrics Free Text note that only measure amp staff anchored Free Text items are copied to the new staff page anchored items and measure anchored items are not copied e Expressions and any associated MIDI playback changes note that any tempo Expressions and hidden tempo MIDI events are not copied to the new staff as tempo instructions are typically stored only in the top staff If you wish to copy only the notation from one staff to another and not the staff instrument and other properties then you might try Selecting Entire Staves in Power Edit Mode instead In addition within the Staff Display Window the following buttons may be used to hide or to mute selected staves Using the check box columns marked overhead with a cross x and a speaker selected staves can be hidden shown and muted unmuted The first column is the hide show function and the second the mute function 1 Words Iam Piann eft h View the Help Contents Page Visit
294. ferent modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 18 Perform menu The Perform menu offers the following commands Start Stop Playback Rewind Audition Current Measure Start Stop Recording Step by Step Mode Practice Session Master Tempo Master Volume Activate Metronome Use Speaking Metronome Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Starts stops playback from the current cursor position and plays to the end of the score You can skip backwards and forwards during playback using Keyboard Shortcuts Navigation Commands Playback end times are selected slightly differently in Edit Mode See Note about Playback In Edit Mode Takes the cursor back to the start of the piece Play just the current measure and then return the cursor to the pre playback position Start stop recording to the current staff score from a connected MIDI device Activates Step by Step Mode so you can step the cursor through the score selecting notes one ata time or in chord groups You can also set the Step by Step playback starting position Create Start Stop or Edit a Practice Session using the Practice Session Wizard Allows you to increase or decrease the playback tempo of the piece and to reset the playback tempo to its
295. ff into Staff 2 say Staff 1 and Staff 3 you would simply hold down the Ctrl key as you select Staves 1 and 3 It is important to remember when deciding which staves should be merged that if the instruments on the staves are different only the staff into which the other staff staves are to be merged will retain its MIDI configuration e g instrument device etc View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Staff Tools Command Location Score Menu Show Hide The Staff Tools allow you to quickly access and change the properties of a single staff in the score Each visible staff in the score has its own set of Staff Tools Midilllustrator Player note Only the Play Mute Solo staff tool is available in Midilllustrator Player The Staves Tools comprise the following buttons A left click on this button toggles between the Play and the Mute commands If the Mute command is selected the staff will not be played during playback When the staff is set to Play the button and the notes on the staff will be shown in black When the Mute function has been selected the button will grey out as will the notes on that staff A right click toggles between Play All Staves and the Solo mode If the Solo option is selected then only this staff will be selected for playback and the other staves will be muted automatically and greyed out A black S will appear on the note when Solo mod
296. file you are working on but rather a copy of it so you should still save your work as normal as your progress Background Save With Background Save enabled MidiIllustrator can save your scores in the background without you having to wait to continue working on a score whilst the saving process completes a great time saver if the score in question is very large Simply hit the Save or Save As commands File Menu and then you can continue working whilst MidiIllustrator saves your score silently Note that the playback command is temporarily halted disabled whilst Background Saving completes this makes saving much faster As an extra level of protection Midilllustrator also creates a backup of any existing scores before it overwrites them using its Background Save functions These backups are temporary and are written to the AutoSave folder see above As with the AutoSave function all background saved temporary backup files created will be removed when you finish working and the program is closed Program Folders e Music files Select the folder that will open by default whenever you choose the Open command from the File Menu When you first use Midilllustrator the default folder will be the Samples folder provided with the Midilllustrator software and it will be located in your user Documents folder in the Rallentando Software Midilllustrator sub folder e AutoSave files The location where a copy of
297. for instance that recorded notes are out of sync with existing notation even though you played notes at the same time as you heard them played back then you should experiment with values for MIDI device latency Note that MIDI In Latency differs from Playback Latency which is for correcting any delay between when you hear notes and when you see them highlighted on the score during playback You should try to correct any Playback Latency before adjusting MIDI In Latency For example if recorded notes are appearing later in the in the score than they were played in time with the metronome then choose a starting value of say 100 100 milliseconds and retry recording Keep increasing the value until the notes recorded are allocated the correct time This is a trial and error process and is different for every MIDI system setup Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 253 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 7 3 Metronome Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options Metronome Tab The Metronome tab allows you to activate deactivate the Metronome and contains the Rules for Metronome Use The current Metronome settings are displayed on the tab and the Choose Instrument button provides a link to the Metronome Instrument dialog Note that these metronome rules may be overridden by Practice Session metronome settings or Recording se
298. formance tools as part of a broader music notation package Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 335 Midilllustrator Maestro builds on the score editing functionality of MidiIllustrator Virtuoso Beyond the single step smart notation power of the Midilllustrator Virtuoso Midilllustrator Maestro brings composition to the feature list enabling a world of musical creativity at your fingertips e Capture your musical ideas quickly with context sensitive notation entry e Compose naturally with intuitive keyboard commands and make precision changes with mouse editing functions e Record live performances directly into your scores e Create a brand new score from the ground up or modify scores converted originally from MIDI files using powerful copy paste functions and drag drop operations With Midilllustrator Maestro you simply switch seamlessly between editing and performance modes depending on what you want to do with the program One Format for All MidiIllustrator Products The Midilllustrator product range uses a common file format meaning that scores created in one Midilllustrator product can be opened and worked with in all Midilllustrator products View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Index A accidentals entry note 62 198 accidentals note selection 66 203 2
299. frets These settings can be modified by opening the Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets dialoq Lyric Staff This window displays all of the staves contained within the score It shows the staff Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software z Midilllustrator Help Melody Staff Merge the Lyric amp Melody Staves amp temporarily hide other staves Show only the Lyric amp Melody Staves temporarily hide other staves Hide traditional staff notation amp instead show staves as timelines Performance Mode Only number its name e g Acoustic Grand Piano and the number of lyrics if any contained within the staff One staff will be highlighted when the window is first opened and this will be the staff that MidiIllustrator has found to be the most appropriate Lyric staff If MidiIllustrator has not chosen what you think is the best Lyric staff you can change it by simply selecting your choice from within the window This window displays all of the staves contained within the score It shows the staff number and its name e g Bass Clef and the number of melody notes contained within the staff Note that this last value is a very rough analysis of each staff s melodic content The staff with the highest number of melody notes is not necessarily the best match for the lyric staff When Midilllustrator chooses the melody staff it chooses the best melody staff for the best lyric staff One staff will be h
300. g Scores Before you can use Midilllustrator to convert song files into sheet music you must first acquire some music files stored in a format that Midilllustrator can read To get you started the Midilllustrator download package includes some MIDI files as samples so you can see right away what Midilllustrator can do See the Samples folder usually found in the active user Documents folder in the Ra lentando Software Midilllustrator sub folder Midilllustrator can open files of the following types File Types Midilllustrator Can Open mid Standard MIDI File SMF format Stores musical information as notes within staves specifically the note pitches and their starting and ending times Instrument Sounds Unlike audio music files such as WAV and MP3 MIDI files do not contain instrument sounds per se and the instrument sounds in a performance are ultimately determined by the MIDI soundcard in your computer This allows MIDI files to be much smaller more portable and more easily modified than other music file formats Transcribing MIDI files contain very little or no information about the visual representation of the music e g beams ties chord names It is up to Midilllustrator to convert this simple musical information into readable sheet music generating all the notation necessary to support the raw MIDI note data kar Karaoke file A special type of MIDI file with a staff dedicated to storing lyric
301. g is a Curved Box which encloses the Measure Number on Every Measure starting at Bar 1 but this can be changed using the three drop down boxes The measure numbers can be set as follows e None no measures numbers will be displayed e Normal measure numbers will not be enclosed e Boxed measure numbers will be surrounded by a box e Curved Box measure numbers will be surrounded by a curved box If None has been selected above the 2 remaining drop down boxes will be grayed out but they can be edited if Normal Boxed or Curved Box has been selected The options available are as follows e Every Measure e Every System e Every Page e Every 5th Bar e Every 10 Bar The third drop down box allows you to seta start point as follows e From Bar 1 e From Bar 2 etc depending on the number of bars in the piece Note that measure numbers are shown on ALL measures when in Scroll View as this information is useful for editing As an aid to counting and understanding the rhythm of a score Midilllustrator can place small marks or numbers on the beat above the top staff If for example the time signature is 4 4 then four beat marks or the numbers 1 to 4 will span the top of each measure Displaying beat marks works well when the cursor is set to follow the nearest beat during playback You may customize the beat mark color to best highlight the location of the beats in the music The Beat Marks c
302. g on the Status Bar Displays Solfege note names instead of names A G on both the score when individual note names are enabled and also the On Screen Piano Keyboard and On Screen Guitar Fretboard Enter Leave Full Screen Mode Allows you to show hide the On Screen Piano Keyboard OSP dock the OSP keyboard in position e toggle between the full size OSP keyboard and the cropped keyboard e show note names on the OSP keyboard keys show finger numbers on the OSP keyboard keys during playback finger numbers must be assigned to notes before the finger number can be shown on keys as they are played show hide Performing Hands on the keyboard during playback fingering must be assigned to notes before they can be played edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors Highlight Middle C on the On Screen Piano Keyboard for easier orientation For further information see the On Screen Piano Keyboard section Allows you to show hide the On Screen Guitar Fretboard OSF dock the fretboard in position e toggle between the full size OSF and the cropped OSF show note names on the OSF strings edit the fretboard colors e Midilllustrator Help 2 8 10 For further information see the On Screen Guitar Fretboard section Metronome Light Allows you to show hide and dock undock the Metronome Light You may also edit the metronome light flashing colors in the Program Colors dialog Zo
303. g the Best Analysis Possible Since assigning finger numbers is a very subjective task automatic generation of finger numbers for entire scores will inevitably include some unsuitable finger assignments There are many rules in the analysis which favours general rules and uses specific rules rarely Sometimes for example you will see a finger roll incorrectly assigned to an arpeggio or an awkward fingering for a 4 finger chord in order to make progress to the next note sequence easier In some case a given fingering may simply suit one player more than another To get best results using the following automatic fingering options in combination with your own manual fingering assignments is highly recommended e Ignore unselected notes when calculating Remember that fingering for a given sequence is calculated in the context of the surrounding notation Sometimes you will Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 8 6 8 7 8 8 Things to do with Midilllustrator get better results if you generate fingering for a sequence in isolation You can also do this quickly for a selection of notes using the fingering keyboard shortcuts Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating This is a quick way to get the fingering you want ona chord or arpeggio Manually assign one or two finger numbers to a given sequence of selected notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts Select the range of notes you wish
304. gering a given staff based on an analysis of the clefs used in the staff ask Edit the staff namings Staff Namings Tab reorder add copy and remove staves The Staff Manager dialog is made up of three tabs MIDI Configuration Display and Playback and Staff Namings and a Staff Display Window The window lists each of the staves contained within the MIDI file and displays their details Apply Apply Now The Apply button applies all of the changes made to the staff staves without the need to close the dialog box by hitting the OK button E g If you hide a selected staff and rearrange the order of the remaining staves these changes will not be reflected on the score until you press the Apply button If you would like your changes to be made immediately use The Apply Now button When this button is used any changes made to the staves will be reflected on the score right away without the need to click the Apply Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator s button The buttons on the left hand side of the window can be used to edit selected staves either individually or in groups simply hold down the shift key as you select the staves for your group Opens the Staff Options menu and enables you to do the following e Mute all staves none of the staves and selected staves e Visibility show all staves hide all staves and hide selected staves e Select all staves and none o
305. ges If for example you want to increase a quarter note to a whole note duration but there is only room for a half note then the half note value will be set instead of simply failing the operation The Shift commands can be used to move the selected notes in the following ways e Up a staff notes will be moved to the next visible staff above their current staff e Down a staff notes will be moved to the next visible staff below their current staff e Forwards notes will be nudged to the right by a small amount e Backwards notes will be nudged to the left by a small amount In all cases note durations are unchanged See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Allows the synchronization of selected notes by attack time duration or both All notes in the selection will take on the appropriate qualities of the first note in the selection identified with a different selection color See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Sets the stems of all selected notes to point up or down See also Stem Direction in Voices See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Sets all selected notes to Upper Voice Lower Voice or Single Voice See Voices for more information See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function These commands leave the pitch of the selected notes unchanged and only alters the way the notes are displayed The various spellings which are available depending on the particular key pitch e Double Sh
306. ges to one or more of your songs in one quick step For instance you can use a Task to open a MIDI file and apply a series of special commands to the resulting score such as converting the piece into a simplified two hand piano piece and highlighting all the accidentals in the score in a bright color Alternatively you may wish to convert a large number of your Karaoke files into Fake Books with chord names and guitar frets Tasks are managed using the Task Wizard What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 7 6 Hide Traditional Staff Notation amp Show Staves asa Timeline Command Location View Menu This command allows you to temporarily hide traditional staff notation on the score and instead show staves as a much more compact timeline This option is very useful for producing and printing song sheets which contain only song lyrics or perhaps chords and guitar frets You can dramatically reduce the number of pages in a score if you do not need to see any staff notation or melody lines Note that this command is just a different way to view the score it only hides notes and Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 32 Midilllustrator Help 2 7 7 other notation temporarily no notation is deleted In this state Midilllustrator shows the following score items on the timeline e Lyrics Bookmarks Chord names G
307. ghlighting colors View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 3 4 1 Performing Hands Command Location View Menu Keyboard Performing Hands are a feature of the On Screen Keyboard Watch your score performed on the keyboard by Midilllustrator s talented hands which can perform even the most technically challenging pieces Once finger numbers have been assigned to a range of notes in the score Midilllustrator s hands can perform even the most demanding pieces finger numbers do not have to be shown on the actual keyboard keys in order for performing hands to be displayed The scenario for the most successful display of performing hands is with piano pieces where notes have been assigned finger positions specifically for performance on the piano However when displayed Midilllustrator hands will try to play any number of instruments and musical ideas voices spread over any number of the visible staves in the score The hand which will be assigned to play a given stave is determined by the hand assignment in Staff Manager See finger numbers for more information The performing hands endeavor to play most chord shapes over most ranges though certain spans may be deemed unreachable in which case no fingering will be attempted giving the appearance that some notes are simply being ignored during playback This can happen particularly if notes from multiple voices in a staff have b
308. gle through a selection selection of durations for the currently selected score items check this item if you would like Midilllustrator to exclude dotted durations in the choice of increased or decreased durations This setting also applies to the selection of cursor entry durations Insertion Include beats as Back When shifting items such as Forward shift positions Lyrics Bookmarks etc using the Shift commands see Lyrics Menu and or Keyboard Shortcuts include measure beats as possible shift positions rather than only allowing new items to be inserted at positions which contain an item such as an Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 266 Midilllustrator Help Sounds Notation Include beats as Next Previous insert positions Audition chord note when note clicked with mouse Audition changes to existing notation Audition cursor insertion pitch J Audition note insertions and clipboard paste J Audition note insertions from external MIDI devices D Auto tie off beat notes which cross beats ie existing note rest or lyric When inserting new items such as Lyrics using the Insert Next Previous commands see Insert Menu and or Keyboard Shortcuts include measure beats as possible cursor insert positions rather than only allowing new items to be inserted at positions which contain an item such as an existing note rest or lyric When a note is selected all the notes in that
309. gned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes Surrounding the selection This allows you to set fingering for a particular melody or musical idea without having other notes influence Midilllustrator s fingering calculations You can read more about automatic fingering analysis and how assigning finger numbers enables other Midilllustrator features such as Performing Hands Delete Read about the different ways to remove notes from the score Essentially the typical delete and backspace commands apply to the nearest note at the cursor position Edit Mode or to all notes at the cursor position Performance Mode when the Shift key is depressed when deleting Note that tie notes and tuplets are treated differently when deleted See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Reset Original Values Reverses any changes made to selected notes and returns them of Note to their original values Original refers to the qualities the note had when it was originally notated from a MIDI file the raw data Note Beams and Custom Beaming Beams are handled automatically by Midilllustrator Understanding How Instructions are Interpreted Depending on the Current Midilllustrator Mode Note This information only applies to certain versions of the program J When you make changes to notes individually or as a group the final result will depend on a number of factors most
310. gth Note s e 320d Note s e 64th Note s So you might select 1 in the first drop down box and Whole Beat s in the second drop down box and the page will be turned one whole beat before playback reaches the end of the page This option can make it easier for you to follow a piece during playback as it highlights the notes and lyrics on the score as the music is played As an aid to sight singing you can optionally advance the lyric highlighting by the amount of Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 261 your choice See the Playback section of Score Options If you find that when playing scores there is a small delay between when you hear notes and when you see them highlighted on the score try adjusting Playback Latency The Highlight Notes Lyrics option is turned on by default Grey Muted Notes If a staff has been muted see the Sound section of Display and Playback this option allows you to show the muted notes on the score in a different color to the standard notes The color of the muted notes can be changed using the Color tab Muted notes do not highlight during playback if this option is enabled The Fade Muted Notes option is turned on by default Advance Lyric Highlighting By default MidiIllustrator will highlight Lyrics during playback at exactly the time they occur in the score You may however wish to have Lyrics highlighted slightly in advance of
311. gurable allowing the display of solid colors without flashing effect We have confirmed that Midilllustrator runs on Linux using the WINE emulator The Copy Staff command in Staff Manager now copies Lyrics Free text and Expressions as well as the rest of the staff notation and properties Midilllustrator intuitively handles the display of rests in the notation This option gives the composer greater control to optionally hide all automatically drawn upper lower voice rests allowing for a more streamlined score Better management of staff systems based on clef size and notation content means that staves are even more compact making even better use of your screen real estate New Program Icons Fixes and Improveme nts e Improvements to barline graphics and introduced new barline toolbar buttons e It is now default behavior to print score notation colors but not to print page textures which are now separate options e Search the help file for keywords directly from the search box in the main program menu bar e New page background textures e Extra handling of invalid key signatures in MIDI files Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 323 e Accidentals no longer repeat on notes which tie from the previous measure To show an accidental on a note tied from a previous system page a courtesy accidental can be used e Staff instrument names can now be edited in Staff Manager and the St
312. h Microsoft Windows Vista Several interface improvements mean that all Midilllustrator programs run perfectly on the new Microsoft Windows operating system Vista Compatibilit y New New images have been incorporated into the different Midilllustrator Program products for those customers who have more than one Midilllustrator Icons and product installed at a time It is now much easier to associate various Graphics music file types with a given Midilllustrator application Midilllustrator Midilllustrator Virtuoso Midilllustrator Maestro Player Trial Printing is now fully enabled in the trial versions of Midilllustrator Printing Maestro and Midilllustrator Virtuoso allowing musicians to print complete scores whilst auditioning each program MIDI Device Some programs erroneously reduce the master volume of the Microsoft Volume GS Wavetable SW Synth which is the default MIDI device used for automaticall playback on many Windows systems If the Windows master volume y set for this device has been set to zero then no sound will be heard during playback of any scores which use the device Midilllustrator now checks to see if the Wavetable Synth is the playback device each time playback begins If it is and the current volume is zero Midilllustrator automatically increases the volume to 50 This action simply reproduces the result you would see if you manually increased the MIDI or SW Synth volume value in the Windows Mixe
313. h which to activate your existing copy of Midilllustrator In order to complete activation successfully you must enter the details into the Midilllustrator activation page EXACTLY as shown You can access the activation page through the Help menu in Midilllustrator selecting Activate Midilllustrator Type the details directly into the text boxes or Copy and Paste them if you prefer The details are case sensitive Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software FAQ Frequently Asked Questions 305 Back to FAQ Topic Q Ifa new version comes out or an update do I have to pay for the new program again A Midilllustrator comes with free technical support and periodic free updates We are constantly trying to improve MidiIllustrator adding new features and fixing any compatibility or functionality issues as soon as they are identified Bug fixes and minor functionality updates in the form of point releases are free to existing owners of the current major version When purchasing Midilllustrator customers can opt to have us inform them whenever an upgrade to Midilllustrator is available Discounted upgrades are also available to existing customers whenever a major new version of Midilllustrator is released You can see a typical list of point release changes as in the case of version 1 0 to 1 01 here http www midiillustrator com history htm Back to FAQ Topic Q Which MidilIllustrator product is right for me A
314. he Default Device entry in the device list Testing the selected MIDI Device If you have selected one of the devices in the list you can quickly test the device by clicking the Test Device button to hear a typical output from that device A single MIDI note will be played on the selected device Channel 0 Patch 0 MIDI Device List If there are no devices listed then your computer does not have any sound equipment or the sound equipment has not been configured for use with Windows In either case see the documentation that came with your computer What if there is no sound during Playback This can be caused by a number of problems Assuming you have at least one MIDI device in the list and you have set that device as the default for Playback review the check list below e Check your hardware Does your system make any sound at all Are your speakers connected properly e Check your playback devices If you have more than one MIDI device in the list try selecting another device It is quite possible that one or more of the devices in the list will not make any sound This is especially likely if the device name contains terms such as MIDI OUT in which case the MIDI signal from Midilllustrator is being redirected by your soundcard to an external MIDI device such as a Piano Module If you do not have an external device connected to your computer avoid devices with names containing these terms e Check your song devi
315. he Fingering Analysis dialog Synchronises Attack Time only of selected notes Synchronises Duration only of selected notes Synchronises Attack Time and Duration of selected notes Sets the stems of all selected notes to point up Sets the stems of all selected notes to point down Sets the entry voice selection voice to Upper Voice Sets the entry voice selection voice to Lower Voice Sets the entry voice selection voice Single Voice Double Sharp Sharp Natural Flat Double Flat Show Courtesy Accidental Raises the entry selection Enharmonic Spelling Lowers the entry selection Enharmonic Spelling Resets the entry selection Enharmonic Spelling Sets the default entry Enharmonic Spelling to flat Sets the default entry Enharmonic Spelling to sharp Choose entry volume Selection volume Increases the volume of the selection Decreases the volume of the selection More information on the deletion commands Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Delete Lyrics menu Lyrics Bookmar ks menu Bookmar ks Chord Names menu Chord Names Guitar Frets menu Guitar Frets Free Text menu Free Text Backspace Shift Delete Shift Backspace Ctrl Enter Tab Shift Tab Alt Left Alt Right Delete Ctrl Enter Tab Shift Tab Alt Left Alt Right Delete Ctrl Enter Tab Shift Tab Alt Left Alt Right Delete G F Alt Left Alt Right Delete Ctrl Enter Tab Shift Tab Alt Left Alt Right Delete
316. he active area If the measure staff contains any lyrics then the lyric boundary frame will also appear indicating the current vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff With the mouse click and drag a boundary to move it The table shows which boundaries control which layout aspect Frame Boundary Direction Change Applies to Measure Staff Left Right boundary Horizontal Measure width applies to the whole measure not just the measure width of the active measure staff Top boundary Vertical Height above the staff overrides Midilllustrator s automatic vertical spacing of systems on the current page Bottom boundary Vertical Height beneath the staff overrides Midilllustrator s automatic vertical spacing of systems on the current page Lyric Bottom boundary Vertical Vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff Once a custom size has been applied a colored arrow will appear spanning the new custom boundary Applying More than one Custom Staff Height to a System It is possible to apply staff heights to more than one measure staff unit on a given system In this case the tallest of these custom height settings will be applied to the system as a whole and shorter values be ignored though they are not removed automatically However if you apply a new staff height to a given measure staff unit then any existing staff heights on that system will be reduced to the new staff height if they are taller shorter ones will
317. he left and right hands to finger lower and upper voices accordingly Uncheck this box to have a single hand notes across play multiple voices on each staff Disabling this option may have consequences for Performing Hands making some multi voice chord combinations unplayable Advanced Settings The Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing settings allow you to control the effort Midilllustrator applies to assigning finger numbers to a range of notes Warning Changing advanced settings especially Depth of analysis may dramatically increase analysis time so this option should be configured in the context of your PC processor speed Generally deeper analysis will result in better fingering and increasing the result smoothing will address errors caused by insufficient depth of analysis It s worth experimenting with different analysis settings on different notation selections especially if you can allow extra time for the analysis to proceed Remember these advanced settings Your settings will be saved when you close the dialog These saved settings will also be applied when automatically assigning finger numbers for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts Restore Advanced Defaults Restore the default settings for Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing Finger Numbers Valid finger numbers are from 1 to 5 starting with the thumb 1 on each hand through to the pinky 5 Obtainin
318. he opposite direction at this stage will extend the existing selection in that direction immediately selecting all notes in the bounds of the selection Note To initiate a lyric or rest selection you must left click a lyric or rest with the mouse Select All enables you to select all the notes lyrics bookmarks staves chord names or guitar frets on the current score providing they are visible Select Nothing deselects everything previously selected Opens the Advanced Note Selection Dialog allowing you to make note selections in the score using many different criteria This command toggles between displaying the cursor and selecting any note or rest at the current cursor insertion point In multi voice measures where both notes and rests occur at the cursor insert time notes will be selected over rests View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 135 5 2 1 Using the Clipboard Commands Command Location Edit Menu Using the Midilllustrator clipboard you can cut copy and paste notation from one part of the score to another or even to another score Keyboard Shortcuts exist for these commands These commands are only available in Edit Mode All kinds of notation can be copied and pasted from one part of the score to another or to a different score as long both scores are in Edit Mode Onc
319. he recipient agrees to the terms of this License Agreement and provided that you completely destroy any copies of the Software its registration details and its documentation which you did not transfer to the recipient View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Version History All product releases for the Midilllustrator range are Faschen listed in the table below with details of new features and improvements We are constantly improving and adding new features to Midilllustrator You may also wish to read this comparison of Midilllustrator products If you have any thoughts about the Midilllustrator range or you would like to see a particular feature in the next version please contact us MidilIllustrator Player Version 3 00 New Description Feature Free Updated to support all the new features in scores created using MidilIllustrat Midilllustrator Virtuoso and Midilllustrator Maestro Version 3 00 or Player MidilIllustrator Virtuoso Version 3 00 and MidilIllustrator Maestro Version 3 00 see Maestro only functions below Jig New Description Feature New Slurs are quick and easy to add composing and unlike other composing feature software Midilllustrator Slurs Ty automatically manages the path of each slur you create in the score making them easy to set and forget as you add and edit 2 2 2 notation around each slur l Automatic reca
320. heme The Midilllustrator interface supports smart docking for toolbars and special controls such as the On Screen Piano Keyboard and List Bar Dragging these controls by their title bars will automatically show the smart docking manager allowing you to dock one control to another or to the main program frame in order to make the best use of your screen real estate Different themes or color schemes can be applied to the MidiIllustrator program interface These themes will affect the look of all the interface components such as toolbars menus and control windows Themes can be chosen via the Tools Menu The themes available are e Black Blue Silver Aqua You can also customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 5 19 7 MIDI Options Dialog Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options The MIDI Options dialog allows you to make changes to the following attributes of Midilllustrator e MIDI Out Playback e MIDI In MIDI Echo e Metronome e MIDI Device Sharing e MIDI Shortcut Keys e MIDI Instrument Routing View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 7 1 MIDI Playback Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI Playback Tab The MIDI Playback tab allows you to choose which MIDI devices are available to Midilllustrator for playback of scores Note that the devices
321. hese tempo events however and if the tempo at a certain point in the MIDI file drops from 240 BPM to 120 BPM and you have manually set the Master tempo to 25 for example the actual tempo you will hear in playback will drop from 60 BPM to 30 BPM 25 of 120 BPM The tempo can be modified to any percentage of its original value so long as the resulting tempo is between 20bpm and 750bpm Saving the Tempo From version 3 of Midilllustrator the overriding Master tempo is automatically stored for each score when it is saved which is a simpler way to restore the working tempo for your scores than using the alternatives below You can also apply the current master tempo to a saved copy of your score using the Save As Dialog Alternatively use the Tempo dialog to set the starting tempo for the score or add tempo MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog yy Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 151 Shortcut You can quickly reset the tempo to its original value 100 by clicking on the Tempo label to the left of the slider View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 5 3 6 2 1 Status Bar Command Location View Menu Use this command to display and hide the Status Bar with Tempo and Volume controls You can show a list of Status Bar display options by right clicking on the Status Bar Typically the Status Bar
322. his function Ties Disable Tying on Selected Notes Performance Mode Only Allows the enabling or disabling of automatic tying on selected notes When tying is disabled even notes which should be tied because of their sound duration will only be displayed as a single untied note This option is useful for simplifying the notation in some cases This command is no longer available once the score has entered Edit Mode see Editing a Song for the First Time Tie Notes Together Edit Mode Only Jy Ties together or unties contiguous selected notes of the same pitch To tie two or more notes 1 All the notes to be tied must be selected using the mouse or keyboard 2 The notes must be the same pitch voice and staff 3 There can be no space gaps between them To remove a tie select the tied note s and reverse the command Connecting notes of different pitches creating slurs is detailed Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 206 Midilllustrator Help Slurs Jy Finger Numbers Manual and Automatic below in Slurs See also Keyboard Shortcuts Midilllustrator automatically manages the layout of slurs you create in the score To create a slur select the first and last notes in the desired range Then choose the Create Slur command All notes of the same voice in the selected range of staves will be considered when Midilllustrator calculates the path of the slur Notes of other voices are ignored allowing
323. his view allows you to evaluate the score prior to sending it to print and therefore to adjust the page layout or printer set up as desired before printing The score is displayed on the screen as it will appear printed using the current printer setup and page layout You can choose to format the score making best use of space available on the screen Window View or you can format the score for the printed page Page View When you want to compose or make significant editing changes to you score then choose Scroll View Window View and Scroll View If you are at the computer perhaps studying or playing back a score then you will want Midilllustrator to squeeze as much as possible on to the visible page With Window View Midilllustrator paginates the score so that each page is exactly the same size as the Midilllustrator window This means that if you increase the size of the window each page becomes larger and the total number of pages decreases The opposite is true if you decrease the size of the window You can reduce the size of the window until only one system with only one measure is visible These virtual pages bear no relation to the number of printed pages Window View is not a true representation of how the score will appear when printed Midilllustrator stretches and or shrinks the measures on each system so that they fit perfectly into the window space available This makes the score much tidier Midilllustrator only puts
324. hould be protected as much as possible and editing operations are for visual changes only not for audio changes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 8 Notes menu The Notes menu will only appear when a note has been selected Some commands behave differently depending on the current mode and some are only available when the score is in Edit mode As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Read more below about how the mode affects Notes Commands below Notes Commands Pitch 4 Raises or lowers the pitch of the selected note s chromatically Accidentals are automatically applied for the new pitch taking into account the current key signature See Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling Insert Menu for information on the enharmonic spelling of the new pitch flat or sharp Octave commands raise or lower the pitch of the selected note s chromatically by a whole octave See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Volume Raises or lowers the volume of the selected note s Choose Volume Opens the Note Volume Dialog so you can set the volume for the selected notes note default 64 See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Change Duration Allows you to change the duration of selected notes The duration of the notes can be modified in
325. ht 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 227 File Open dialog will be shown but modified to select a folder The number of song files in each folder is shown in the Folder Name field of the Folder Open dialog e Single Score Browse Mode Only one score will be open at a time saving system resources and making browsing faster Each time a score is opened all other scores will be closed You will be prompted to save and open scores which have been modified e Play Scores on Open Each score will be played if possible as soon as it is opened Scores can only be played if MIDI playback devices have been setup in Midilllustrator Playlists This is an advanced tool for creating storing and playing lists of your favourite scores You can load up a playlist and begin playback whilst you are entertaining friends or for your own listening viewing pleasure The following button menu commands are available and enable you to create new playlists and add songs to those lists e Add Songs to List e Add the Current open Song to the Playlist e Remove Selected Songs e New List e Rename List e Delete List e Clear List Begin Playback This command will switch Midilllustrator to Playlist Mode Pause Between Playing Songs This command will insert a small delay in between songs in Playlist Mode This provides a more pleasant transition between the end of one song and the start of another song It is
326. ht 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 133 5 1 10 1 Print Setup Dialog Command Location File Menu The following options allow you to select the destination printer and its connection Printer Select the printer you want to use Choose the Default Printer or choose the Specific Printer option and select one of the currently installed printers shown in the box You install printers and configure ports using the Windows Control Panel Orientation Choose Portrait or Landscape Paper Size Select the size of paper that the document is to be printed on Paper Source Some printers offer multiple trays for different paper sources Specify the tray here Options Displays a dialog box where you can make additional choices about printing specific to the type of printer you have selected Network Choose this button to connect to a network location assigning it a new drive letter View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 1 11 Printing Options The Printing Options menu offers the following commands Printer Setup Allows you to select a printer to which the score should be sent as well as the paper size to be used and the layout orientation of the score The Properties button allows you to select various properties dependent on the printer selected Margins Enables you to set the margins of the page to which the score will be printed La
327. i track operations such as this use Power Edit instead e Since tuplets are treated as a unit and have to kept intact paste operations which overlap or interfere with existing tuplets are not possible Mouse Entry Mouse Entry allows most of the functions offered by Normal Entry but also allows you to edit notation directly using the mouse as a note entry and modification tool By contrast to Normal Edit the entry note is immediately displayed at the insertion point as the mouse cursor moves over the score Clicking the left mouse button will add a new note orrest The same context sensitive entry rules apply to the entry item as in Normal Edit mode Chord notes can be entered in Mouse Entry mode by holding the Control key down when entering inserts a new chord note at the insertion point and leaves the cursor at the current insertion point Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Moving and Copying Notes with the Mouse Mouse Entry and Normal Entry In Mouse Entry mode and Normal Entry mode individual notes can be selected and dragged or copied to new times or pitches Certain keys will modify the behaviour when existing notes are selected and dragged on the score If no modifier key is selected Midilllustrator will monitor the drag direction and limit the dragging direction to either vertical or horizontal This behaviour makes it easier to make notation changes accurately override
328. ialog Midilllustrator can automatically generate chords for the entire score see Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets for more information Guitar Fret Opens the Chord Selector dialog so that you can choose a Guitar Fret chord fingering which will then be placed above the top staff at the current cursor insertion point Midilllustrator can automatically generate chords for the entire score see Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets for more information Free Text Inserts a rich text free text item which can be freely moved and anchored to the score in different ways See also Free Text Menu commands Expression Inserts a rich text notation Expression which can be freely moved and 5 anchored to the score in different ways Expressions differ from other rich text objects as they can be associated with MIDI events which alter the performance of a piece during playback See also Expression Menu commands This command is available only in Edit Mode Switch By default the Enter key and left mouse button in Mouse Entry mode adds between notes at the cursor insertion point Holding down the Shift key at the same Note Rest time adds rests In order to add rests at all times toggle between Note Entry ty Rest Entry Mode Entry J You can set all the qualities for the cursor entry note rest The entry qualities will be applied to each new item when it is created However Midilllustrator will also try to automatically apply the c
329. iano Keyboard Moving and Sizing the Keyboard The On Screen Piano Keyboard works in a similar way to the other standard Windows toolbars found in Midilllustrator but unlike most toolbars it can also be sized dynamically even when it is docked The keyboard can be docked or floated When Midilllustrator first starts the keyboard is docked at the bottom of the screen As you resize the program s main window the keyboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator width and height change by proportion to the main window size Midilllustrator will always try to make the best use of space when displaying the keyboard and its proportions will always be managed automatically You can use the title bar on the top of the keyboard to drag the keyboard to the top or bottom of the program window When docked Midilllustrator will resize the keyboard in the context of the main window and other moveable windows such as the List Bar If the keyboard is floating on the page it can be moved to any part of the screen with a simple click anywhere on the keyboard and by dragging it to the required location The keyboard can also be resized by clicking and dragging any edge of the keyboard Key Highlighting The piano keyboard highlights keys under the following circumstances e In general the notes from all visible staves will appear on the keyboard as they are sounded Alternating staff notes are displayed
330. ic Step by Step without reading any Notation with the on screen Piano Rapidly Improve your Sight Reading with Note Names displayed next to every Note on the Score o Assign Finger Numbers to Notes either Manually or Automatically Show Finger Numbers on the Keys of the On Screen Keyboard Practice new Rhythms with the Audio Visual Metronome Sing along with Accompaniment the Lyrics Light up in Time with the Music O O O O O O O0 uwvo0oo0oo0o0o0o0O oOo Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Getting Started 1 o Watch your Score Performed on the Keyboard by Midilllustrator s Performing Hands e Connect and Interact o Connect a MIDI Instrument and Interact with the Music o Remotely Control functions Using Your Connected MIDI Instrument o Create Device Instrument Defaults for New Scores o Make the most of your MIDI Device Capabilities e Customize the Program Interface o Choose a Theme Color Scheme o Customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard Colors Composing Create and Edit Scores Create brand new scores from the ground up or use Midilllustrator s powerful editing tools on existing scores originally generated from MIDI songs Some features are available in Midilllustrator Maestro only marked y e Create a Brand New Score e Compose and Edit Using Edit Mode Jy o Add Notation Quickly using Context Sensitive Entry J o Modify a Note or a Selection of Notes Make Changes Quickly with Context Sensitive Menus o Add
331. ick Print Print any combination of parts instruments or staves in a single Parts command without having to modify the score at all The new quick Instruments print dialog saves you time when printing Staves Fully The colors used to display On Screen Piano Keyboard can be configured Customizabl with the Keyboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog e On Screen Piano With this feature you can change the colors of various parts of the Keyboard keyboard as well as the Keyboard Highlighting Colors used to show Colors which keys are being pressed during playback Score As well as saving a modified master tempo with a score you can now Starting set the starting tempo for any score Tempo Completely The entire Midilllustrator application has been overhauled with a New completely new interface providing greater layout control and improved Program accessibility Interface The new interface also supports several new color schemes themes and tabbed documents as well as smart docking for toolbars and special controls such as the On Screen Piano Keyboard and List Bar By default each program in the Midilllustrator series uses a different theme Context Key commands are now available as right click context menus Menus providing easier access to the commands you need most often Extended Clipboard Actions have also been added to the context menus Better Midilllustrator s new printer manager stores information about your P
332. idilllustrator will not be affected by these new defaults unless you open each mil file select the given Score Options tab and select Restore Defaults Page View Window Toggles the view of the score between Page View and Window View View This enables you to quickly see the effect of any changes to the Score Options in the different views without having to close the Score Options dialog useful when for example changing Print Layout options which apply only to Page view Apply Now When this checkbox is selected changes made to the various score settings will be applied to the current score immediately without the need to click the Apply button after each change Note This option is not available for all tabs in the Score Options dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 164 Midilllustrator Help 5 4 5 1 www Midilllustrator com Transcription options Command Location Score Menu Score Options Transcription Options Tab Note The behaviour of this command changes when a score has been edited See below When Can I Change Transcription Options for a Score Choosing Transcription Options for Importing MIDI Files When converting MIDI into notation Midilllustrator can automatically make all the decisions necessary to present the musical content in the most honest and readable way The Score Transcription Wizard automaticall
333. iew Menu Zooming does nothing to change the true physical printing size of the notation Instead the magnification of the current page is altered so that notes lyrics and other musical objects appear larger or smaller Print size on the other hand physically changes the point size of the font used to print the score It has no effect in Window View but in Page View the larger the font the longer the score will become as the number of pages increases to accommodate the larger systems required to house the larger notes etc Print size can be configured in the Print Layout section of the Score Options dialog Print size changes may or may not be relative to Font sizes for certain items depending on how you configure individual score Fonts ZOOMING PRINT SIZE Window View Scroll View Increases or decreases the No effect size of the notation on the screen Increases or decreases the number of pages in the score Page View Print Preview Increases or decreases the Increases or decreases the size of each page as it is size of the font that displayed on the screen Midilllustrator will use to print Increases or decreases the the score As you increase the size of the notation in font size the notation proportion to the size of the becomes larger and fewer page Has no effect on the systems measures can be number of pages or the fitted on to each page layout of systems and measures on each page View the Help Contents Page Visi
334. ighlighted when the window is first opened and this will be the staff that Midilllustrator has found to be the most appropriate staff for the Melody If Midilllustrator has not chosen what you think is the best Melody staff you can change it by simply selecting your choice from within the window Once you have found the Lyric and Melody staves that you wish to use you can merge them into one staff and temporarily hide the others This will result in one staff combining both the Melody and the Lyrics Midilllustrator will not delete any staves in this process You can make the hidden staves visible at a later stage using Staff Manager Once you have found the Lyric and Melody staves that you wish to use you can temporarily hide the other staves This will result in a score made up of two staves one for the Lyrics and one for the Melody Midilllustrator will not delete any staves in this process You can make the hidden staves visible at a later stage using Staff Manaqer This command allows you to hide traditional staff notation on the score and instead show staves as a timeline This option can be changed after the task has completed If at any time you wish to revert to the standard score layout simply click on the Cancel button View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 249 5 19 6 T
335. ight c 2004 2015 Rallentando Software All rights reserved REDISTRIBUTION A Midilllustrator products EVALUATION Versions including Midilllustrator Player You may distribute all versions of the EVALUATION Midilllustrator product installation packages as available on the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com subject to the following conditions 1 The installation package remains PERFECTLY intact as distributed on the Midilllustrator Website 2 No money exchanges hands as part of the process either through sale of the software through redistribution or through any other means 3 You must clearly represent to any recipient that Rallentando Software is the publisher of the Software and that you are not selling the Software 4 Any subsequent transfer of this software to another party must include their acceptance of the conditions stated in this license document B Midilllustrator products REGISTERED Versions Midilllustrator products REGISTERED Versions refers to copies of Midilllustrator products which have been registered using registration details code user name purchased from Rallentando Software Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 316 Midilllustrator Help 12 2 1 The registration details must NEVER be distributed EXCEPT under the Transfer Arrangement described below Transfer Arrangement You may transfer your rights under this Agreement to only one other individual provided that t
336. iginal score The new template is now available from the New Score dialog The Default Template The default template is a special template which can be accessed quickly from the File Menu or the Launch Screen The default template is a unique template saved in the templates folder with the name default mit If this file does not exist The default template functions will not work Any template can be set as the default template Simply save your template with the name default mit in the templates folder or generate a new default template using the Save As Default Template command File Menu What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 2 5 Add Insert Measures Command Location Measures Menu The Add Insert Measures dialog allows you to add measures to the end of the score or insert a number of new measures before the current measure View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 2 6 Setthe Score Titles Composer Title Footer etc Command Location Score Menu Titles Score Titles are customizable text entries in the score Score Titles are displayed as rich text objects so font formatting is possible using the right Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help 2 2 6 1 click context menu in the edit boxes Midilllustrator disp
337. iles you already have open Using the Task Wizard Follow the instructions on each page of the Wizard clicking the Next button to move to the next step You can hit the Back button at any time to make changes to the Task instructions Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 2 Available Tasks TASK NAME DESCRIPTION Convert Karaoke MIDI amp Lyric Scores This Task performs exactly the same function as to Song sheets the Song Lead Sheet dialog Unlike the Song Lead Sheet dialog however this Task will not prompt you with any questions about how to arrange the song sheet i e which staff holds the melody and which staff holds the harmony The Task e analyses the score to find the principal Lyric staff and the principal Melody staff e merges the Lyric and Melody staves into one as necessary and e hides does not delete all other staves Convert Scores to Two Hand Piano Whatever the current score layout may be Midilllustrator will try to arrange the score into the most suitable form for solo piano The Task e Depending on your Tasks Options settings o removes from the score ALL drum staves using channel 10 o removes from the score ALL staves which are not using a piano instrument as their primary instrument e merges all of the staves in the score into a single staff e splits the staff automatically into left and right hand staves e sets the MIDI device on each staff
338. ill be adjusted accordingly and in this case will be displayed as 1 40 The value for each margin can be increased decreased by clicking on the left and right arrows on the right hand side of the box Units There are three choices of unit as follows e Millimetres e Centimetres e Inches Millimetres is set as the default unit Set Minimum Margins This button automatically calculates the minimum margins that can for Current Printer be applied to the page and resets the figures in the four margin boxes accordingly Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 4 5 7 Print Layout Command Location Score Menu Score Options Print Layout Tab The Print Layout tab allows you to configure particular aspects of the printed page The Print Display Window is made up of two check boxes Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 176 Midilllustrator Help Use notation colors on printed pages Use page textures on printed pages Score Titles Print Size This check box enables you to choose whether to print any colored sections of the score as they are represented on the screen Window View or in black and white This option can be particularly useful if you have a color printer and you are using color on the screen to enhance readability yet would like to prin
339. ill not play any measures earlier than the ending measure in which playback began To hear a given ending played in the context of the whole score you must begin playback from the start of the score or the start of the repeat loop which hosts the ending measure 3 in the example above e For the sake of simplicity bar repeat instructions within endings greater than 1 will be ignored during playback i e if measure 7 in the example above contained a Repeat Close barline then it would be ignored e If endings are not properly formed or repeat open close barlines are incomplete in a score then they will be ignored during playback and each measure in the score will instead be played in sequence View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Insert menu The Insert menu allows you to add a variety of different objects to the score As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score The following objects can be added Note lio Inserts a new note at the insertion point and then moves the cursor forwards ready to insert the next note Chord Note Inserts a new note at the insertion point and keeps the cursor in the current t time position ready for adding another note to the current chord Rest lio Inserts a new rest at the insertion point In general Midilllustrator automatically fills
340. imes changes the clef mid stave it is trying to make the music easier to read You can force a particular clef for all or part of a stave using the Measures menu commands The traditional notation clef for a guitar stave is a treble clef but it varies from the standard piano treble clef used by Midilllustrator in that it is an octave higher which is why the notes appear lower than you might expect for guitar parts Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software sos Midilllustrator Help 9 3 You can select octave adjusted clefs for instruments such as guitar banjo so that a treble clef can be used but all notes will be adjusted by an octave accordingly Back to FAQ Topic Q Is there any way that I can combine a series of pieces so I can set my computer MIDI piano to play them Is there a playlist facility or a file merge function A Midilllustrator includes support for playlists as well as other powerful song management features With Midilllustrator Maestro sections of scores can easily be moved copied or repeated Back to FAQ Topic Q How do I print the MIDI file in lead sheet or fake book format A Midilllustrator can quickly rearrange a score for a particular purpose such as creating Fake Books or Lead Sheets You can generate scores which show a combination of the following core features melody lyric chord names and guitar frets Midilllustrator can usually identify the melody line in a MIDI file and is also
341. importantly the current Mode In Performance Mode Midilllustrator will automatically try to present the music as clearly as possible when you edit the notation using Notes menu commands The effect of the note editing commands is tempered by the Transcription Options of the score you are editing For instance if you have opted to simplify the presentation of the music by forcing chords or preventing tie notes then these presentation guidelines will override manual editing Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 288 6 8 6 9 Midilllustrator Help changes However in Edit Mode your instructions will be followed very closely by Midilllustrator with little or no automatic correction or intuitive decision making for example automatic selection of voice when you alter the length of a note so that it overlaps other notes See more about the different MidiIllustrator Modes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments Command Location Staves Menu Staff Manager Many MIDI devices treat Channel 10 differently to the other channels 1 16 Often MIDI Channel 10 is used to access a particular group of General MIDI GM drum instruments This is why when you select Channel 10 in either the Staff Manager dialog or the Staff Instrument dialog the list of available instruments 1 128 changes Note Not all MIDI devices treat
342. in channels so you may wish to specify which channel is used for a particular routing The MIDI Instrument Routing tab has the following buttons e Add Routing e Edit Routing Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 25 e Remove Routing The Add Edit Routing Dialog When you create or edit a routing you must supply the following information e The Instrument you wish to route to a particular device and channel e Channel rules to use when identifying that instrument e Which channel that instrument should be played through e Which MIDI playback device that instrument should be played through For example you may wish to have all Acoustic Grand Piano staves played using MIDI device A on channel 1 In this case you would choose the following configuration e Route instrument 1 Acoustic Grand Piano e on Channels 1 9 or 11 16 the original channel used for this instrument e to Channel 1 the new channel to be used for this instrument e using MIDI Device A Here we have specified a rule concerning which channel the instrument must originally be on for the routing to apply The reason for this is that channel 10 is often treated differently to other MIDI channels read more about this here MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments and we do not wish to mistakenly route instruments other than piano sounds In keeping with this principle when the original channel value is set to channel 1
343. ine can identify and represent even the most complex musical ideas such as tuplet note groupings and multiple voicings in a single staff Furthermore you can instruct Midilllustrator to notate your scores in a particular way for example presenting difficult notation in simplified form What else can you do with Midilllustrator Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 2 Configure Sound and Play Back Scores Midilllustrator can open files and transcribe scores without being configured for sound in any way If however you wish to hear a score played back then you must configure Midilllustrator to use the soundcard in your computer and its MIDI capabilities Furthermore many advanced options in Midilllustrator such as the Step by Step mode and MIDI Echo employ the functionality of a soundcard In order to playback a file you must at the very least configure a MIDI playback device Setting the MIDI Playback device Find out all about configuring your MIDI devices for playback in the MIDI OUT Playback section Starting Playback When you have configured your MIDI Playback device you can begin playback of an open score by choosing Start Playback from the Perform Menu see also Keyboard Shortcuts What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllu
344. ing however as this will improve the likelihood of clean and tidy notation when interpreting live performance data Rules for Metronome Use During Recording In general the recording metronome inherits the display and audio settings of the playback metronome MIDI Options However the Intro can be different for the recording metronome Furthermore when selected Always use Metronome when Recording will cause the Metronome to play throughout any recording session highly recommended regardless of the playback Metronome settings View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI In This tool allows you to enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using a connected MIDI device Before you can add notes to your score in this way you must have configured a MIDI In device and ensured that you are listening for MIDI In from that device Note entry with a connected MIDI device is possible only in Edit Mode Normal Entry Notes are entered by positioning the cursor to the desired insertion point and entering the desired note pitch es using your connected MIDI device When all the notes held down on the device have been released the chord note is added Holding down the Shift key whilst entering notation will result in rest entry rather than note entry Th
345. ing to Performance Layout Mode before printing is therefore recommended for optimal printing results Note about Playback In Edit Mode Normally playback continues until the end of the score is reached regardless of whether there is still music left to play or not In this way lyrics and other score items are still highlighted and the metronome keeps flashing ticking even if note playback is complete In Edit mode it is assumed that playback is essentially used for auditioning changes and for this reason playback will end automatically when the last note in the score has been played More About this Mode Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software so Midilllustrator Help 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 Read more about what happens when you first start working with an existing song in Edit Mode Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in MidiIllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here The Editing Palettes contain many of the key commands and settings for Edit Mode View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboard Command Location View Menu Keyboard This tool allows you to enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using the On Screen Piano Keyboard Note entry with the on screen keyboard is possible only
346. int anchored to the current measure and staff Inserts a new Expression at the insertion point anchored to the current time and staff Jy Switch between Note Rest Entry Jy Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software menu Duration D Up Arrow D Down Arrow Dotted 0 Duration s Tuplets D Enter D 3 D 5 Shift Alt Up Arrow Notes Alt Down Arrow Alt Left Arrow Alt Right Arrow Pitch 4 Up Arrow Down Arrow Ctrl Up Arrow Ctrl Down Arrow Ties I Enter Slurs 4 U Enter U Delete U Up Arrow U Down Arrow Finger F 1 Numbers F 2 F 3 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Shortcuts 297 Increases the entry duration duration of the selection Decreases the entry duration duration of the selection Sets the entry duration duration of the selection to a Whole length Sets the entry duration duration of the selection to a Half length Sets the entry duration duration of the selection to a Quarter length Sets the entry duration duration of the selection to an 8 length Sets the entry duration duration of the selection to a 16t length Sets the entry duration duration of the selection to a 320d length Sets the entry duration duration of the selection to a 64th length Removes any dotted duration from all selected notes Dots the duration of all selected notes Doubles dot the duration of all selected notes Normal duration no tuplet Triplet duration Quintuplet duration Moves cursor sel
347. int just the current page e Collate copies enabled As of version 2 0 you can now set a different playback starting position when you want Midilllustrator to accompany you during Step by Step Mode This popular task has been improved to automatically handle drum staves and non piano instrument staves The new Tasks Options tab in Program options allows you to configure task behavior for better task results New toolbar buttons and improved interface layout in version 2 The latest version of Midilllustrator also supports Windows XP Themes for those running Midilllustrator on Windows XP integrating Midilllustrator fully with the look and feel of the XP environment Midilllustrator version 2 0 introduces a new way to show the name of each note on the score You can now choose to have the note name placed inside the note instead of to the left Under different circumstances such as printing vs window view one layout may be easier to read than the other You can choose to have the signature repeated for each and every note on the score making it much easier to remember to sharpen or flatten a particular note when performing a piece Midilllustrator can now display lyrics and other text in all languages including special characters and accents Midilllustrator version 2 0 is completely compatible with earlier versions of Midilllustrator and can seamlessly open edit and save scores generated in Midilllustrator version 1 xx Sho
348. ion The next page can be scrolled on from top to bottom or from left to right and Midilllustrator can automatically decide the best scrolling method at any particular position in the score This enables you to read the score at the current playback position and also read ahead to the notation on the next page which would otherwise be hidden by redundant parts of the current page Note In some cases the score layout will prevent Midilllustrator from showing any part of the next page even when advance page turn scrolling is activated If showing the next page would for example hide an important part of the current playback page then scrolling will be temporarily deactivated This happens most often when a measure on the current or next page is very long taking up much of the screen and leaving no room to show parts of both the current and next pages at the same time Choose from the following Scrolling options e Vertically if possible then Horizontally default recommended e Horizontally if possible then Vertically Vertically only e Horizontally only e Do not scroll next page Staff Tools and Advance Page Turn During page turning the staff controls of the z Midilllustrator Help Highlight Notes Lyrics During Playback partially displayed next page will be temporarily disabled until that page is shown completely and it becomes the current page You can click on the next page notation at
349. ion metronome settings or Recording session metronome options Use MIDI Metronome Use Speaking Metronome This check box activates deactivates the MIDI Metronome subject to the rules contained within the Rules for Metronome Use section of the tab See Rules for Metronome Use below When the Metronome is active and the Speaking Metronome is enabled the metronome will count the beats out loud using a human voice instead of the Metronome Instrument This is especially useful when learning rhythm The counting voice files are stored in the following location lt USER gt Documents Rallentando Software MidiIllustrator Maestro 3 Resources Sounds Metronome Voice You may overwrite these files with recordings of your own but we recommend first backing up the original wave files Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 51 Rules for There are two rules associated with the Metronome Metronome Use e Use Metronome throughout playback of score e Metronome Intro Bars and one associated with the Metronome Light e Flash on beat for ms Note The Use MIDI Metronome check box must be checked or the metronome will make no sound regardless of how you configure the metronome rules Use Metronome This check box allows you to choose whether or not to have the Throughout Metronome ticking at all times during playback Playback of Score Flash on beat for The Metronome
350. ion which no longer apply in Edit Mode are e Automatic application of Score Transcription Options such as Make the score Easier to Read although you can still apply one off conversions to the score to apply new transcription rules whenever you wish e Automatic note durations and note attack times and automatic chording of notes e Automatic voice assignment e Automatic identification of tuplets Note that even in Edit Mode Midilllustrator will continue to play back sequences imported from a MIDI file as they were originally performed as long as Play Imported MIDI as Originally Performed is checked Perform Menu View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 6 2 Views Window View and Scroll View versus Page View Midilllustrator can format and display the current score in three quite different ways In summary Window View Window View displays the score on the screen making full use of the size of the monitor screen It formats the score to make the best use of your screen real estate Ideal for performances Itis nota representation of how the score will appear when printed see Page View below Scroll View Editing This viewing mode is designed especially for editing It applies the same rules for layout as Window view except that the format for the score is a single system which scrolls horizontally across the page This makes Copyright 2004 2015 Ral
351. it Using Edit Mode y o Add Notation Quickly using Context Sensitive Entry Jy o Modify a Note or a Selection of Notes Make Changes Quickly with Context Sensitive Menus o Add Special Barlines to Control Playback of Efficient Scores Repeat Sections Special Endings o Copy and Paste Notation to from the Clipboard J Make Copies of Complete Staves with the Staff Manager Dialog y o Edit Large Areas of Notation Using Power Edit Mode J o Find Out About Using Edit Mode on an Existing Song Jy Other Ways to Capture Your Music Jy o Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboard Wy o Record a Real Time Performance J Set Your Recording Options Jy o Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device Jy o Tap In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard Jy Create a Template for Future Scores Ny Add New Measures to the Score Jy Set the Score Titles Composer Title Footer etc o Add Fields to Score Titles e g Page Numbers Date etc Enrich Your score with Rich Text Content including Images and Multimedia Content o Add Moveable Text to Your Score Modify the MIDI Content in Your Song Add Notation Expressions which can Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos Add and Remove Staves Using the Staff Manager Remove a Range of Measures from the Score Select a Range of Notes using Advanced Criteria Transpose All or Part of the Score Restructure the Score o Key Signatures o Time Signatures o Starting Tempo o Clefs Command Reference Menus File menu Edit menu
352. iteria in a few simple steps e Generate a new score using an existing score template selected from the New Score dialog e Generate a new Score instantly using the Default score template from the File Menu commands New scores always open up in Edit Mode Normal Entry ready for editing Create a New Score From Scratch Open the New Score dialog from the File Menu or the Launch Screen From the Score Type tab select New Score and the number of staves You can specify the instruments for these staves later using the Staff Manager Dialog At the bottom of the dialog select the number of measures you want to see in the score initially default 30 If you want to specify the Time Signature Key Signature and Tempo select each tab as appropriate and enter the desired value When you have specified the score settings hit OK to create your score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 12 Midilllustrator Help 5 1 4 When the score has been created you are ready to start composing right away Generate a New Score Using an Existing Score Template Score templates contain all the foundations for a new score Read more about creating new templates Open the New Score dialog from the File Menu or the Launch Screen From the Score Type tab select New Score from Template and choose a template from the list available below At the bottom of the dialog select the number of measures you want to see in
353. ith Keyboard Shortcuts or via the Tools menu The numbers on the toolbar correspond with the shortcut keys and the list above Edit Modes buttons highlighted below in the blue box are available only in Midilllustrator Maestro Normal Entry affords you all of Midilllustrator s score editing functions Mouse Entry allows these same functions specifically allowing you to add and modify notation directly using the mouse Power Edit allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats When you import a song it is initially displayed in Performance Mode During import Midilllustrator generates the score using its musical interpretation rules and your current Score Transcription Options You can change these options even after the score has been created and Midilllustrator will dynamically apply the new options to the whole score You can make basic changes in Performance or Layout Mode for example correcting note lengths or changing score attributes like stave heights or key signatures You can change the presentation of the notation but in these modes the raw music is generally protected so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes Midilllustrator continually reinterprets the notation from the original MIDI data automatically as you make changes always trying to render the clearest and most accurate presentation of the raw musical MIDI da
354. ithin repeat sections You can think of repeat barlines in much the same way as brackets in a mathematical formula Consider the following x 2 3 The outer loop is repeated 3 times the inner loop is repeated twice for every outer loop Similarly in the example below the range bar 1 to bar 5 is repeated 3 times the inner loop of bar 3 is repeated twice for every outer loop As a result bar 3 will be heard a total of 6 times 3 2 ca a Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 1 Playback and Repeats When playing back Midilllustrator only considers repeats which begin at or before the playback starting position So in the example above if playback begins at bar 2 or even half way through bar 1 only the inner repeat section bar 3 will actually be repeated In general you should make sure that there is a Repeat Close for every Repeat Open barline If a score contains an uneven balance of left and right repeat barlines open and close then Midilllustrator will try to make the best of calculating which sections to repeat Setting the Number of Repeats Set the number of times a section should repeat by placing the cursor in the measure with the Repeat Close barline right side and choosing Set Repeat Count from the Measures Barline Right Menu The repeat count is displayed in brackets just above the Repeat Close barline using the same font as Measure Numbers s
355. ition to the Position current Step Position See also Setting the Playback Starting Position in Step by Step Mode View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com MIDI Instrument Routing Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI Instrument Routing Tab MIDI Instrument Routing allows you to control the way in which certain instruments or MIDI patches are handled by Midilllustrator during playback When a MIDI file is created each staff in the song is usually given a particular Channel and instrument Patch You can read more about channels in the MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments section Furthermore when the file is first opened Midilllustrator will assign the default MIDI playback device to each staff This is usually the soundcard in your computer which has 128 instrument General MIDI sounds If you have more than one MIDI playback device available to your system however you may prefer that all Piano instruments are played using a dedicated Piano MIDI module which you may have attached to your system via MIDI cables Or you may simply prefer some instruments sounds from one sound card over another In this case you can create a MIDI Instrument Routing which will tell MidiIllustrator to use a preferred instrument froma preferred MIDI playback device every time a new MIDI song is first opened Furthermore some MIDI devices only listen on certa
356. ive measure staff Top boundary Vertical Height above the staff overrides Midilllustrator s automatic vertical spacing of systems on the current page Bottom boundary Vertical Height beneath the staff overrides Midilllustrator s automatic vertical spacing of systems on the current page Lyric Bottom boundary Vertical Vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff Once a custom size has been applied a colored arrow will appear spanning the new custom boundary Applying More than one Custom Staff Height to a System It is possible to apply staff heights to more than one measure staff unit on a given system In this case the tallest of these custom height settings will be applied to the system as a whole and shorter values be ignored though they are not removed automatically However if you apply a new staff height to a given measure staff unit then any existing staff heights on that system will be reduced to the new staff height if they are taller shorter ones will remain as they are In this way the latest change will be the value used for the score layout Vertical Spacing of Systems on the Page Normally Midilllustrator fits as many systems as possible onto a page and if there is any space left over it spaces the systems evenly to fill that space so that the page looks more uniform However aS soon as you apply a vertical custom layout staff height to a measure staff systems on that page will no longer be automa
357. ke on the appropriate qualities of the first note in the selection identified with a different selection color Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts 285 See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Stems Sets the stems of all selected notes to point up or down See also Stem Direction in Voices See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Voice Sets all selected notes to Upper Voice Lower Voice or Single Voice See Voices for more information See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Enharmonic Spelling These commands leave the pitch of the selected notes unchanged and only alters the way the notes are displayed The various spellings which are available depending on the particular key pitch e Double Sharp e Sharp e Natural e Flat e Double Flat Note that any accidental in the spelling will only be shown if it has not already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules or if the Show Courtesy Accidental option is enabled see below See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Accidental Note accidental commands will alter the pitch of the selected note s Accidentals other than courtesy accidentals can only be altered in Edit Mode yy i The accidentals which are available depending on the particular key pitch are e Double Sharp Sharp Natural Flat Double Flat Show Courtesy Accidental With this option enabled any
358. ks and non piano instrument tracks The new Tasks Options tab in Program options allows you to configure task behavior for better task results Back to FAQ Topic Q How do you change the size of the font used to identify the notes note names A Note names always have to be kept proportional to the note head size in order to keep the score readable therefore you cannot explicitly change the font size for the note names One option is to experiment with font types and color and bold fonts via the Fonts tab Score Options to see if that makes the presentation more favorable The only other option is to increase the size of the score by zooming in or if printing by altering the Print Size under the Print Layout tab in Score Options The note name can be shown either in the head of the note or alongside the note or above below the staff You can choose the clearest format depending on whether you are printing the score or viewing it on the screen Back to FAQ Topic Q How do I adjust the time signature A Changes to the time signature can be made with the Time Signature Dialog via the Measures menu Q How do I lower notes a whole octave I play cello and want to print out music in the middle octave Can this be done You can indeed lower all the notes in a track measure range by choosing Transpose Notes from the Measures menu Then in the Transposition section select Shift Notes 12 half steps down Back to FAQ
359. ks may reset the score to traditional staff notation View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copy Chords to Lyrics The Tools menu offers the following commands Modes Choose the mode for working with your score e Performance Mode e Layout Mode e Edit Mode Jy o Normal Entry o Mouse Entry o Power Edit Task Wizard Opens the Task Wizard Wizard The Wizard will guide you through the steps involved in applying the Tasks outlined below to your scores Convert Score to Two Arranges the current score as a piano solo part Hand Piano You can apply this command to multiple scores simultaneously Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Create Lead Sheets and Fake Books Tasks Options Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Remove All Chord Names and Guitar Frets Copy Chord Names to Lyrics Generate Finger Numbers Remove All Finger Numbers Theme MIDI Options Program Options Things to do with Midilllustrator 33 with a Task See the Task Wizard for further detail on this and other tasks Optimises the score layout for a particular purpose Generates scores which show a combination of the following core features melody lyric chord names and guitar frets See the Task Wizard for further detail on this and other tasks Opens the Tasks Options dialog Analyses the score to determine the chord keys of each measure and beat and
360. l Chord Names and Guitar Frets Copy Chord Names to Lyrics Generate Finger Numbers Remove All Finger Numbers Theme MIDI Options Program Options with a Task See the Task Wizard for further detail on this and other tasks Removes all of the chord names and guitar frets that have been added to the score If you would rather just temporarily hide these objects you can do so using the Show Hide Score Objects option in the Score Options dialog This command will copy any chord names to the lyrics of the first staff in the score In some cases it is desirable to show chord names beneath the staff in this way Furthermore once the lyric chord names have been created it is also possible to export these new chord lyrics by saving the score as a MIDI file as the MIDI format can store lyrics but not chord information Other music software programs and some advanced digital keyboards can then display chords in the lyrics generated by Midilllustrator when importing a MIDI file Note that this action will overwrite existing lyrics in the first staff If you do not wish to overwrite existing lyrics first create a new top staff and then repeat this command Automatic Fingering Analysis is an advanced feature in Midilllustrator which performs a customizable analysis of the notation in your scores and accordingly assigns finger numbers to each note and chord Removes all of the finger numbers that have been assigned to notes in
361. l Entry Before you can record to your score you must have configured a MIDI In device and ensured that you are listening for MIDI In from that device You can configure the way in which newly recorded MIDI will be transcribed by Midilllustrator by setting the Recording Options Beginning a Recording Session When you are ready to record position the cursor to the track and time where you would like recording to start All new MIDI data will be added to the staff you selected before recording started Existing data on that staff will be overwritten with the newly recorded data Begin recording by selecting the record command from the Perform toolbar or the Perform Menu This will initiate playback of the score from the cursor position Depending on your Recording Options the metronome will sound a set of introductory beats The score will play as you record Any notation on the active recording staff is muted during recording The active recording staff is highlighted during recording in the same way as the echo to staff If you do not wish to hear other staves as you record mute them individually using Staff Tools or collectively using the Staff Manager When you have finished recording end the recording session the same way as you began it or by ending playback If the end of the score is reached recording and playback will stop automatically If you need more recording time Add Measures before recording Copyright 20
362. l also try to automatically apply the correct qualities for the new item given its entry context see below The Entry Cursor The current entry item qualities are shown on the Editing Palette toolbars and are also displayed as a flashing cursor eg a flashing quarter note or a flashing rest at the entry position When this cursor is shown as greyed or faded the current entry qualities are not valid for insertion at the current position Quality Details Duration The duration of the entry note rest can be modified incrementally using the Duration Increase Decrease commands If you would like Midilllustrator to include dotted durations in the choice of increased or decreased durations see the Include dots when incrementing duration of selection option in Editing options Triplet Quintuplet When selecting tuplet durations remember that tuplet notes are always treated by Midilllustrator as a unit and so a whole tuplet will be added at the insertion point For example in the case of a triplet addition a single triplet note will be added followed by two triplet rests There must be enough space in the current measure for a complete tuplet to be added Adding subsequent notes when the cursor is within the tuplet range will populate the various branches of the tuplet The current version of Midilllustrator supports Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Voice Note Enharmoni
363. l it to me O Back to top e Miscellaneous O What s the best way to learn how to use Midilllustrator O How can I email a copy of my Midilllustrator score to a friend who is not a Midilllustrator owner OAre you planning a Mac version OAre you planning a Linux version O Back to top Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 304 Midilllustrator Help 9 1 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Buying and Registering Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ gt Buying amp Activating Editing the Score MIDI Playback amp Sound Import amp Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous Buying and Activating MidilIllustrator Back to FAQ Topic Q How do I buy pay for MidilIllustrator A There are several ways to purchase Midilllustrator using our guaranteed secure ordering methods The easiest and quickest way to buy Midilllustrator is online with PayPal using your credit or debit card you will receive your product license almost instantly Visit the purchase page for more details http www midiillustrator com buy htm More contact and ordering information Back to FAQ Topic Q I just purchased Midilllustrator Where are my personalized license details MidilIllustrator activation code A If you have purchased Midilllustrator using a credit or debit card and you have received your payment confirmation email from PayPal then your pers
364. l the volume is changed once again When notes are selected their volume can be changed using command in the Notes menu See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Automatic Rest Placement In general MidiIllustrator automatically fills all the silence in a measure with rests according to standard notations rules completing beats with rests as necessary etc As you add and remove notes these virtual rests are shortened lengthened and deleted as necessary to complete the notation In Edit Mode these automatically placed rests are displayed in a different color to rests which have been specifically added to the score manually placed rests are darker the same color as notes As you firm up automatic rests they are displayed as other manually entered notation Adding Notes and Rests in Multiple Voices To assist with composing in multiple voices in a given measure Midilllustrator also displays a special virtual type of rest where more than one voice is displayed in a given measure Read more about Voice Guide Rests Context Entry When the entry note duration at the current insertion point cannot be accommodated Midilllustrator will try to automatically apply a duration fit for the new item given its entry context This automatic fit can apply to several contexts e The rest space is too short for the entry note duration When for example you have selected a whole note duration and there is only a quart
365. lay along with the performance as Midilllustrator plays back the piece You can decide which part you would like to perform yourself and choose to echo MIDI In to that part s instrument Your external MIDI Instrument will immediately take on the qualities of that part s staff s instrument To see more about selecting Staff Instruments see the Staff Instrument dialog Selecting a Staff Instrument to receive Echoed MIDI In Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts 289 Left Click Choose Track Instrument Right Click Modify Track in Track Manager Left Click Select Track Right Click Echo to this Track Selected Track Echo to Track Harker In order for Midilllustrator to play MIDI data received from your external MIDI instrument using the instrument of a particular staff you must e Right click on the eo button on the Staff Tools If the Staff Tools are not visible you can show them by selecting Staff Tools from the Score Show Hide menu or enter keyboard short cut Ctri T A small E will appear on the button and a colored bar will be drawn on the echo staff s first system on each page By default all notes on the staff will be muted as Midilllustrator assumes that part will be played using the external MIDI Instrument You can un mute the staff for playback if you wish by clicking on the button on the Staff Tools e Begin echoing to the selected MIDI Echo device by checking the
366. lays the following titles Score Title top of the first page Copyright not displayed on the score Composer beneath the title right side first page Reference beneath the title left side first page Footer bottom of the page first page and all remaining pages Header top of the page first page and all remaining pages Titles are edited using the Score Titles dialog Score Menu Headers and Footers The drop down boxes allow you to modify the header footer style and alignment The default setting is Normal i e the header footer is shown but does not have a border but this can be changed using the drop down boxes described below The first drop down box allows you to customise the header footer as follows e None no header footer will be displayed e Normal the header footer will not have a border e Boxed the header footer will be bordered with a box e Curve Boxed the header footer will be bordered with a curved box The second drop down box allows you to set alignment Title text can include custom Midilllustrator Fields These fields are populated automatically with the latest information when titles are displayed or printed Such as page count file name date etc Note that titles are only visible in Page view Print Preview Titles can also be double clicked with the mouse and edited directly from the score in most modes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Mi
367. lcome to host the Midilllustrator Player installation program on your website or link to the file directly on our website The direct download address on our website for the Midilllustrator Player is http www Midilllustrator com download MidilllustratorPlayerSetup exe Distribution of Midilllustrator products is subject to the terms laid out in the license txt included with each product s installation program How to buy MidilIllustrator Buying Midilllustrator is quick simple and safe using any of the payment methods detailed below All Midilllustrator products come with free technical support and free patches updates Existing customers also receive significant discounts on future releases and major upgrades from Rallentando Software Payment Methods e Buy securely online with a Credit Debit Card recommended method the easiest way to buy Midilllustrator takes just a few minutes online This method is guaranteed secure and very quick you receive your purchase almost instantly via email e Buy with PayPal Pay with a bank account no credit card needed e Buy over the Phone using our Toll Free Phone Number e Fax Mail Orders Send your order to us directly To buy Midilllustrator using any of these methods or for more information visit our website at http www Midilllustrator com buy htm Alternatively you can contact us for more information View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http w
368. lculation of the slur gives you the best looking notation in the shortest time ae Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software On Screen Guitar Fretboard The On Screen Guitar Fretboard will highlight notes and chords from the current score It can be used as an aid to reading and Version History and Licence Agreement playing the score allowing you to quickly and easily visualize shapes and fingering chord The On Screen Guitar Fretboard Colors are fully customizab can be configured with the le and Fretboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog Speaking Metronome enabled the metronome w the beats out loud using a voice instead of the Metronome Instrument This is especially useful when learning rhythm Display Solfege Note Names Displays Solfege names for names Copy Chord A E ARR ERTA Names to allow you to copy any chord gal H HH Lyrics names to the lyrics of the first staff in the score In some cases it is desirable to show chord names beneath the staff in this way but moreover itis z 5 ki possible to export these new ne gi ri ia Pte 8 Cho chord lyrics by saving the score as a MIDI file as the MIDI format can store lyrics but not chord information Other music so When the Speaking Metronome is instruments and score note This much requested feature will ill count human
369. lentando Software 278 Midilllustrator Help editing much simpler as the dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit e g staff height do not result in constant reformatting of the score Page View Print Preview Page View is essentially the same as Print Preview This view allows you to evaluate the score prior to sending it to print and therefore to adjust the page layout or printer set up as desired before printing The score is displayed on the screen as it will appear printed using the current printer setup and page layout You can choose to format the score making best use of space available on the screen Window View or you can format the score for the printed page Page View When you want to compose or make significant editing changes to you score then choose Scroll View Window View and Scroll View If you are at the computer perhaps studying or playing back a score then you will want Midilllustrator to squeeze as much as possible on to the visible page With Window View Midilllustrator paginates the score so that each page is exactly the same size as the Midilllustrator window This means that if you increase the size of the window each page becomes larger and the total number of pages decreases The opposite is true if you decrease the size of the window You can reduce the size of the window until only one system with only one measure is visible These virtual pages bear no relation to the numb
370. les and uses specific rules rarely Sometimes for example you will see a finger roll incorrectly assigned to an arpeggio or an awkward fingering for a 4 finger chord in order to make progress to the next note sequence easier In some case a given fingering may simply suit one player more than another To get best results using the following automatic fingering options in combination with your own manual fingering assignments is highly recommended Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 22 Midilllustrator Help e Ignore unselected notes when calculating Remember that fingering for a given sequence is calculated in the context of the surrounding notation Sometimes you will get better results if you generate fingering for a sequence in isolation You can also do this quickly for a selection of notes using the fingering keyboard shortcuts Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating This is a quick way to get the fingering you want on a chord or arpeggio Manually assign one or two finger numbers to a given sequence of selected notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts Select the range of notes you wish to assign finger numbers to automatically Open the Automatic Fingering Analysis dialog and check the Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating option Midilllustrator will use the manually assigned finger numbers when assigning fingering to the rest of the selection Usually manually assigning
371. lings can be set for each note and individual courtesy accidentals can be chosen as well as the global Show Courtesy Accidentals option of earlier versions of Midilllustrator Courtesy accidentals are now bracketed for clarity Midilllustrator has always identified tuplets accurately when generating scores from MIDI files Midilllustrator Maestro also supports the entry of several tuplet types In general Midilllustrator automatically fills all the silence in a measure Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products 117 Rests with rests Virtual voice guide rests are shown to facilitate multi voice note entry MidilIllustrator Version 2 01 e Improved third party PDF portable document format support Improved List Bar Playlist functions for handling scores not saved ina playlist ready state e Fixed Font redraw quality Details Some notation was not redrawn correctly when Advance Page Turn was deactivated causing periodic blurring of notation until screen redrawn e Fixed Bookmark reference updates on Practice Sessions Details Practice sessions containing bookmark ranges were not properly reset when measures containing bookmarks were removed e Fixed Pitch wheel event order incorrect Details Some events processed in wrong order resulting in incorrect application of subsequent note pitches e Fixed Hidden tracks being selected causing Step by Step mode p
372. lt Notation in Simplified Form Arrange the Score for Piano Automatically Reformat the Score as a Fake Book or Song Lead Sheet Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Automatically Format many Scores at once using the Task Wizard Hide Traditional Staff Notation and Instead Show Staves as a Compact Timeline erformance and Learning Tools Practice Particular Passages with Special Practice Tools Learn Music Step by Step without reading any Notation with the on screen Piano Rapidly Improve your Sight Reading with Note Names displayed next to every Note on the Score o Assign Finger Numbers to Notes either Manually or Automatically Show Finger Numbers on the Keys of the On Screen Keyboard o Practice new Rhythms with the Audio Visual Metronome o Sing along with Accompaniment the Lyrics Light up in Time with the Music o Watch your Score Performed on the Keyboard by Midilllustrator s Performing Hands e Connect and Interact o Connect a MIDI Instrument and Interact with the Music o Remotely Control functions Using Your Connected MIDI Instrument o Create Device Instrument Defaults for New Scores O O O O O O0o0wWwvoo0oo0 o0o0o 0 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 122 Midilllustrator Help o Make the most of your MIDI Device Capabilities Customize the Program Interface o Choose a Theme Color Scheme o Customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard Colors Composing Create and Edit Scores Create a Brand New Score ie Compose and Ed
373. lustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 275 5 21 Help menu The Help menu offers the following commands which provide assistance with Midilllustrator Getting Started Provides guidance on using Midilllustrator for the first time Contents and Index Opens the Contents Index and Find dialog for the Midilllustrator Help Files Purchasing Provides information on purchasing Midilllustrator MidiIllustrator Keyboard Shortcuts Lists the keyboard shortcuts for the various menu commands Web If you wish to purchase a copy of Midilllustrator or to visit the Midilllustrator website click on this command and choose either the Buy Midilllustrator online or the Visit the Midilllustrator website tab and as long as you are already connected to the internet you will be directed to the appropriate web page Send Email If you wish to email the Midilllustrator Support Team regarding the purchase of Midilllustrator or with product support and or general questions click on this command and choose the relevant tab This will open the email dialog box and the address box will be completed automatically for you Registration Details When you have purchased a licence for the full version of Midilllustrator use this dialog to register your licence details About MidiIllustrator Displays the copyright notice and version number of your copy of Midilllus
374. lustrator com Lyrics menu The Lyrics menu will only appear when a lyric has been selected As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Lyrics are displayed as rich text objects which can be edited directly in place on the score and font formatting is possible using the format toolbar which appears when editing a Lyric Keyboard Shortcuts exist for quick access to these commands The menu offers the following commands Edit Lyric Allows the editing of selected lyrics Insert New Inserts a new verse at the insertion point Verse Add Edit Next Adds a new lyric at the next possible insertion point to the right of the Lyric current cursor position or if a lyric already exists at that position begins editing that lyric See also the Insertion options in Editing Options to alter this behavior Adds a new lyric at the next possible insertion point to the left of the Add Edit current cursor position or if a lyric already exists at that position begins Previous Lyric editing that lyric See also the Insertion options in Editing Options to alter this behavior Shift Lyric Allows you to quickly shift the selected item s forwards or backwards in the score Delete Lyric s Deletes selected lyrics View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallen
375. m again O Which Midilllustrator product is right for me O What is the difference between the trial and full versions OCan I pay with PayPal OlI m based outside the US and would like to pay by check Can Ido that OI m based inside the US and I want to pay by check Where do I send my check or money order O What kind of product support do I receive when I buy Midilllustrator OCan I buy a copy of Midilllustrator on CD O Back to top Editing the Score Ols it possible to delete rests in the notation O How do I add delete or move individual notes in the score Is there a version which would allow this OThe score looks amp sounds odd after I converted it using the Two Hand Piano Task Why is that O How do you change the size of the font used to identify the notes note names OHow do I adjust the time signature O How do I lower notes a whole octave I play cello and want to print out music in the middle octave Can this be done O I recorded a piece to MIDI in 3 4 time on my digital piano but when I printed it out in Midilllustrator it was scored in 4 4 time Why is that and how do I change the time signature OI have a score which was originally composed in another program and saved as a MIDI file When viewed in Midilllustrator some but not all of the original treble clef guitar staves for notating classical guitar music are printed with a bass clef Why is that Ols there any way that I can combine a series
376. ment The piano instruments are the following General MIDI instruments Acoustic Grand Piano Bright Acoustic Piano Electric Grand Piano Honky tonk Piano Electric Piano 1 Electric Piano 2 DAuRWNH Read more about the Convert to Two Hand Piano task here Task Wizard Note Care should be taken when enabling this option as not all MIDI devices consider instrument patches 1 6 to be pianos As a result staves may be unnecessarily removed from your songs when converting to two hand piano Furthermore the melody line of a typical MIDI file song is often not played by a piano instrument and yet the melody noted should still appear in a solo piano arrangement of the piece In this case removing a staff simply because it is originally for a flute or any instrument other than a piano is incorrect Experimenting with this option both on and off is recommended Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 274 5 19 8 10 5 20 Midilllustrator Help View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com File types Command Location Tools Menu Program Options File Types Tab The File Types tab allows you to control how Windows behaves when working with MIDI and Karaoke files Specifically you can choose to associate MIDI and Karaoke files with Midilllustrator Associating is a Windows term which refers to the way in which diff
377. ment and other properties then you might try Selecting Entire Staves in Power Edit Mode instead In addition within the Staff Display Window the following buttons may be used to hide or to mute selected staves Using the check box columns marked overhead with a cross x and a speaker selected staves can be hidden shown and muted unmuted The first column is the hide show function and the second the mute function 1 fica Words MAMA Piann efth Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 180 Midilllustrator Help View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 5 1 1 MIDI Configuration Command Location Staves Menu Staff Manager This dialog allows you to change the underlying MIDI properties of a file e g the MIDI device or the instrument for a selected staff or staves Any changes made will be reflected in the Staff Display Window Device Channel Transpose note sounds only Instrument Patch Assuming more than one device is available others can be selected using this drop down box To change the list of devices see the MIDI Playback tab in Program Options If you select the Default Device entry in the list then Midilllustrator will always use the default playback device as chosen in the MIDI Playback tab in Program Options Whenever you change this default playback device Midilllustrator will automatically play any scores with the
378. mple automatic selection of voice when you alter the length of a note so that it overlaps other notes See more about the different MidiIllustrator Modes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 9 Rests menu The rests menu will only appear when a rest has been selected As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 208 Midilllustrator Help 5 10 Vertical Position Raises or lowers the vertical position of the selected rest s by roughly the height of a single staff line Duration Allows you to change the duration of selected rests The duration of the rests can be modified incrementally using the Duration Increase Decrease commands If you would like Midilllustrator to include dotted durations in the choice of increased or decreased durations see the Include dots when incrementing duration of selection option in Editing options Delete Read about the different ways to remove rest groups fromthe score Essentially the typical delete and backspace commands apply to the nearest rest at the cursor position Edit Mode or to all rests at the cursor position Performance Mode when the Shift key is depressed when deleting View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midill
379. mported from a MIDI file as they were originally performed as long as Play Imported MIDI as Originally Performed is checked Perform Menu View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Other Ways to Capture Your Music Command Location Tools Menu Edit Mode is for full scale score composition Within Edit Mode there are 3 sub modes for working with your scores in different ways e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode Jy Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help Normal Entry e Recording a Real Time Performance e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Mouse Entry Power Edit In contrast to Performance Mode in Edit Mode you have full composing power with the score the ability to add notes modify note pitches durations and so forth When you create a new Score it is initially displayed in Edit Mode Normal Entry Normal Entry Normal Entry affords you all of Midilllustrator s score editing functions The playback cursor which is displayed in Performance Mode is replaced with a special cursor which shows the Entry item a rest or a note depending on how you have configured the Entry item Move the cursor to the desired insert position time and pitch and then use the item Insert commands see Insert Menu to add to the notation If it is possible to insert rath
380. n boxes will be grayed out but they can be selected if Normal or Playback Only has been selected The second drop down box allows you to display the Beat Marks on the e Top Stave e All Staves The third drop down box offers two style options e Static whereby the Beat Marks stay in place as the music is played e Countdown whereby the Beat Marks disappear as they are passed in the score The last drop down box offers two more style options e Markers whereby the Beat Marks are shown with triangular markers e Numbers whereby the Beat Marks are shown as numbers for each beat to help with counting The default setting is Playback Only on the Top Stave with Countdown Note You may wish to view the Beat Marks all the time in which case you would select Visible from the first drop down box and they will be displayed on the score However if you then selected Countdown from the third drop Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 160 Midilllustrator Help 5 4 4 down box the Beat Marks would disappear when they were passed in the score during Playback Therefore if you actually want the Beat Marks to be on display at all times even during Playback make sure you have selected Static in the third drop down box as well as Normal in the first Bookmarks Allows you to customize any Bookmarks which have been placed on the score The default setting is a Curv
381. n editing begins View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 8 5 Recording Options Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Recording Options Tab Recording options determine how Midilllustrator transcribes live MIDI performances recorded into the program You can also determine metronome settings for the recording session Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 268 Midilllustrator Help 5 19 8 6 Choose how you would like Recorded MIDI converted to notation Rules for Metronome Use During Recording The options for converting MIDI played in during a recording session are identical to the options available for converting MIDI files as they are opened and transcribed by Midilllustrator See Transcription Options It may be beneficial to apply more of the available simplification rules when recording however as this will improve the likelihood of clean and tidy notation when interpreting live performance data In general the recording metronome inherits the display and audio settings of the playback metronome MIDI Options However the Intro can be different for the recording metronome Furthermore when selected Always use Metronome when Recording will cause the Metronome to play throughout any recording session highly recommended regardless of the playback Metronome settings View the Help Contents Page Visit the Mi
382. n file as if it had just been opened A copy of the modified score will be saved to disk with a new name based on the chosen suffix The original open file will not be renamed saved or closed Reversing the Task Since a new score is created saved and closed by the Task this command cannot be undone Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 243 5 19 3 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Command Location Tools Menu MIDI and Karaoke files do not generally contain any information about chords or chord progressions Midilllustrator however can intelligently analyse the music to determine which chords are being played in each beat or measure within the score With this information Midilllustrator can then display a combination of chord names and guitar fret graphics above the top stave The resulting chord progression can be very useful for creating Fake Books fbi islody Seciric Guitar azz LT EY ee SESE a ee ee ee eee ee G to oo TTS w write so well But he could play the gui tar like ring ing a bell Go Go How MidiIllustrator analyses Chords When you instruct Midilllustrator to generate chords for your score it will consider the musical content of all of the staves which are visible active at the time of analysis The only exception to this is drum staves th
383. n in the score then you can choose to apply any advanced selection action to just that existing selection rather than a measure staff range Checkbox Use current selection as range Notes in hidden staves will not be selected show or hide staves using the Staff Manager Dialog Once you have made a selection you can apply commands to the selected notes using commands from the Notes Menu General Select all the notes in the range or invert any existing selection Pitch Select all the notes above or below a certain pitch A value of 60 is the MIDI pitch for Middle C Click the Above or Below value to change it to another value between 20 and 100 Chords Select the various parts of a chord A chord is a group of notes e of identical duration e ina single timespan e in a single staff This selection criteria is useful for picking out melody or harmony notes in a chord or range of chords Tie Notes Select tie notes or parts of tie note sequences View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 2 2 13 Transpose All or Part of the Score Things to do with Midilllustrator Command Location Measures Menu Transpose The Transpose dialog allows you to transpose the notes in some or all of the measures in the score If you would like to transpose only note sounds as they are played but leave notes where they are on
384. n score Close All Closes all open scores Revert to Saved Closes an open score without saving changes made and reopens the last saved copy All changes since you last saved the score will be lost Print Prints the current score Quick Print Parts Instruments Staves In order to print certain parts instruments staves in a single step use the quick print facility Print Preview Print Preview is the same as Page View Displays the score on the screen as it will appear when printed Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 126 Midilllustrator Help 5 1 1 Printing Options Exit Allows you to choose print formatting options such as paper size and orientation margins and layout Exits Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com File Open Save command As well as offering the standard Windows functionality for managing your files Midilllustrator includes some further options for navigating to your favorite file locations As MIDI file collections grow it can become harder to track down particular files quickly Midilllustrator allows you to store a list of favorite folders and jump quickly to those folders with the click of a button This File s Dir Favorite Favorite Set this folder as the default location for song files Quantize MIDI Files as Notated Store Adjusted Tempo This button only appears when you have one
385. n to other items in the score When you zooma Score these items are scaled automatically You can increase or decrease the size of an item relative to other notation items by changing its font size Midilllustrator will still scale your items relatively when you increase the Print Size of the score however if you wish to fix the size of certain fonts so that they do not scale in proportion with the rest of the notation then uncheck the Auto Size in proportion with print size checkbox Note that changing print size is different to zooming For more information on this topic see Zooming vs Print Size Note Information Fonts Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 174 Midilllustrator Help There are two Note Information fonts used to display Note Names and Finger Numbers on the score e Note Information Inside Left of note used when Note Names Finger Numbers are shown with their owner note e Note Information Outside staff used when Note Names Finger Numbers are shown with their owner note For both of these fonts the font size is constrained in order to ensure that the note names do not overlap the surrounding notation Change the zoom or the Print Size to increase the size of note names finger numbers along with note head sizes Similarly the size of Guitar Frets is fixed and managed by Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 4 5
386. nce Mode when the Shift key is depressed when deleting Note that tie notes and tuplets are treated differently when deleted See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Reset Original Values Reverses any changes made to selected notes and returns them of Note to their original values Original refers to the qualities the note had when it was originally notated from a MIDI file the raw data Note Beams and Custom Beaming Beams are handled automatically by Midilllustrator Understanding How Instructions are Interpreted Depending on the Current Midilllustrator Mode Note This information only applies to certain versions of the program Jy When you make changes to notes individually or as a group the final result will depend on a number of factors most importantly the current Mode In Performance Mode Midilllustrator will automatically try to present the music as clearly as possible when you edit the notation using Notes menu commands The effect of the note editing commands is tempered by the Transcription Options of the score you are editing For instance if you have opted to simplify the presentation of the music by forcing chords or preventing tie notes then these presentation guidelines will override manual editing changes However in Edit Mode your instructions will be followed very closely by Midilllustrator with little or no automatic correction or intuitive decision making for exa
387. nctions Improved Hide Upper Lower Voice Rests Improved Score Layout Apply Now buttons which update your score instantly when you make changes to dialog controls without requiring you to close the current interface dialog are now available on the following dialogs e Score Options e Score Titles e Staff Manager Staff Manager also has a new layout The Program Options dialog includes new tabs e Keyboard Options for configuring the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Program Colors hosting reorganized color management items from the Color tab in the Score Options dialog Lyrics bookmarks chords frets free text and expressions can all be shifted backwards and forwards in the score using new menu commands and Keyboard Shortcuts e When inserting Next Previous items such as Lyrics Bookmarks etc optionally include measure beats as Next Previous cursor insert locations e When shifting items such as Lyrics Bookmarks etc Forward or Back optionally include measure beats as cursor insert locations Free Text Items are rich text objects which can be positioned anywhere in the score providing a great alternative to Lyrics and Bookmarks Moreover these objects can be anchored to the measure page or staff so that they move relative to the score as it changes e The Metronome Light now displays the beat count numerically in order to help with counting and rhythm exercises e The flashing effect of the metronome is now more confi
388. nd a little strange after being converted using the Two Hand Piano Task Why is that A The two hand piano Task tries to rearrange the music in the score for solo piano Generally the results are very good but Midilllustrator cannot always produce perfect arrangements as there are many difficult decisions to make in this process Listed below are the exact steps performed by Midilllustrator in this task e Merge all of the tracks in the score into a single track e Split the track automatically into left and right hand tracks using an advanced set of musical analysis rules e Set the MIDI device on each track to the default MIDI playback device e Set the MIDI Instrument Patch on each track to General MIDI Instrument Acoustic Grand Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software FAQ Frequently Asked Questions 307 Piano 1 and e Rename the tracks accordingly Midilllustrator does not ignore any instruments in the task in case they are integral to the piece The exception here is drum tracks see below If you know that there is content in the score which should not be considered for a piano solo arrangement then you can greatly improve results of this task by first deleting the track containing this content using the Track Manager from the Tracks menu You can hit the F1 key when the Track Manager is open for more information on deleting tracks This popular task has been improved to automatically handle drum trac
389. nd or pan instructions will always be anchored to a particular staff as well as a particular time since these MIDI instructions are staff specific This type of item will not be visible if the anchor staff is hidden and it will move if for example other measures are inserted or deleted earlier in the score Items anchored in this way appear in all views 2 Anchored To Time Expressions which contain MIDI tempo instructions will be anchored to the highest visible staff in the measure at the given time since tempo changes apply to the entire score This type of item will always be visible even if staves are hidden or measures are compressed and it will move if for example other measures are inserted or deleted earlier in the score Items anchored in this way appear in all views Moving Expressions When selected a link between an anchored item and its anchor is displayed using dotted lines A single expression can be selected and dragged with the mouse to a new position on the score Its new position is always considered relative to its anchor s position If the anchor moves so will the item Parts of the Expression Description Dialog Expression The expression list contains a range of common musical expressions List including e Dynamics e Metronome Tempos e Tempo Marks e Tempo Alterations e Mood Marks e Articulations e Miscellaneous Click a tab above the list to see the desired expression type Expression Fonts Most ex
390. nds will move the playback cursor and then restart playback from the new cursor location Shortcuts are available for each command Opens the Goto dialog box and enables you to select the Bookmark Page or Measure that you wish to find and will take you to that part of the score View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Window View amp Scroll View versus Page View Window View and Scroll View versus Page View Midilllustrator can format and display the current score in three quite different ways In summary Window View Scroll View Editing Window View displays the score on the screen making full use of the size of the monitor screen It formats the score to make the best use of your screen real estate Ideal for performances It is nota representation of how the score will appear when printed see Page View below This viewing mode is designed especially for editing It applies the same rules for layout as Window view except that the format for the score is a single system which scrolls Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 139 horizontally across the page This makes editing much simpler as the dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit e g staff height do not result in constant reformatting of the score Page View Print Preview Page View is essentially the same as Print Preview T
391. ng pages as you go Accompany music in a different key Midilllustrator optionally transposes MIDI input on the fly as it is redirected to the device of your choice Play in one key whilst accompanying a MIDI file playback sequenced in another key Connect a MIDI Instrument and interact with the music What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Remotely Control functions Using Your Connected MIDI Instrument Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI Shortcut Keys Tab MIDI Shortcut Keys allow you to control many of Midilllustrator s functions using your connected MIDI instrument such as a MIDI keyboard as a remote control Note The MIDI Shortcut Keys Tab is not available in some modes during playback Step by Step Mode Practise Session Instead of using the mouse or keyboard you can input certain commands using your MIDI instrument Midilllustrator will listen for notes entered in this way and will carry out commands accordingly Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 53 Note that for MIDI Shortcut Keys to work you must have connected MIDI instrument connected and configured for use by MidiIllustrator and you must be listening for MIDI Input on a MIDI In device Note Try not to use shortcut key pitches which you will often use during performances or
392. ng playback on the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Midilllustrator can show animated Performing Hands performing your score over the On Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Screen Piano Keyboard Automatic Fingering Analysis Automatic Fingering Analysis is an advanced feature in Midilllustrator which performs a customizable analysis of the notation in your scores and accordingly assigns finger numbers to each note and chord Fingering analysis is customizable to help you assign the right finger numbers easily and quickly for a selection of notes or the whole score See also notes on Obtaining the Best Analysis Possible Choose what to analyze Options Choose an instrument fingering If a note range is selected in the score when the fingering analysis dialog is opened Midilllustrator will check the Current selection only checkbox In this case finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another and relative to other notes nearby in the score Ignore unselected notes when calculating With this option finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes surrounding the selection This allows you to set fingering for a particular melody or musical idea without having other notes influence Midilllustrator s fingering calculations You can choose to analyze
393. ngs to do with Midilllustrator 2 2 3 3 Notes are entered by positioning the cursor to the desired insertion point and selecting the entry pitch from the screen fretboard using the left mouse button When the left mouse button is released the note is added Holding down the Shift key whilst entering notation will result in rest entry rather than note entry The duration of the note or rest added is determined by the entry item qualities and should be set before entering a new item Chord notes can be added in exactly the same way as with the mouse or computer keyboard holding the Control key down whilst clicking notes on the on screen piano will keep the cursor in the current time position ready for adding another note to the current chord Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Record a Real Time Performance Command Location Perform Menu The record tool allows you to capture a real time performance froma connected MIDI device The performance is instantly converted to notation using your Recording Options rules and is added directly to your score Recording is possible only in Edit Mode Norma
394. njunction with the following two commands e Staff Tools e Hide Empty Staves You can choose to show or hide the Staff Tools on the left of the first system on each page of the score A set of Staff Tools is shown for each staff or staff in the score If however you have chosen to hide staves which are empty see Hide Empty Staves below then a given staff may be hidden in which case the Staff Tools cannot be shown for that particular staff In order to ensure that you can always access the Staff Tools for all staves when you have opted to Hide Empty Staves you should enable the item Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible This will ensure that all the staves in the first system of each page will be visible whether empty or not and their corresponding Staff Tools will also be shown You can choose to display or to hide the names of the staves and the associated instruments on the screen and printed page using the Show Namings check box The box is checked by default as many users like to see this detail on the score but there are times when you may wish to hide the names e g if you wanted to fit more of the score onto the screen printed page This option overrides all of the other Name settings in the Staff Dialog tab The Window View and the Printer and Page View dialogs allow you to customise the Window View and the Printer Page Views respectively Each dialog allows changes to be made to a the First
395. ns Show Dialog when Allows you show hide the Step by Step dialog upon start up starting Step by Step Mode The dialog can also be switched on and off in the Step by Step tab of Program Options Play Step Note Sounds This option enables you to hear the sounds of the notes in with Cursor Left Right each chord by moving the cursor through the piece note by Actions note or chord by chord using the left and right cursor keys on your computer keyboard This is a useful tool if you are learning a new piece and wish to familiarise yourself with the note sounds Show Future Notes in As well as highlighting the keyboard keys that should be played each Step immediately this option also highlights the keys that are to be played one step ahead the Future Notes Midilllustrator displays the Future Notes in lighter colors than the colors used for the immediate notes If you are learning a new piece this can be very useful as the Future Notes give you advanced warning of where your hands should be in order to play the next note or notes thereby speeding up the learning process dramatically Jump to User Input MidilIllustrator is able to analyse the notes you are entering with a MIDI Instrument attached to your computer When these notes are received Midilllustrator scans the score to determine if you e are playing at the current Step by Step position Shown with a dotted red rectangle around notes on the selected staves OR e you have
396. ns where a slur cannot be drawn the slur will be automatically deleted To remove a slur select the either the first or last note in the slur range and choose the Delete Slur command Connecting notes of the same pitch creating ties is detailed above in Ties See also Keyboard Shortcuts Finger numbers can be assigned to notes and chords in one of three ways Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts 287 Manual and e Manually using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Automatic Shortcuts e Automatically for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts without the need to open the Fingering Analysis dialog e Automatically for the entire score a range of staves ora note selection using the Fingering Analysis dialog Valid finger numbers are from 1 to 5 starting with the thumb 1 on each hand through to the pink 5 To assign fingering manually to one or more notes Select the notes to be updated and apply the finger command 1 5 To remove any fingering apply finger command 0 To assign fingering automatically to one or more notes Select the notes to be updated and choose an automatic fingering command e Automatic Fingering Finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another and relative to other notes nearby in the score e Automatic Fingering Ignore Unselected Surrounding Notes Finger numbers are assi
397. nt Rallentando Software GRANT OF LICENSE AND TERM DISCLAIMER RESTRICTIONS COPYRIGHT REDISTRIBUTION GRANT OF LICENSE AND TERM This license agreement pertains to ALL products in the Midilllustrator range The Midilllustrator product range is shareware The Evaluation version available for download from the Midilllustrator homepage is not functionally limited in any way However its use is restricted to 30 thirty operations meaning that after you have executed the program 30 times it will cease to function At this time you must register the software in order to continue using it or remove it completely from your computer You must NOT distribute the registered versions of Midilllustrator products nor their registration details code user name EXCEPT under the Transfer Arrangement as described in the REDISTRIBUTION section DISCLAIMER THIS SOFTWARE IS MADE AVAILABLE AS IS AND WITHOUT WARRANTIES AS TO PERFORMANCE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED NO WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IS OFFERED THE USER MUST ASSUME THE ENTIRE RISK OF USING THE PROGRAM RESTRICTIONS You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the Software except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation COPYRIGHT Midilllustrator products Midilllustrator Maestro Midilllustrator Virtuoso Midilllustrator Player are Copyr
398. nt will take precedence and dropped pasted content will not be added Inserting Dragged Copied Measures Alt Key held during Mouse Drag Drop or Insert amp Paste menu command By default Midilllustrator does not create new measures for pasted or dropped selections in Power Edit mode dropped or pasted ranges either replace or merge with existing notation However with the Insert amp Paste command Midilllustrator will create new measures prior to pasting dropping copied range meaning that existing notation shifted forwards as the score is lengthened to make room for the new dropped pasted content When choosing a drop point with the mouse holding the Alt key will display the insert point with arrows instead of the usual drop range Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software z Midilllustrator Help 5 19 2 Note that for new measures to be inserted the following criteria must be satisfied e the Select Entire Bars option must be enabled e all dragged copied measures must be the same length time signature and must be the same length time signature of the measure at the insert point the time signature of any measures created by the insert action will also be the same as the time signature of the measure at the insert point Deleting the Selection Using the delete or backspace key when a selection has been made will delete all notation in the range but will leave the measure staff
399. nts which alter playback performance Specifically you can make changes to e Tempo e Volume or Velocity of notes e Pan the separation of the playback across the left and right stereo channels Anchors and MIDI Playback Changes Tempo events associated with an expression will be applied to all staves in the score Volume and Pan events associated with expression will be applied to only the staff to which they are anchored Synchronize tempo with expression text If this option is enabled when you update the tempo metronome values in the expression text Midilllustrator will attempt to synchronize the values in the tempo controls with the new text value This synchronization is also attempted in reverse when values change in the tempo controls See also Free Text View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Add and Remove Staves Using the Staff Manager Command Location Staves Menu The Staff Manager displays information about all the staves in the score and allows you to 1 Change the underlying MIDI properties of each staff in the score MIDI Configuration Tab N Ww Alter the staff display and playback features Display and Playback Tab Assign the instrument playing hand to be used when calculating fingering and showing Performing Hands on the On Screen Piano Keyboard Display and Playback Tab Midilllustrator will initially assign a hand to use when fin
400. o add and modify existing meter values e Midilllustrator can intelligently reorganize music in the score as necessary to allow time signature insertions which would otherwise upset the existing rhythmic structure of the music Transpose Dialog new features e Easier to use with numbered steps now with quick Octave Up Down buttons e Existing Chords Guitar Frets automatically recalculated based on the newly transposed notation when the transposition is complete Clef and Key Dialogs e New key and clef selection controls for faster score changes Import New options to control how Midilllustrator manages MIDI tracks Options staves during import or editing Playback Playback Options are now program specific and no longer score specific Options New New Horizontal scrollbar allows horizontal scrolling in Page View as Horizontal well as page number changing in Window View Scroll Bar Menus and Menus and Toolbars have been reorganized to allow easier orientation Toolbars of the program All the commands from previous versions of Midilllustrator are still available but some have relocated to new menus toolbars screen positions for example the Setup menu is now the Tools menu MidiIllustrat or Maestro Version 1 00 ONLY New Description Feature Composing Beyond the single step smart notation power of Midilllustrator and Editing Virtuoso Midilllustrator Maestro introduces a suite of composition with Edit
401. o customise some of Midilllustrator s general features You can for example set Midilllustrator to automatically open the last file that you were working on as it starts up At startup open launch screen When you select this option Midilllustrator will display the launch screen when it starts up allowing you quick and easy access to the program s most common activities or When you select this option Midilllustrator will restore last session automatically restore the set of scores that you were last working on when it starts up Open score transcription Midilllustrator can wizard for MIDI Karaoke automatically make all the files decisions necessary to convert your MIDI and Karaoke files into notation Alternatively you can use the Score Transcription Wizard to have Midilllustrator arrange the file s musical content in a particular way by selecting from a list of custom presentation modes Depending on the style of the music this can have a dramatic effect on readability When the Open Score Transcription Wizard box is checked Midilllustrator will automatically open the Score Transcription Wizard when you open a Karaoke file ora MIDI file Open lead sheet conversion Check this box if you would dialog for Karaoke files like the Song Lead Sheet dialog to open automatically when you select a karaoke file which contains lyrics Warnings Show General Messages General Warning Messages are display
402. o play a particular group of drum instruments If a given staff is using Channel 10 then Midilllustrator will assume it contains drum notes For more information see the MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments section Transpose This drop down box enables you to transpose only the note sounds ona selected staff See Transpose note sounds in the MIDI Configuration section of the Staff Manager Dialog for more information Bank 0 Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Coarse Adjust Method 0 For more information see Bank Select Bank 32 Allows you to access different banks on the current MIDI device using the Fine Adjust Method 32 For more information see Bank Select Volume Level The volume level can be changed using the slide control The range is 0 muted to 127 maximum volume The default setting for MIDI files that do not specify a value for volume is 64 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 195 Pan A pan setting of 64 means that the stereo balance is equal on the left and right channels and this is the default behaviour for MIDI files that do not specify a value for pan You may wish to change the stereo balance so that it is higher or lower on one side using the slide control The lower the number the more the balance is on the left channel and conversely the higher the number the more the balance is on the right channel Audition When an instrument h
403. oard during playback fingering must be assigned to notes before they can be played e edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors e Highlight Middle C on the On Screen Piano Keyboard for easier orientation For further information see the On Screen Piano Keyboard section Allows you to e show hide the On Screen Guitar Fretboard OSF e dock the fretboard in position e toggle between the full size OSF and the cropped OSF e show note names on the OSF strings e edit the fretboard colors For further information see the On Screen Guitar Fretboard section Allows you to show hide and dock undock the Metronome Light You may also edit the metronome light flashing colors in the Program Colors dialog Allows you to zoom in and out of the score Note that zooming does not change the actual printing size of the notation it simply alters the magnification of the score on the screen For more information see Zooming vs Print Size Once you have found a zoom setting you are happy with this can be set as your Preferred Zoom also available a command from the Toolbars amp Zoom toolbar Allows you to navigate the score by reference to Page Measure Staff System and Item Cursor Navigation During Playback Whilst playing the score holding down the Control key during the main navigation commands will move the playback cursor and then restart playback from the new cursor location Shortcuts are a
404. ocessed in wrong order resulting in incorrect application of subsequent note pitches e Fixed Hidden tracks being selected causing Step by Step mode problems Details Tracks could still be selected when hidden causing cursor to vanish temporarily e Fixed Measure contents deletion error Details Notes crossing deleted measure range were not completely deleted with measure range removal e Fixed MIDI Notes Off command not sent at correct time Details All Notes Off MIDI command sent too soon after MIDI stream completed causing notes to continue sounding after playback ended on some external MIDI devices Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 33 Midilllustrator Help e Minor bug fixes to score layout e Updated Midilllustrator Setup Installer e Updated product documentation MidiIllustrator Version 2 00 New Feature List Bar Smart Page Scrolling Full Screen Listening Step by Step Input Analysis 6 New Clefs Edit the Time Signature Editable Barlines including Repeat sections Print Scores to Image Files Split Measures Join Measures New Toolbars Description The List Bar contains four powerful tools for managing and working with your music including e Playlists full featured song jukebox Create a list of songs and Midilllustrator will open show and play each in turn e Browser Access your music quickly with this on screen song folder viewer e Score
405. ode it is assumed that playback is essentially used for auditioning changes and for this reason playback will end automatically when the last note in the score has been played More About this Mode Read more about what happens when you first start working with an existing song in Edit Mode Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help 2 2 2 1 The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here The Editing Palettes contain many of the key commands and settings for Edit Mode View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Add Notation Quickly using Context Sensitive Entry Command Location Insert Menu Setting Entry Item Qualities The Insert menu lists all the commands available for setting the qualities for note and rest entry These commands are also available on program toolbars when the Editing Palettes are displayed Keyboard shortcuts also provide a very quick route to configuring the entry item Entry item qualities are only relevant to Edit Mode Normal Entry Mouse Entry Power Edit when Midilllustrator is ready to entry new notation and the cursor is positioned on the score These entry item qualities will be applied to each new item when it is created However Midilllustrator wil
406. of ways before you print them Here are just a few common tasks to get started with e Reorganize the score layout to get more or less music onto the page e Choose print formatting options such as paper and margins size e Choose Colors Textures and Backgrounds for your score What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator 25 2 3 4 1 Quickly print selected parts instruments staves Command Location File Menu To save time when you wish to print only certain parts instruments staves in the score the quick print facility is a speedy alternative to using Staff Manager and other tools to format the score in order to print each part To use the quick print dialog simply select the staves you would like to print from the list staves which are currently shown on the score will be automatically selected Hold down the CONTROL key to select multiple staves You can toggle the printing of e Measure Numbers and the printing of the following items if the current score contains them e Bookmarks Chord Names Guitar Frets Free Text Expressions For printing of more advanced arrangements see Staff Manager and or the Create Lead Sheets and Fake Books options on the Tools Menu View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http
407. of which works you have recently viewed You can also monitor your practice sessions as each entry is dated View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Tools menu The Tools menu offers the following commands Modes Choose the mode for working with your score e Performance Mode e Layout Mode e Edit Mode 2 o Normal Entry o Mouse Entry o Power Edit Task Wizard Opens the Task Wizard Wizard The Wizard will guide you through the steps involved in applying the Tasks outlined below to your scores Convert Score to Two Arranges the current score as a piano solo part Hand Piano You can apply this command to multiple scores simultaneously with a Task See the Task Wizard for further detail on this and other tasks Optimises the score layout for a particular purpose Generates scores which show a combination of the following core features Create Lead Sheets melody lyric chord names and guitar frets and Fake Books See the Task Wizard for further detail on this and other tasks Tasks Options Opens the Tasks Options dialog Generate Chord Names Analyses the score to determine the chord keys of each measure and Guitar Frets and beat and displays chord names and guitar frets above the top stave You can apply this command to multiple scores simultaneously Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 2 5 19 1 Remove Al
408. og Command Location Staves Menu The Staff Manager displays information about all the staves in the score and allows you to 1 Change the underlying MIDI properties of each staff in the score MIDI Configuration Tab 2 Alter the staff display and playback features Display and Playback Tab 3 Assign the instrument playing hand to be used when calculating fingering and showing Performing Hands on the On Screen Piano Keyboard Display and Playback Tab Midilllustrator will initially assign a hand to use when fingering a given staff based on an analysis of the clefs used in the staff 4 Edit the staff namings Staff Namings Tab 5 reorder add copy and remove staves Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 179 The Staff Manager dialog is made up of three tabs MIDI Configuration Display and Playback and Staff Namings and a Staff Display Window The window lists each of the staves contained within the MIDI file and displays their details Apply Apply The Apply button applies all of the changes made to the staff staves Now without the need to close the dialog box by hitting the OK button E g If you hide a selected staff and rearrange the order of the remaining staves these changes will not be reflected on the score until you press the Apply button If you would like your changes to be made immediately use The Apply Now button When this button is used any changes made to the staves will be reflect
409. oint size of the font used to print the score It has no effect in Window View but in Page View the larger the font the longer the score will become as the number of pages increases to accommodate the larger systems required to house the larger notes etc Print size can be configured in the Print Layout section of the Score Options dialog Print size changes may or may not be relative to Font sizes for certain items depending on how you configure individual score Fonts ZOOMING PRINT SIZE Window View Scroll View Increases or decreases the No effect size of the notation on the screen Increases or decreases the number of pages in the score Page View Print Preview Increases or decreases the Increases or decreases the size of each page as it is size of the font that displayed on the screen Midilllustrator will use to print Increases or decreases the the score As you increase the size of the notation in font size the notation proportion to the size of the becomes larger and fewer page Has no effect on the systems measures can be number of pages or the fitted on to each page layout of systems and measures on each page View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Hide Notation Show Timeline Command Location View Menu This command allows you to temporarily hide traditional staff notation on the score and instead show staves as a much more compact timeline This
410. olors used to show which keys are being pressed during playback such as left and right hand piano playback keys via the Keyboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog Full Size You can switch between displaying a Full Size Keyboard 88 keys and a Keyboard cropped display of the centre four octaves of the keyboard two octaves on Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus s either side of Middle C foes Read more about the On Screen Piano Keyboard Performing Hands Show Note Names Highlight This will place a small marker on Middle C to assist with finding your place Middle C on the keyboard These can be displayed A G or using Solfege note names Menu Commands You can access the keyboard s menu of commands via the View Menu or by right clicking anywhere on the keyboard The Keyboard Menu commands allow you to e show hide the On Screen Piano OSP Keyboard dock the OSP keyboard in position toggle between the full size OSP keyboard and the cropped keyboard show note names on the OSP keyboard keys These can be displayed A G or using Solfege note names show finger numbers on the OSP keyboard keys during playback finger numbers must be assigned to notes before the finger number can be shown on keys as they are played show hide Performing Hands on the keyboard during playback fingering must be assigned to notes before they can be played edit the keyboard colors including piano key hi
411. ols is shown for each staff or staff in the score If however you have chosen to hide portions of staves which are empty see Hide Empty Portions of Staves below then the first system of a given staff may be hidden in which case the Staff Tools cannot be shown for that particular staff In order to ensure that you can always access the Staff Tools for all staves when you have opted to Hide Empty Portions of Staves you should enable the item Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible This will ensure that all the staves in the first system of each page will be visible whether empty or not and their corresponding Staff Tools will also be shown Show All Staves Now inc empty Show all hidden staves and also show empty portions portions of those staves Hide Completely Empty Staves Now Hides makes inactive all staves which contain no music lyrics or other musical information Hide Empty Portions of Staves Shows Hides Empty portions of Active Staves When a piece of music contains empty staves i e staves that do not contain any notes Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 178 Midilllustrator Help lyrics bookmarks chord names or guitar frets Midilllustrator gives you the option to hide these empty portions so they no longer appear on the score Note that this is not the same as hiding a staff If you hide a staff or MIDI track none of its corresponding staves will be shown in the score empty o
412. om Allows you to zoom in and out of the score Note that zooming does not change the actual printing size of the notation it simply alters the magnification of the score on the screen For more information see Zooming vs Print Size Once you have found a zoom setting you are happy with this can be set as your Preferred Zoom also available a command from the Toolbars amp Zoom toolbar Navigation Commands Allows you to navigate the score by reference to Page Measure Staff System and Item Cursor Navigation During Playback Whilst playing the score holding down the Control key during the main navigation commands will move the playback cursor and then restart playback from the new cursor location Shortcuts are available for each command Go Directly to Score Location Opens the Goto dialog box and enables you to select the Bookmark Page or Measure that you wish to find and will take you to that part of the score View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Show the On Screeen Piano Keyboard Command Location View Menu Keyboard The On Screen Piano Keyboard will highlight notes and chords from the current score It can be used as an aid to reading and playing the score especially solo piano music allowing you to quickly and easily visualize chord shapes and fingering In Edit Mode notes can added directly to your score with Note Entry via the On Screen P
413. on e Updated Midilllustrator Setup Installer Midilllustrator Version 1 00 First public release Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 120 Midilllustrator Help View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Contents 121 4 Contents What s new in this version Getting Started e Getting Started e What can you do with Midilllustrator e Opening and Viewing Scores Creating a Brand New Score Jy Printing the Score Configuring Sound and Playing Back Scores Finding Music Files on the Internet About the Different MidiIllustrator Products e Compare the Different Midilllustrator Products e Midilllustrator Version History what s new in this version Things to do with MidilIllustrator Performing Practice Print and Play e Learn More About How Midilllustrator Converts MIDI to Notation e Configure Sound and Play Back Scores e Open Display and Print Scores o Open and View Scores Display the Score In Different Ways Choose Colors Textures and Backgrounds for Your Score Adjust the Score Layout Using Layout Mode Print the Score Quickly print selected parts instruments staves e Find Music Files on the Internet e Save and Manage your Scores e Playback the Score o Create and Play a Score Playlist o Scroll and Fade in the Next Page Advance Page Turn e Tasks to Transform Your Scores Automatically Present Difficu
414. on Ending Playback e As stated above in the barlines section when playing back Midilllustrator only considers repeats which begin at or before the playback starting position Furthermore when playback begins inside an ending measure playback will continue from that point and will not play any measures earlier than the ending measure in which playback began To hear a given ending played in the context of the whole score you must begin playback from the start of the score or the start of the repeat loop which hosts the ending measure 3 in the example above For the sake of simplicity bar repeat instructions within endings greater than 1 will be ignored during playback i e if measure 7 in the example above contained a Repeat Close barline then it would be ignored If endings are not properly formed or repeat open close barlines are incomplete in a score then they will be ignored during playback and each measure in the score will instead be played in sequence View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Copy and Paste Notation to from the Clipboard Command Location Edit Menu Using the Midilllustrator clipboard you can cut copy and paste notation from one part of the score to another or even to another score Keyboard Shortcuts exist for these commands These commands are only available in Edit Mode All kinds of notation can be copied and pasted from one part of the score to
415. on criteria is useful for picking out melody or harmony notes ina chord or range of chords Tie Notes Select tie notes or parts of tie note sequences View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com View menu The View menu offers the following commands Window View Displays the score on the screen making full use of the size of the monitor screen It is nota representation of how the score will appear when printed see page view below but it makes the best use of your screen real estate Page View Print Preview Page View is the same as Print Preview This view allows you to evaluate the score prior to sending it to print and therefore to adjust the page layout or printer set up as desired before printing The score is displayed on the screen as it will appear printed using the current printer setup and page layout Scroll View Editing This viewing mode applies the same rules for layout as Window view except that the format for the score is a single system which scrolls horizontally along the page This makes editing much simpler as the dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit eg staff height do not result in constant reformatting of the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 137 Hide Staff Notation Show Timeline Toolbars Status Bar Display Solfege Note Names Full Screen Keyboard
416. on in this or another score and paste the previous selection into the score For fast transfer of selections from one part of the score to another click and hold the left mouse button over the existing selection Hold the left button down and drag the selection to the new drop location As you move the drop area is highlighted in a different color to individuate it from the drag selection Only valid compatible drop areas will be highlighted A compatible drop area is one which has exactly the same measure structure as the drag area ie all measure lengths as the same Releasing the mouse button will drop the selection in its new location Holding down the Control key will copy the existing selection rather than moving it Replacing vs Merging with Existing Notation Power Edit Menu Option Select from the Power Edit Menu either of the following paste options e Paste amp Replace When pasting or dragging any existing content will be overwritten by the new content If pasting beyond the last measure in a score Midilllustrator will automatically extend the score to accommodate the new content e Paste amp Merge When pasting or dragging any existing content will where possible be merged by the new content If pasting beyond the last measure in a score Midilllustrator will automatically extend the score to accommodate the new content Where pasted content conflicts with existing content eg conflicting voices the existing conte
417. on off events and all Controller type events such as sustain pedal messages Other Ways to Enter Notes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 220 Midilllustrator Help 5 18 2 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Step by Step Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Step by Step Mode Tab With Step by Step Mode you can step the cursor through the score selecting notes one at a time or in chord groups This command is available in Performance Mode only When you enter Step by Step Mode a dialog will be displayed asking you which staves you would like to include in each step Keyboard players may choose to select a single staff to practice the left or right hand of a piece or they may select two staves to practice hands together The keys for each chord are highlighted on the score and on the keyboard A dashed red box is drawn around the chord s on the score Note names are shown in the status bar You can move backwards and forwards through the score using the cursor keys Each time the cursor moves a new Set of notes will be selected If you have selected the Play Set Note
418. onalized activation details will be emailed to you shortly If you do not receive an authorization email from PayPal or your activation details do not arrive in good time then please firstly ensure that you are able to receive emails from MidilIllustrator com and that you do not have any SPAM blocking software in place Please also ensure that your ISP Internet Service Provider has not intercepted an email from us or PayPal and treated it as junk mail This is the most common cause of missing emails in the ordering process If your activation details have not arrived please contact us to let us know about the ordering problem and we will resolve it immediately Click here to contact us regarding your order Back to FAQ Topic Q How is the full version of MidiIllustrator delivered A Midilllustrator is software you can try at no cost before you buy it To obtain the full version of Midilllustrator you must purchase a license for your copy of the software The easiest way to buy Midilllustrator is with a Credit or Debit Card and takes just a few minutes online This method is guaranteed secure and very quick you receive your purchase almost instantly via email You will be sent personalized activation details with which to activate your existing copy of Midilllustrator We will include instructions on how to do this Back to FAQ Topic Q How do I activate MidiIllustrator A You will be sent some personalized activation details wit
419. onome to play throughout the piece as well as playing an introduction you would also have to tick the Use Metronome throughout playback of score check box If this is left unchecked the metronome will only play the introduction Choose Instrument Opens the Metronome Instrument dialog Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 52 Midilllustrator Help View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com Connect and Interact Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options The MIDI Options dialog allows you to make changes to the following attributes of Midilllustrator e MIDI Out Playback e MIDI In MIDI Echo e Metronome e MIDI Device Sharing e MIDI Shortcut Keys e MIDI Instrument Routing View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Connect a MIDI Instrument and Interact with the Music Interact with the music and have Midilllustrator accompany you as you perform using a MIDI Piano Guitar or other instrument Midilllustrator can redirect MIDI Input to any instrument of any MIDI device using the MIDI Echo feature Instantly redirect MIDI Input to a particular instrument device on a MIDI staff this is useful for quickly performing a certain part in a certain piece In Step by Step Mode Midilllustrator will listen for input from your MIDI instrument and step the cursor music as you play the notes on the screen turni
420. ontrol The lower the number the more the balance is on the left channel and conversely the higher the number the more the balance is on the right channel The first beat in a bar will use the Accented Beat instrument Subsequent beats in that bar will use the Normal Beat instrument The most effective metronome sounds are achieved when you allocate different instruments to the Accented and Normal Beats If for example you choose the Low Wood Block GM instrument 43 for the Accented Beat and the Hi Wood Block GM instrument 42 for the Normal Beat in 4 4 time you would get one Accented Beat the Low Wood Block and three Normal Beats the Hi Wood Block To choose the instrument for each beat select the appropriate tab and then simply select an instrument from the list in the Instrument Display Window When an instrument has been selected from the Instrument Display Window for both the Accented Beat and the Normal Beat press this button to hear the sound of the instruments The Apply button applies all of the changes made without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com MIDI Echo Instrument Dialog Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Instruments The MIDI Echo Instrument dialog allows you to change the properties of the MIDI Echo instrument e g the MIDI Echo device or volume setting Apply Apply Now The Apply button applies all of
421. ooming vs Print Size The print size effectively determines the physical size of the notation relative to the paper you are printing on If you reduce the point figure the entire score will shrink relative to the size of the page and conversely the higher the number the larger the score becomes E g if you increase the figure from 5 to 10 the Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 7 score may jump from its original length of two pages to four pages and if you shrink it the score may go from being two pages long to fitting on half a page Note These values only affect Page View and Printed Pages Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 5 Staves menu The Staves menu offers the following commands Staff Manager Opens the Staff Manager dialog box Choose Staff Instrument Opens the MIDI Staff Instrument Setup dialog box Show Staff Namings Shows Hides the Staff Namings Staff Tools Show Staff Tools Shows Hides the Staff Tools Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible This option is used in conjunction with the following two commands e Show Staff Tools e Hide Empty Portions of Staves You can choose to show or hide the Staff Tools on the left of the first system on each page of the score A set of Staff To
422. op forever This list simply shows a list of all open scores and allows easy switching between them The log contains a history of the last 300 songs opened Double click an item in the list to reopen the song instantly If you are working through a large group of works such as Bach Chorales then the log will help you keep staff Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 1 of which works you have recently viewed You can also monitor your practice sessions as each entry is dated View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 3 6 2 Status Bar with Volume and Tempo Toolbar Command Location View Menu Toolbars Status Bar with Volume amp Tempo Volume and Tempo controls are integrated into the Status bar allowing you to dynamically change the Master volume and Master tempo of a score as it is played back As an alternative you can use the Volume and Tempo keyboard shortcuts to set the Volume and the Tempo at any time You can show a list of Status Bar display options by right clicking on the Status Bar Summary The slider to the left controls the volume To the right the current tempo is displayed in beats per minute When values are changed the new volume tempo is shown in the left of the status bar as a percentage of the score s original volume tempo at the current cursor position These controls are master overrides not absolute
423. option is very useful for producing and printing song sheets which contain only song lyrics or perhaps chords and guitar frets You can dramatically reduce the number of pages in a score if you do not need to see any staff notation or melody lines Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus m Note that this command is just a different way to view the score it only hides notes and other notation temporarily no notation is deleted In this state MidiIllustrator shows the following score items on the timeline e Lyrics e Bookmarks e Chord names e Guitar Frets e Measure Numbers if activated All notes and rests are hidden The following items are also hidden in this state e Clefs e Time signatures e Key signatures e Bar lines including repeats though any repeats are still treated normally e other traditional notation objects which cannot be displayed on the compact timeline When you hide staff notation on the score Midilllustrator also automatically activates the following options e Compress Empty Measures e Hide Empty Portions of Staves These options help to display the most compact score possible you can disable reenable them after showing hiding staff notation If you want to shrink the score yet further then disabling Staff Tools and Staff Namings will often reduce the height of staves on the score If Staff Tools are showing in Window View and the Ensure Staff Tools are
424. opyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help such as Performing Hands Delete Read about the different ways to remove notes from the score Essentially the typical delete and backspace commands apply to the nearest note at the cursor position Edit Mode or to all notes at the cursor position Performance Mode when the Shift key is depressed when deleting Note that tie notes and tuplets are treated differently when deleted See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Reset Original Values Reverses any changes made to selected notes and returns them of Note to their original values Original refers to the qualities the note had when it was originally notated from a MIDI file the raw data Note Beams and Custom Beaming Beams are handled automatically by Midilllustrator Understanding How Instructions are Interpreted Depending on the Current Midilllustrator Mode Note This information only applies to certain versions of the program Jy When you make changes to notes individually or as a group the final result will depend on a number of factors most importantly the current Mode In Performance Mode Midilllustrator will automatically try to present the music as clearly as possible when you edit the notation using Notes menu commands The effect of the note editing commands is tempered by the Transcription Options of the score you are editing For instance if you have opted to simplif
425. or Virtuoso Each Midilllustrator product is two powerful programs wrapped into a single package As well as generating beautiful scores from the many free MIDI files available online all products feature music learning and performance tools as part of a broader music notation package Midilllustrator Maestro builds on the score editing functionality of Midilllustrator Virtuoso Beyond the single step smart notation power of the Midilllustrator Virtuoso Midilllustrator Maestro brings composition to the feature list enabling a world of musical creativity at your fingertips e Capture your musical ideas quickly with context sensitive notation entry e Compose naturally with intuitive keyboard commands and make precision changes with mouse editing functions e Record live performances directly into your scores e Create a brand new score fromthe ground up or modify scores converted originally from MIDI files using powerful copy paste functions and drag drop operations With Midilllustrator Maestro you simply switch seamlessly between editing and performance modes depending on what you want to do with the program One Format for All MidiIllustrator Products The Midilllustrator product range uses a common file format meaning that scores created in one Midilllustrator product can be opened and worked with in all Midilllustrator products View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com
426. or a note selection using the Fingering Analysis dialog Valid finger numbers are from 1 to 5 starting with the thumb 1 on each hand through to the pink 5 To assign fingering manually to one or more notes Select the notes to be updated and apply the finger command 1 5 To remove any fingering apply finger command 0 To assign fingering automatically to one or more notes Select the notes to be updated and choose an automatic fingering command e Automatic Fingering Finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another and relative to other notes nearby in the score e Automatic Fingering Ignore Unselected Surrounding Notes Finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 207 their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes surrounding the selection This allows you to set fingering fora particular melody or musical idea without having other notes influence Midilllustrator s fingering calculations You can read more about automatic fingering analysis and how assigning finger numbers enables other Midilllustrator features such as Performing Hands Delete Read about the different ways to remove notes from the score Essentially the typical delete and backspace commands apply to the nearest note at the cursor position Edit Mode or to all notes at the cursor position Performa
427. or more scores open on the screen When clicked the folder of the currently active score will open This button is disabled when the current folder is the same as the folder of the currently active score Adds the folder shown in the Current Dir window to your list of favorites if it does not already exist Removes the favorite displayed in the Current Dir window Note this does not physically remove the folder only the shortcut is removed When checked Midilllustrator will store a reference to the current folder The first time you use the File Save dialog each time you run Midilllustrator the dialog will move to this folder You can also set this value in the Program Options folders section If you are saving a file in MIDI format and this box is checked Midilllustrator will set the timing of each note in the score to its exact notated value overriding the original value for that note Remember that Midilllustrator does not alter the underlying MIDI performance of an imported MIDI file When you play back a MIDI file you hear the original imported MIDI sequence even though the notation may have been reorganised for enhanced presentation This rule applies to saving files too The note timings in the saved files will always be the same as the values in the original MIDI file unless you use this option to force the MIDI layout to mimic exactly the notation you see on the screen If you have adjusted the Master tempo of the scor
428. or the page beneath the notation Custom score backgrounds allow you to add a personal feel to your Midilllustrator working environment The Midilllustrator launch screen allows you quick and easy access to the program s most common activities Midilllustrator will periodically save changes and make backups of your open scores and can Save your scores in the background so that you can continue working uninterrupted If you have adjusted the Master tempo of the score you are working with you can store the new tempo with the score when you Save it The new undo redo system allows a virtually unlimited number of commands to be undone redone Furthermore Midilllustrator now attempts to retain the current zoom view and mode when undoing redoing to a previous future state rather than restoring the zoom view mode of that other undo state Several new features have been added to the List Bar e Add the current open song to the current Playlist with a single click e Custom List Font The List Bar Font button allows you to seta custom font for display of all text in the List Bar You can for example choose a larger font to make reading froma distance easier e Typing into list cycles list selection to first occurrence of letter typed and displays selected entry and so on with next letter typed e Your preferred list column widths are now stored and restored for each tab in the list bar Column autosizing is a new menu option
429. ords in one of Manual and three ways Automatic e Manually using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts e Automatically for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts without the need to open the Fingering Analysis dialog e Automatically for the entire score a range of staves or a note selection using the Fingering Analysis dialog Valid finger numbers are from 1 to 5 starting with the thumb 1 on each hand through to the pink 5 To assign fingering manually to one or more notes Select the notes to be updated and apply the finger command 1 5 To remove any fingering apply finger command 0 To assign fingering automatically to one or more notes Select the notes to be updated and choose an automatic fingering command e Automatic Fingering Finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another and relative to other notes nearby in the score e Automatic Fingering Ignore Unselected Surrounding Notes Finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes Surrounding the selection This allows you to set fingering for a particular melody or musical idea without having other notes influence Midilllustrator s fingering calculations You can read more about automatic fingering analysis and how assigning finger numbers enables other Midilllustrator features C
430. ore since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes with the Apply button Apply new key to all staves Enables you to change the key on all staves in the piece rather than just the selected staff View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Time Signatures Command Location Measures Menu This tool allows you to change the time signature for a range of measures in the score Midilllustrator can intelligently reorganize music in the score as necessary to allow time signature insertions which would otherwise upset the existing rhythmic structure of the music The time signature dialog allows you to change the time signature e for all the measures on the score e fromthe current measure to the next time signature change e between specific measures Protecting the Existing Rhythmic Structure Time signature changes affect the location of barlines beats and the resulting notation such as beaming and tying In order to limit these effects to only the desired score range Midilllustrator will try to protect existing time signatures ahead of the rhythmic range you are editing This is achieved by extending the score and shifting sections of the music to make room for the new rhythm range rather than simply overwriting any existing meter values For this reason complex time signature changes can result in changes to the timings of individual notes and other not
431. ores originally generated from MIDI songs Some features are available in Midilllustrator Maestro only marked yy J e Create a Brand New Score e Compose and Edit Using Edit Mode JN o Add Notation Quickly using Context Sensitive Entry Jy Modify a Note or a Selection of Notes Make Changes Quickly with Context Sensitive Menus o Add Special Barlines to Control Playback of Efficient Scores Repeat Sections Special Endings o Copy and Paste Notation to from the Clipboard My Make Copies of Complete Staves with the Staff Manager Dialog J o Edit Large Areas of Notation Using Power Edit Mode J o Find Out About Using Edit Mode on an Existing Song Jy e Other Ways to Capture Your Music Jy o Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboard J o Record a Real Time Performance Jy Set Your Recording Options y o Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device Jy o Tap In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard Jy e Create a Template for Future Scores Jy e Add New Measures to the Score J e Set the Score Titles Composer Title Footer etc o Add Fields to Score Titles e g Page Numbers Date etc e Enrich Your score with Rich Text Content including Images and Multimedia Content o Add Moveable Text to Your Score e Modify the MIDI Content in Your Song e Add Notation Expressions which can Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos y Add and Remove Staves Using the Staff Manager Remove a Range of Measures from the Score Select a Range of Notes using Advanc
432. orrect qualities for the new item given its entry context Read more about Context Entry here Delete Read about the different ways to remove note and rest groups from the score Essentially the typical delete and backspace commands apply to the nearest note or rest at the cursor position Edit Mode or to all notes rests at the cursor position Performance Mode when the Shift key is depressed when deleting Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 198 Midilllustrator Help 5 7 1 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Note and Rest Entry Command Location Insert Menu Setting Entry Item Qualities The Insert menu lists all the commands available for setting the qualities for note and rest entry These commands are also available on program toolbars when the Editing Palettes are displayed Keyboard shortcuts also provide a very quick route to configuring the entry item Entry item qualities are only relevant to Edit Mode Normal Entry Mouse Entry Power Edit when Midilllustrator is ready to entry new notation and the cursor is positioned on the score These entry item qualities will be applied to each new item when it is created However Midilllustrator will also try to automatically apply the correct qualities for the new item given its entry context see below The Entry Cursor The current entry item qualities are shown on the Editing Palett
433. ote and chord Fingering analysis is customizable to help you assign the right finger numbers easily and quickly for a selection of notes or the whole score See also notes on Obtaining the Best Analysis Possible Choose what to analyze If a note range is selected in the score when the fingering analysis dialog is opened Midilllustrator will check the Current selection only checkbox In this case finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 1 the context of their position relative to one another and relative to other notes nearby in the score Ignore unselected notes when calculating With this option finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes surrounding the selection This allows you to set fingering for a particular melody or musical idea without having other notes influence MidiIllustrator s fingering calculations You can choose to analyze entire staves or the entire score This will take some time as even a basic analysis is quite demanding on the average PC See Advanced Settings below to configure you own kind of analysis Options Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating Normally existing finger numbers will be ignored in the calculation and will be updated as Midilllustrator sees fit With this option checked however MidiIllustrator will use
434. ote length e Notes in the way of the operation will be shifted as far as possible into the rest space at the end of the measure and the note will be given the desired length if possible e Midilllustrator uses a best possible approach in duration changes If for example you want to increase a quarter note to a whole note duration but there is only room for a half note then the half note value will be set instead of simply failing the operation Shift Notes The Shift commands can be used to move the selected notes in the following ways e Up a staff notes will be moved to the next visible staff above their current staff e Down a staff notes will be moved to the next visible staff below their current staff e Forwards notes will be nudged to the right by a small amount e Backwards notes will be nudged to the left by a small amount In all cases note durations are unchanged See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Synchronise Selected Allows the synchronization of selected notes by attack time Notes duration or both All notes in the selection will take on the appropriate qualities of the first note in the selection identified with a different selection color See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Stems Sets the stems of all selected notes to point up or down See also Stem Direction in Voices See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Voice Sets all selected notes to Upper Voice Lower Voice
435. otes or the whole score Once you have assigned finger numbers to notes several new features become available e Finger numbers can be displayed in alongside above or below each note chord in the score e Finger numbers can be displayed on each key during playback on the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Midilllustrator can show animated Performing Hands performing your score over the On Screen Piano Keyboard The following Midilllustrator rich text items can store and display rich text and OLE objects in your score Lyrics Bookmarks Chord Names Free Text New Expressions New Staff Names and Instrument Names Staff Namings and Score Titles Here are just a few of the formatting features supported by the new rich text items e Font formatting such as font style e g bold italic underline etc Images photos jpeg bitmaps etc Text colors File Attachments even other scores Hyperlinks e g http www Midilllustrator com Paragraph Alignment e g Left Justified etc Bullets and line numbering Easily add objects such as images and other multimedia content to your score Performing Hands are an animation feature of the On Screen Piano Keyboard Performing Hands can be used i both as a learning tool and when composing to see how the hands move when fingering your keyboard compositions Alternatively you can simply enjoy watching your score performed on the keyboard by Midilllustrator s talented hands which
436. otes several new features become available e Finger numbers can be displayed in alongside above or below each note chord in the score e Finger numbers can be displayed on each key during playback on the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Midilllustrator can show animated Performing Hands performing your score over the On Screen Piano Keyboard Automatic Fingering Analysis Automatic Fingering Analysis is an advanced feature in Midilllustrator which performs a customizable analysis of the notation in your scores and accordingly assigns finger numbers to each note and chord Fingering analysis is customizable to help you assign the right finger numbers easily and quickly for a selection of notes or the whole score See also notes on Obtaining the Best Analysis Possible Choose what to analyze If a note range is selected in the score when the fingering analysis dialog is opened Midilllustrator will check the Current selection only checkbox In this case finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another and relative to other notes nearby in the score Ignore unselected notes when calculating With this option finger numbers are assigned to selected notes in the context of their position relative to one another but ignoring other notes surrounding the Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 245 selection This allows you to set fingering for a partic
437. ou switch to another MIDI programs which needs them When you switch back to Midilllustrator thereby making it the active window once more Midilllustrator will once again take control of the MIDI devices Note Not all Windows programs share MIDI devices If you find that MidiIllustrator cannot use a particular device then this is probably because another programs is monopolising that device In this case you should close all other MIDI programs Sometimes you will want MidiIllustrator to maintain control of MIDI devices even Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 255 when it is not the active window For instance you may wish to have MidiIllustrator play back one of your songs in the background whilst you are using another programs In this case you would want MidiIllustrator to keep control of the MIDI Play back device COMMAND EFFECT Allow Playback When checked MIDI Out The MIDI Playback device is controlled by Midilllustrator as long as playback is in progress even if Midilllustrator is not the active window When playback ends the play back device is released When unchecked If you switch to another programs whilst Midilllustrator is playing back a song playback will end and the MIDI Playback device will be released Allow MIDI In and When checked MIDI Echo Both the MIDI In and MIDI Echo devices are controlled by Midilllustrator as long as Midilllustrator is running even if Midilllus
438. ourtesy Accidental With this option enabled any accidental in the spelling of the entry pitch will be shown even if it has already been displayed on the staff line earlier in the measure normal notating rules would not repeat the accidental thus keeping the score uncluttered If for example the entry note is Bb on a staff with a key signature of F major where all B notes are flat as standard then no flat accidental will be shown to the left of the Bb note unless Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental is enabled Once notes have been added with courtesy accidentals activated the courtesy accidentals can be deactivated by selecting the notes and using commands from the Notes menu Note that the Show Courtesy Accidentals option in Score Options will override any per note courtesy accidental setting and will display accidentals as appropriate next to every note See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Raises or lowers the pitch of the entry note chromatically or the vertical position of the entry rest See Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling above for information on the enharmonic spelling of the new pitch flat or sharp See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 201 Note Volume Opens the Entry Note Volume Dialog so you can set the default volume for the entry note default 64 This volume will be applied to all notes added unti
439. out reading a note using lead sheets with note names chord notation guitar frets amp the on screen piano keyboard if you prefer The MidiIllustrator MIDI to Notation Engine Midilllustrator takes the hard work out of generating easy to read scores from standard MIDI song files by allowing you to choose froma variety of score presentation options You can hear the performance of the piece as the artist intended and at the same time control the complexity of the notation in the score Learn more about how Midilllustrator converts MIDI to Notation Choose from the following topics to help you get started using MidilIllustrator e What can you do with Midilllustrator e Opening and Viewing Scores e Printing the Score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 10 Midilllustrator Help 1 2 e Configuring Sound and Playing Back Scores e Finding Music Files on the Internet e Creating a Brand New Score y e Navigating Midilllustrator Selecting Modes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com What Can You Do With Midilllustrator As well as generating beautiful scores from the many free MIDI files available online all Midilllustrator products feature music learning and performance tools as part of a broader music notation package Features fall broadly into two groups Performing and Composing Some of the more advanced editing functions are found only in Midilllustrato
440. ow hide the On Screen Piano OSP Keyboard dock the OSP keyboard in position toggle between the full size OSP keyboard and the cropped keyboard show note names on the OSP keyboard keys These can be displayed A G or using Solfege note names e show finger numbers on the OSP keyboard keys during playback finger numbers must be assigned to notes before the finger number can be shown on keys as they are played e show hide Performing Hands on the keyboard during playback fingering must be assigned to notes before they can be played e edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Assign Finger Numbers to Notes either Manually or Automatically Command Location Tools Menu Finger numbers can be assigned to notes and chords in one of three ways e Manually using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts e Automatically for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with finger number Keyboard Shortcuts without the need to open the Fingering Analysis dialog e Automatically for the entire score a range of staves or a note selection using the Fingering Analysis dialog Once you have assigned finger numbers to notes several new features become available e Finger numbers can be displayed in alongside above or below each note chord in the score e Finger numbers can be displayed on each key duri
441. oxes allow you to modify the header footer style and alignment The default setting is Normal i e the header footer is shown but does not have a border but this can be changed using the drop down boxes described below The first drop down box allows you to customise the header footer as follows e None no header footer will be displayed e Normal the header footer will not have a border e Boxed the header footer will be bordered with a box e Curve Boxed the header footer will be bordered with a curved box The second drop down box allows you to set alignment Title text can include custom Midilllustrator Fields These fields are populated automatically with the latest information when titles are displayed or printed Such as page count file name date etc Note that titles are only visible in Page view Print Preview Titles can also be double clicked with the mouse and edited directly from the score in most modes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 4 2 Title Fields Command Location Score Menu Titles Fields are special text strings which can be inserted into Score Titles These fields are automatically populated with the score information when titles are displayed or printed such as page count file name date etc Fields can be added manually or with the Insert Field Menu in the Score Titles dialog Fields contain no spaces and should alwa
442. pen score using the same file name Ctrl N 1 Opens the New Score Dialog Printing Ctrl P Prints the current score Ctrl Alt Q Quick Print Parts Instruments Staves View Ctrl Ww Toggles between Page View Scroll View and Window View Exit Prompt to save any open scores and then close the Applicati Alt F4 p AE program on Edit menu Undo Ctrl Z Undo Ctrl Y Redo Ctrl C Copy Clipboar d 7 Ctrl X Cut Ctrl V Paste Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Shortcuts 295 Escape Deselect and current selection Selectio n B Switch Between Cursor and Selection Shift Right Arrow Select Current Item Shift Right Arrow repeat Select Current Chord when command repeated with existing selection more information Shift Left Arrow Select Previous Item Shift Left Arrow repeat Select Previous Chord when command repeated with existing selection more information View menu Views Ctrl W Toggles between Page View Scroll View and Window View Fii Full Screen F11 or Escape returns to normal viewing mode Ctrl H Hides traditional staff notation Show staves as timelines Toolbars Ctri K Shows hides the On Screen Piano Keyboard Ctril Alt F Shows hides the On Screen Guitar Fretboard CtrI L Shows hides the Metronome Light Ctrl Alt L Shows hides the Lists Bar Zooming Z Up or CtritNumpad Plus Zooms in on the current view Z Down or CtrltNumpad Zooms out of the current view Minus Z Enter or Ctrl Numpad 0 Sets the zoom level to the preferred
443. pes and patterns as well as determining the hand positions required to play these structures most easily Range To split a staff using the Range method simply select the staff from the Staff Display Window and choose the Range option You then have a choice of which note to use as the reference point for the split and you need to decide whether the split should be based on all notes above or below that note E g You may decide that all notes above C3 should be placed on a separate staff The main benefit of this method is that you can determine the exact basis for the split yourself No account is given to the musical structure of the score when using this method View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software as Midilllustrator Help 5 5 5 5 5 6 Merge Staves Dialog Command Location Staves Menu Merge Staves The Merge Staves dialog allows you to merge two or more staves into a single staff The dialog consists of a Staff Display Window which displays the staves available for merging and a drop down box from which you can select the staff into which the other staff staves are to be merged For example if you wanted to merge Staff 1 into Staff 2 you would select Staff 1 from the Staff Display Window and Staff 2 from the drop down box at the bottom of the dialog and press Merge If you wanted to merge more than one sta
444. placeholder for non fingered notes in part fingered chord When note names are shown they are shown for all notes However finger numbers may have been assigned to just a few of the notes in the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 168 Midilllustrator Help Notation If only part of a given chord has been fingered and the finger numbers are displayed outside the staff i e not next to their owner note then it may be hard to tell which finger number pertains to which note Showing a placeholder for non fingered notes in a chord will stack the finger numbers in the same way that the chord notes are vertically stacked making it clearer which note owns which finger number Maximizing Clarity of Note Information You may find that it helps to zoom in on the piece in order to see the note names finger numbers clearly on the screen or change the Print Size if you are printing your score You may change the color and font of the note information fonts in the Fonts tab experiment to see what looks best on your score Fonts can also be Bold or Regular in size which may improve legibility Note Information Fonts Two configurable fonts are used to display note information The size of the Note Name Finger Number font cannot be changed as the note names start to overlap the notation if they are bigger than the note heads especially on chords where many notes may overlap For this reason a Note Name Finger Num
445. pressions use one or two fonts for example the Midilllustrator font or Times New Roman The Midilllustrator font is typically used to display musical items such as dynamics or metronome note marks Times New Roman is the default font used for displaying textual expressions such as Tempo Alterations and Mood Marks The default expression text font can be changed for each score using the Fonts Tab in the Score Options Dialog Changing this default font will update all the items in the Expression List with the new font however existing expressions in your score will not be changed Changing the size and color of this default font will also change the size and color of all the items in the Expression List To customize the fonts used in a particular expression use the right click context menu in the Expression Text edit box Expression Customize Expression Text This text box contains the expression which will be inserted into your score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 2 Midilllustrator Help 2 2 10 Playback Changes MIDI for this Expression Expressions are rich text objects so font formatting is possible using the right click context menu in the edit box You may enter any text in this field using any font thereby creating your own expression You can have your expression apply MIDI playback changes even if it does not explicitly contain them in the text see below Expressions can be associated with MIDI eve
446. r dialog also know as the Windows volume control Fixes and e Playlists Score adding capacity increased Improveme It is now possible to add an unlimited number of scores to a playlist nts in a single action The previous limit was 300 scores at a time e Fixed Step by Step cursor positioning reset Details This release fixes an issue with Step by Step mode whereby cursor positioning was occasionally reset to the playback start position during note step auditions whilst using the cursor keys MidilIllustrator Player Version 1 01 New Description Feature Free With Midilllustrator Player you can open view print and playback MidilIllustrat scores created with any Midilllustrator product mil files You can also or Player change the presentation of the score to suit your needs for example changing the notation size or varying the score playback tempo MidiIllustrator Player is a free product and includes a small part of the functionality offered by other products in the Midilllustrator range Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 112 Midilllustrator Help The Midilllustrator Player installation program can be freely distributed among musicians this is a great way to share your scores with musicians who do not yet have access to the full versions of Midilllustrator Virtuoso or Midilllustrator Maestro Read more about Player in the Midilllustrator documentation MidilIllustrator Virtuoso Version 1 00 and
447. r spanning the new custom boundary Applying More than one Custom Staff Height to a System It is possible to apply staff heights to more than one measure staff unit on a given system In this case the tallest of these custom height settings will be applied to the system as a whole and shorter values be ignored though they are not removed automatically However if you apply a new staff height to a given measure staff unit then any existing staff heights on that system will be reduced to the new staff height if they are taller shorter ones will remain as they are In this way the latest change will be the value used Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 24 Midilllustrator Help 5 17 for the score layout Vertical Spacing of Systems on the Page Normally Midilllustrator fits as many systems as possible onto a page and if there is any space left over it spaces the systems evenly to fill that space so that the page looks more uniform However as soon as you apply a vertical custom layout staff height to a measure staff systems on that page will no longer be automatically spaced vertically allowing you to manage the alignment yourself Removing Custom Layout manually and automatically Custom layout height width can be removed using the Layout Menu commands or by double clicking the appropriate custom layout frame with the left mouse button Midilllustrator assumes that when you are modifying the actual notation
448. r Maestro highlighted Jy What s new in this version Performing Practice Print and Play Midilllustrator contains sophisticated MIDI to notation conversion technology which can quickly and accurately generate attractive scores from music of all styles stored in Standard MIDI Format SMF e Learn More About How Midilllustrator Converts MIDI to Notation Midilllustrator can create scores in your favorite style from one or all of your MIDI files in a single step Once Midilllustrator has created your scores you can e Configure Sound and Play Back Scores e Open Display and Print Scores o Open and View Scores Display the Score In Different Ways Choose Colors Textures and Backgrounds for Your Score Adjust the Score Layout Using Layout Mode Print the Score Quickly print selected parts instruments staves e Find Music Files on the Internet e Save and Manage your Scores e Playback the Score o Create and Play a Score Playlist o Scroll and Fade in the Next Page Advance Page Turn e Tasks to Transform Your Scores Automatically Present Difficult Notation in Simplified Form Arrange the Score for Piano Automatically Reformat the Score as a Fake Book or Song Lead Sheet Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Automatically Format many Scores at once using the Task Wizard Hide Traditional Staff Notation and Instead Show Staves as a Compact Timeline erformance and Learning Tools Practice Particular Passages with Special Practice Tools Learn Mus
449. r an awkward fingering for a 4 finger chord in order to make progress to the next note sequence easier In some case a given fingering may simply suit one player more than another To get best results using the following automatic fingering options in combination with your own manual fingering assignments is highly recommended e Ignore unselected notes when calculating Remember that fingering for a given sequence is calculated in the context of the surrounding notation Sometimes you will get better results if you generate fingering for a sequence in isolation You can also do this quickly for a selection of notes using the fingering keyboard shortcuts e Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating This is a quick way to get the fingering you want on a chord or arpeggio Manually assign one or two finger numbers to a given sequence of selected notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts Select the range of notes you wish to assign finger numbers to automatically Open the Automatic Fingering Analysis dialog and check the Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating option Midilllustrator will use the manually assigned finger numbers when assigning fingering to the rest of the selection Usually manually assigning the first and or last note in a chord or arpeggio will help Midilllustrator automatically assign the rest of the fingering to your requirements Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Comman
450. r management items from the Color tab in the Score Options dialog Extended Lyrics bookmarks chords frets free text and expressions can all be Insertion shifted backwards and forwards in the score using new menu and Item commands and Keyboard Shortcuts Shift e When inserting Next Previous items such as Lyrics Bookmarks functions etc optionally include measure beats as Next Previous cursor insert with locations Keyboard e When shifting items such as Lyrics Bookmarks etc Forward or Back Shortcuts optionally include measure beats as cursor insert locations Free Text Free Text Items are rich text objects which can be positioned anywhere Items in the score providing a great alternative to Lyrics and Bookmarks Moreover these objects can be anchored to the measure page or staff so that they move relative to the score as it changes New e The Metronome Light now displays the beat count numerically in Metronome order to help with counting and rhythm exercises Light e The flashing effect of the metronome is now more configurable Options allowing the display of solid colors without flashing effect Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software no Midilllustrator Help Support for We have confirmed that Midilllustrator runs on Linux using the WINE MidiIllustrat emulator or running on Linux with WINE Staff The Copy Staff command in Staff Manager now copies Lyrics Free text Manager and Expressions as well as the re
451. r multimedia content to your score 32 2 3 4 Performing Hands are an animation feature of the On Screen Piano Keyboard Performing Hands can be used i fe both as a learning tool and when composing to see how the hands move when fingering your keyboard compositions Alternatively you can simply enjoy watching your score performed on the keyboard by Midilllustrator s talented hands which can perform even the most technically challenging pieces Expressions are rich text notation which can be customized to suit your needs Expressions differ from other rich text objects such as Free Text items as they can be associated with MIDI events such as Tempo Volume and Pan which alter the performance of a piece during playback Common expressions include e Dynamics e Metronome Tempos Tempo Marks and Tempo Alterations e Mood Marks e Articulations a 5 Midilllustrator now supports endings as part of its comprehensive barline functionality Endings can be used with bar repeats to create very efficient scores where only the ending of a particular passage varies from one verse to the next You need only score the common part of one or more verses once and then add any different endings for each verse Naturally Midilllustrator can observe ending behavior as well as nested repeat instructions in the score during playback Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 321 Qu
452. r otherwise Hiding empty portions of staves on the other hand allows you to keep all your staves visible but will only display populated staves for each staff If for example only the piano part is playing in the early stages of a score and the other instruments in the score are silent until the piano solo has completed then Midilllustrator will only show the piano part on the screen in those measures which span its solo Other parts will not be shown until later in the score The benefit of hiding empty staves is that the score becomes easier to read as there is less clutter on the page It also allows you to fit more of the music that you are interested in on to the screen This is especially useful when playing back multi staff orchestral pieces When an instrument in the score is not playing its staff can be hidden providing more room for the active instruments Note that e Hiding empty staves can impact the display of the Staff Tools see Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible above e Empty Portions of Staves are always shown whilst in Edit Mode to make editing easier see this Note about Edit Mode and Printing Split Staff Opens the Split Staff dialog box Merge Staves Opens the Merge Staves dialog box Merge All Staves into One Merges all the staves in the score into one staff View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 5 1 Staff Manager Dial
453. r printing as less horizontal vertical space is needed to name each note When note information is drawn inside the note the text color is controlled by Midilllustrator in order to maximize clarity Show to left of note When this option has been selected the name will be displayed near each note on the score see below for positioning options Note that if both Note Names and Finger Numbers are set to display inside or to the left of the note Finger Number display will override the Note Name If you wish to show both Note Names and Finger Numbers for notes then one of the se information types can be shown inside the note the other to the left of the note Alternatively show note information outside the staff Show outside staff When note information is shown outside the staff it can be automatically arranged by Midilllustrator to create the most compact score based on note positions stem directions voices and the note names finger numbers relative to the owning note Alternatively you can customize the display of note information to suit your needs Position automatically outside staff recommended default This is the recommended style for the most easily configured score with optimal spacing Position above the staff Position below the staff Always position voices separately above below the staff With multiple voices in a staff separating the fingering above and below the score is recommended for clarity Show
454. r scores in different ways e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode 4 Normal Entry e Recording a Real Time Performance Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software so Midilllustrator Help e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Mouse Entry Power Edit In contrast to Performance Mode in Edit Mode you have full composing power with the score the ability to add notes modify note pitches durations and so forth When you create a new Score it is initially displayed in Edit Mode Normal Entry Normal Entry Normal Entry affords you all of Midilllustrator s score editing functions The playback cursor which is displayed in Performance Mode is replaced with a special cursor which shows the Entry item a rest or a note depending on how you have configured the Entry item Move the cursor to the desired insert position time and pitch and then use the item Insert commands see Insert Menu to add to the notation If it is possible to insert rather than add a new item at the cursor location in a given measure Midilllustrator will display the insert arrows above and below the flashing entry note In this case items to the left of the entry item will be shifted to the right after insertion Read more about Inserting versus Adding new items in the score Midilllustrator will also try to automatically apply the correct qualities for the new item given it
455. r the future Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Trial Version of Midilllustrator 313 10 About the Trial Version of Midilllustrator Command Location Help Menu The trial version of Midilllustrator offers all the functionality of the full registered version of Midilllustrator for a limited period of time When you start the trial version of Midilllustrator a pop up screen appears informing you that you are using an Unlicensed Trial Copy of Midilllustrator The number of free tries that you have before certain functions are disabled is displayed on the screen as is a link to the Midilllustrator website To clear the screen and continue with startup simply click on the Continue button To license purchase a copy of Midilllustrator click on the How to Buy button The full licensed version of Midilllustrator does not show this pop up screen This screen will be updated each time you open Midilllustrator and will inform you of the number of tries that you have left As you approach the end of the trial period the screen will also remind you that your free trial will shortly run out When the trial period has expired Printing Saving and Audio functions will be disabled and a special watermark will appear on score page background You can still open view and work with your scores after the trial period has expired if you still wish to try out certain features If you wish to continue using the full Midilllu
456. r the printed page Applying a Custom Layout In Layout Mode select the measure staff combination whose dimensions you wish to customize You can only customize a single measure staff combination at a time You can change the following attributes of the measure staff combination e Measure width to allow more or fewer measures on a system or page e Staff height above the staff e Staff height beneath the staff e Vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff When a selection is made the layout frame appears marking the current boundaries of the active area If the measure staff contains any lyrics then the lyric boundary frame will also appear indicating the current vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff With the mouse click and drag a boundary to move it The table shows which boundaries control which layout aspect Frame Boundary Direction Change Applies to Measure Staff Left Right boundary Horizontal Measure width applies to the whole measure not just the measure width of the active measure staff Top boundary Vertical Height above the staff overrides Midilllustrator s automatic vertical spacing of systems on the current page Bottom boundary Vertical Height beneath the staff overrides Midilllustrator s automatic vertical spacing of systems on the current page Lyric Bottom boundary Vertical Vertical position of lyrics beneath the staff Once a custom size has been applied a colored arrow will appea
457. rator will be emailed to you instantly so you don t have to wait a long time after buying to receive your purchase You may also buy Midilllustrator products as a gift for someone else Discounts are available for volume purchases and upgrades are heavily discounted Questions Try the FAQ for immediate answers to all of the most commonly asked questions See the Midilllustrator help file documentation for more details Guaranteed Secure Ordering Purchasing your copy of Midilllustrator is quick simple and guaranteed safe using any of the methods above We take the privacy of our customers very seriously We will not share your information with any third party under any circumstances Midilllustrator is published by Rallentando Software View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 204 Midilllustrator Help 8 Shortcuts This documentation covers all products in the Midilllustrator range Some shortcuts are only available in Midilllustrator Maestro and Virtuoso Shortcut categories Perform menu File menu Edit menu View menu Score menu Staves menu Insert menu Insert menu Notes menu Rests menu Lyrics menu Bookmarks menu Chord Names menu Guitar Frets menu Free Text menu Expression menu Power Edit Menu Tools menu Help menu File menu Score Ctrl O Opens an existing score Manage ment Ctrl S Saves an o
458. re This command is available only in Edit Mode Delete Deletes selected expressions Expression s View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Layout menu Option Description Reset Custom Layout on If any custom layout exists it can be selectively removed from the following areas in a single command e Entire Score e This Page e Selected Stave System e Selection Note that custom layout height width can also be removed by double clicking the custom layout frame with the left mouse button More about Layout Mode View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Layout Mode Command Location Tools Menu Layout Mode is for changing the dimensions and positions of score objects such as measures staves and lyrics Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout to make Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 213 good use of screen real estate However if you wish to manage the layout for a particular measure page or even the entire score then in this mode you can either tweak the layout to simply tighten up the score a little or you can make major changes to squeeze as much notation as possible onto a given page e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode Jy Layout settings are applied only in Page View Print Preview when the score is formatted fo
459. re options 163 score templates 84 128 score titles 85 152 score transcription wizard scroll vew 138 277 scrolling pages 26 258 section barlines 71 194 select all 133 select entire bars power edit mode selection 133 selection advanced note selection dialog session 258 shift notes 66 203 283 shortcut keys MIDI 52 255 shortcuts keyboard 294 show hide score objects slurs 66 203 283 84 128 268 264 214 94 135 45 155 166 song lead sheet 247 sound 14 19 speaking metronome 50 253 special endings 71 194 split measure 193 split staff 185 staff display and playback 182 staff instrument vs MIDI echo instrument staff manager dialog 92 178 staffnamings 182 staff notation hiding and showing timeline 31 140 288 staff tools 186 staff tools and namings 172 182 starting tempo 98 190 status bar 151 staves 177 step by step mode 220 270 stop playback 217 sychronize notes 66 203 283 synchronizing sound and screen updates 249 Se tapping in rhythms 84 task wizard 32 228 tasks options 273 templates 84 128 tempo alterations 90 tempo and volume status bar controls tempo marks 90 tempo saving 126 tempo starting 98 190 text 89 text color 88 textures 21 174 themes 55 249 tie notes 66 203 283 time signature 97 189 timeline instead of staff notation title fields 86 153 titles 85 152 toolbar 152 tracks 177 transcription options transpose 95
460. right 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 36 Midilllustrator Help any staves are selected only the notes from those staves will appear on the keyboard Remaining visible staves will be ignored This allows you to display multiple staves on the screen and a different selection of staff notes on the keyboard e When MIDI In is received from an external midi device such as a MIDI Piano Keyboard e In Step by Step mode the next note or notes to be played Colors are applied using the same rules as during playback alternating staff colors Keyboard Highlighting Colors You can edit the keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors used to show which keys are being pressed during playback such as left and right hand piano playback keys via the Keyboard Options tab in the Program Options dialog Full Size You can switch between displaying a Full Size Keyboard 88 keys and a Keyboard cropped display of the centre four octaves of the keyboard two octaves on either side of Middle C Performing Hands Show Note Names Highlight This will place a small marker on Middle C to assist with finding your place Middle C on the keyboard Read more about the On Screen Piano Keyboard Performing Hands These can be displayed A G or using Solfege note names Menu Commands You can access the keyboard s menu of commands via the View Menu or by right clicking anywhere on the keyboard The Keyboard Menu commands allow you to e sh
461. rinter preferred printer and also stores print setup details with each score Managemen such as t e Paper Orientation e Paper Size New Ways Individual note names can now be displayed along with finger numbers to Show new in alongside above or below each note or chord in the score Individual Note Names Finger Once assigned to notes in the score finger numbers can be displayed Numbers on the top of each key during playback Displayed on the On Screen Piano Keyboard New The Volume and Tempo toolbar has been integrated into the brand new Dynamic Midilllustrator Status Bar Tempo and Volume Controls Extended The clipboard now supports the copy and paste for lyrics bookmarks Clipboard chords frets free text and expressions Actions y Tabbed Midilllustrator scores are now arranged as tabs much like popular Documents applications such as Firefox and Internet Explorer Tabs provide easier Scores access and management of your open scores with more than one score open at a time Interface Many interfaces have been improved through redesign and new Improveme features for example nts Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 322 Midilllustrator Help New Program Options Extended Insertion and Item Shift functions with Keyboard Shortcuts Free Text Items New Metronome Light Options Support for MidilIllustrat or running on Linux with WINE Staff Manager Staff Copy Fu
462. rmance mode 33 231 performing hands 39 143 piano convert score to two hand piano 32 228 piano key finger numbers 36 160 244 289 pitch entry note 62 66 198 203 283 play start playback 217 playback options 26 258 Player upgrading from 102 playing back scores 14 19 playing hands 39 143 playlists 147 226 Portable Document Format 132 PostScript 132 power edit mode 74 215 238 practice session 222 preferences 262 preferred zoom 262 print layout 175 print margins 14 24 print parts 25 130 print preview 138 277 print setup command 132 print size 175 print size vs zooming 138 277 print staves 25 130 printing options 133 printing scores to Postscript Printers and PDF Adobe Portable Document Format 132 printing the score 14 24 program interface 55 249 program options 258 purchasing the program 293 340 Midilllustrator Help Q quantize as notated quick print 25 130 quintuplets 282 R 192 81 218 236 82 267 126 range recording recording options redo 133 registering the program 293 remove measures 93 192 repeat barlines 71 194 repeats 71 194 rest entry 62 198 revert to saved 124 rich text 88 right click menus 70 routing 53 256 RTF 88 se save as template save options 126 save your work automatically AutoSave saving tempo 126 score commands 152 score layout 45 155 166 score notation 45 155 166 score objects 45 155 166 sco
463. rnal MIDI device can be echoed to another MIDI device of your choice Typically you would use MIDI Echo to take the MIDI notes passed in from your external MIDI Keyboard and play them through your computer s MIDI equipment This gives your MIDI instrument access to all the instrument sounds provided by your computer s MIDI devices In order for Midilllustrator to play back MIDI data received from your external MIDI instrument you must e Choose a MIDI Echo Instrument See the MIDI Echo Instrument dialog for details on choosing an instrument e Begin echoing to the selected MIDI Echo device by checking the Echo MIDI check box Echoing to a Staff Instrument vs Echoing to the MIDI Echo device By default all MIDI data received through the MIDI In device will be broadcast to the MIDI Echo device The sound you will hear will be played by the MIDI Echo instrument You can however opt to have Midilllustrator redirect the MIDI In data to any of the Staff Instruments used in the current score For further information see Echoing to a Staff Instrument vs Echoing to the MIDI Echo Instrument in the Echoing to a Staff Instrument section MIDI In Latency see also Playback Latency Jy Sometimes there is a delay between notes being input to a connected MIDI device and these notes reaching Midilllustrator via various computer soundcards and any other MIDI device in the chain This is know as MIDI device latency or lag If you find
464. roblems Details Tracks could still be selected when hidden causing cursor to vanish temporarily e Fixed Measure contents deletion error Details Notes crossing deleted measure range were not completely deleted with measure range removal e Fixed MIDI Notes Off command not sent at correct time Details All Notes Off MIDI command sent too soon after MIDI stream completed causing notes to continue sounding after playback ended on some external MIDI devices e Minor bug fixes to score layout e Updated Midilllustrator Setup Installer e Updated product documentation MidiIllustrator Version 2 00 New Description Feature List Bar The List Bar contains four powerful tools for managing and working with your music including e Playlists full featured song jukebox Create a list of songs and Midilllustrator will open show and play each in turn e Browser Access your music quickly with this on screen song folder viewer e Score Log Keep staff of your score viewings and practice sessions Smart Page Midilllustrator can turn the pages of the score using special graphical Scrolling effects to scroll split and fade the screen as the music is played out showing both the current passage and the next passage from the next page at the same time You need never take your eyes off the score when reading ahead better than sheet music Full Screen See more of the score in Full Screen Mode Maximize the use of your scre
465. ronome In scores where notes regularly fall just before or after the beat it may be more useful to have the cursor staff time or the nearest note Unless you select Does Not Follow Playback Midilllustrator will automatically move from page to page on the score in order to keep the cursor visible at all times Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Advance Page Turn Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software To hide the cursor altogether during playback but still have pages turned automatically select Turns pages but remains hidden Note The Follows Exact Playback Time setting can place quite high demands on your computer as the cursor position changes rapidly This option allows you to determine how and where in the score the page is turned during playback This can be useful if you are sight reading ahead of time as you may want the page to be turned before playback reaches the end of the page Scroll and Fade In the Next Page available only in Window View Performance Mode Midilllustrator can turn the page using special graphical effects to split the screen as the music is played out showing both the current passage and the next passage on the next page at the same time To do this Midilllustrator reads ahead and determines how much of the next page can be scrolled onto the current page without obscuring the current playback notat
466. rranged to provide maximum clarity and readability Music performed with the most expression or feeling is often not the most readable music see Accuracy versus Readability below For this reason Midilllustrator keeps the original performance in a MIDI file intact when notating The underlying MIDI note data is hardly ever changed As a result when the ook of the notation is tidied up for the sake of presentation the fee of the music is never lost Of course when desired you can also use Midilllustrator s powerful editing modes to make real changes to even the underlying performance data In Edit Mode you have complete control over composition Midilllustrator will settle on the current interpretation of the song s original MIDI content when editing begins Accuracy versus Readability When notating Midilllustrator conducts an in depth analysis of the musical data at all times balancing the need to e display notation which is both readable and playable and at the same time e produce the most honest and accurate representation of the music as possible Midilllustrator can for instance readily distinguish groups of short barely asynchronous notes played in quick succession which should correctly be notated arpeggiated from groups of concurrent notes played with approximate synchronicity which should be correctly notated as a chord On another occasion Midilllustrator might decide to forma chord froma cluster of notes
467. rrent score Default Fonts are for New Items Only Many of the items displayed in the score are displayed as rich text objects in which case the font specified here is simply the font used when creating a new rich text item These fonts are shown in the list with the word New Item Default following the item name e g Staff Namings New Item Default Item fonts and formatting for rich text items can subsequently be changed on a per item basis using the Formatting Toolbar or the right click context menu in the rich text editing boxes Applying the Default Font to All Score Items of a Particular Type Once changes have been made to a default font and the Score Options Dialog is closed you will be offered the chance to update all items in the score with the new default font you have assigned Any formatting changes you have made to individual score items will be lost when the default font formatting is applied Changing a Font Simply double click the item that you wish to change e g page title or staff namings or select an item and click on the Modify button which will open the Font dialog You can then select the font of your choice The Font Dialog In addition to the settings found within the usual Windows font dialog there are some special settings used by Midilllustrator Size Auto Size in proportion with print Most notation objects in the score are size automatically sized by Midilllustrator in order to keep them in proportio
468. rrent time 12 hour clock Substitutes the current time 24 hour clock Substitutes the current day of the week eg Monday Substitutes the current day of the month eg 12 Substitutes the current month name eg May Substitutes the current month of the yeareg 5 Substitutes the current year Substitutes the current date Note that you can reference other titles using fields In this case references must not be circular ie if you place the Copyright field in the Composer title then the Copyright title cannot also contain the Composer field or an endless loop would result Example of Field Usage The following text in the footer would show page numbers on each page of the score Page page_number of page_total Notes about Fields e Titles are only visible in Page view Print Preview e If you apply font formatting to a field in a score title then you MUST apply the same formatting to the entire field including the square brackets or the field will not be properly substituted in the score View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 155 5 4 3 Individual Note Names Command Location Score Menu Score Options Notation Tab Show Hide Score Objects Bookmarks If you have inserted Bookmarks this check box allows you to show hide them as desired Chord Names If you have inserted
469. rt a link to a relevant external document somewhere in the notation of your score You simply copy the content to the clipboard from another application and paste it into your score when editing a rich text item Typically OLE content can be quickly and easily edited in an application designed specifically to handle the OLE content format When you begin editing the rich text item simply double click the OLE content and it will typically open in another application for editing Close that application when editing is complete and the content will be automatically updated in your score The following MidiIllustrator rich text items can store and display rich text and OLE objects in your score e Lyrics Bookmarks Chord Names Free Text Expressions Staff Names and Instrument Names Staff Namings Score Titles Default Fonts for Rich Text Items All of these items are associated with a Default font used only when creating a new rich text item Once a new rich text item has been created fonts and formatting for rich text items can subsequently be changed on a per item basis using the Formatting Toolbar or the right click context menu in the rich text editing boxes See also Applying the Default Font to All Score Items of a Particular Type Warning Inserting large OLE objects into rich text items can make your Midilllustrator scores very large when saved and also impair the display of the score especially during playback Copyright
470. s Sometimes MIDI files do not supply a time signature to Midilllustrator during import especially those recorded from a live instrument performance In these cases Midilllustrator automatically assigns a time signature You can change this automatic assignment at any time with the time signature dialog View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Tempo Command Location Measures Menu Allows you to set the starting tempo for the score Note The starting tempo is not displayed on the score You may also add tempo marks and tempo changes including MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog An imported MIDI score may contain MIDI tempo events at any point in the score and these are not shown on the score even though they control playback speed Check this option to remove these hidden tempo events This option does not remove MIDI tempo events created associated with Expressions Remove all hidden tempo events MIDI Files and Tempo Sometimes MIDI files do not supply a time signature to Midilllustrator during import especially those recorded from a live instrument performance In these cases Midilllustrator automatically assigns a tempo You can change this automatic assignment at any time with the tempo dialog Note You can also save a score with modified master tempo Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus m
471. s In keeping with this principle when the original channel value is set to channel 10 the instrument names in the instrument box will automatically change to the corresponding General MIDI drum names Bear in mind that a given instrument patch may originally be set on any channel so specifying an original channel such as Channel 13 may dramatically limit the number of effective routings That said in general you should be as strict as possible with routing rules to prevent unexpected behaviour during playback NOTE Routings should be used with care as some can make your songs sound strange and may even result in silent staves during playback if MIDI devices are not attached or switched on Once the routing has been created it will be applied ALL MIDI FILES opened from that point on and no reminder will be posted to inform you that a routing is being applied to a particular song staff You can temporarily disable routings at any time by unchecking the box on the left of the routing list When are Routings Applied Routings are applied whenever e AMIDI file is opened and automatically converted to notation e The Convert Score to Two Hand Piano Task is applied to a score Routings will not be applied to existing MIL files as they are opened and subsequent changes to channel and MIDI device settings using Staff Manager will not be overridden by routings Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do
472. s entry context See more information on setting the entry item qualities and the context sensitive entry qualities of Edit Mode Notes and rests can be selected using the mouse or keyboard and then the various modification functions can be applied to the selection using commands from the Notes Menu and Rests Menu In Normal Entry mode powerful tools are available to help you capture your musical ideas e Recording a Real Time Performance e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Selection Editing When you have made a note selection you can use the clipboard functions to cut or copy the selection to another location in the score or even to another score altogether if it is also open in Edit Mode In order to protect existing score content when using the clipboard some rules apply to where and how certain copied selections can be pasted into the score Specifically e In Normal Entry Edit Mode only selections from single tracks can be pasted from the clipboard For multi track operations such as this use Power Edit instead e Since tuplets are treated as a unit and have to kept intact paste operations which overlap or interfere with existing tuplets are not possible Mouse Entry Mouse Entry allows most of the functions offered by Normal Entry but also allows you to edit notation directly using the mouse as a note entry and modification tool By contrast to Normal Edit
473. s as well as notes in the SMF format Midilllustrator treats Karaoke files in much the same way as MIDI files but includes some advanced options for optimizing the presentation of lyrics within the score When you open a Karaoke file containing lyrics Midilllustrator will optionally ask you if you would like to present the score as a Song Lead Sheet See Song Lead Sheets and Fake Books for further detail mil MidilIllustrator score This is a special file format used only by MidiIllustrator to store all of the musical and Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Getting Started 13 visual information contained in a score mit Midilllustrator Score Template Like the mil file format this is a special file format used only by Midilllustrator to store all the building blocks for a new Midilllustrator score See also Score Templates Saving files with MidiIllustrator When Midilllustrator notates scores a special file format is needed to store all the information that cannot be stored in a standard MIDI or Karaoke file If you wish to store information beyond the underlying MIDI data in a score then you must save your files in the MIL format mil Files saved in the simpler MIDI format will be stripped of all formatting and a lot of musical attributes such as chord names fonts colors etc Ways to Open Files Files can be opened in Midilllustrator in one of the following ways e From the File Menu choose Op
474. s generating beautiful scores from the many free MIDI files available online all Midilllustrator products feature music learning and performance tools as part of a broader music notation package Features fall broadly into two groups Performing and Composing Some of the more advanced editing functions are found only in Midilllustrator Maestro highlighted Jy What s new in this version Performing Practice Print and Play Midilllustrator contains sophisticated MIDI to notation conversion technology which can quickly and accurately generate attractive scores from music of all styles stored in Standard MIDI Format SMF e Learn More About How Midilllustrator Converts MIDI to Notation Midilllustrator can create scores in your favorite style from one or all of your MIDI files in a single step Once Midilllustrator has created your scores you can e Configure Sound and Play Back Scores e Open Display and Print Scores o Open and View Scores Display the Score In Different Ways Choose Colors Textures and Backgrounds for Your Score Adjust the Score Layout Using Layout Mode Print the Score Quickly print selected parts instruments staves e Find Music Files on the Internet e Save and Manage your Scores e Playback the Score o Create and Play a Score Playlist o Scroll and Fade in the Next Page Advance Page Turn e Tasks to Transform Your Scores Automatically Present Difficult Notation in Simplified Form Arrange the Score for Piano Autom
475. s played on the MIDI In device with a volume of 96 and the modified volume is 64 then the final note will sound with a volume of 127 When the slide control is centred the volume of the MIDI In will be unmodified with a value of 0 Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 226 Midilllustrator Help 5 18 6 Pan A pan setting of 64 means that the stereo balance is equal on the left and right channels and this is the default behaviour for MIDI files that do not specify a value for pan You may wish to change the stereo balance so that it is higher or lower on one side using the slide control The lower the number the more the balance is on the left channel and conversely the higher the number the more the balance is on the right channel Instrument The Instrument Display Window lists up to 128 instruments any one of which may be selected for a specific staff or staves Any notes from your MIDI Input device will be echoed using the instrument you have selected unless you choose the Echo to Staff option see Staff Tools and Namings Audition When an instrument has been selected from the Instrument Display Instrument Window press this button to hear the sound of the instrument Apply The Apply button applies all of the changes made without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Lists Command Location View Menu Toolbars
476. s such as notes or rests in a given measure and or staff you will get better results anchoring your Free Text items to the Measure amp Staff Moving Free Text Items When selected a link between an anchored item and its anchor is displayed using dotted lines A single Free Text item can be selected and dragged with the mouse to a new position on the score Its new position is always considered relative to its anchor s position If the anchor moves so will the item See also Expressions View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Modify the MIDI Content in Your Song Midilllustrator allows you to control many of the underlying MIDI aspects of a song and specifically manage advanced MIDI options for each staff e Edit staff MIDI attributes Device Channel Pan Volume Patch and Bank Select Method e Transpose individual staves to concert pitch or the staff instrument s native pitch e Reorder merge split add and delete staves using the Staff Manager e Set the Master volume and tempo for playback o Store the adjusted tempo when you Save a score What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Add Notation Expressions which can Control Playback e g Dynamics Metronome Tempos Command Location Insert Menu Expressions are rich text objects which can be customized to s
477. s to alter this behavior Shift Chord Allows you to quickly shift the selected item s forwards or backwards in the score Delete Chord Deletes the selected chord name Name s View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Chord Selector Command Location Insert Menu If you are creating or editing chord names or guitar frets then you can use the Chord Name and Guitar Fret Selector as an aid to quickly selecting a particular chord The Selector can display over 900 chords and variations and includes e a description for each chord e names of the key notes in each chord and e guitar fret fingerings Some chords also have alternative names and fret fingerings You can open the Selector from either the Guitar Frets menu or the Chord Names menu Alternatively you can double click the mouse on an existing guitar fret or right click on an existing chord name and open the Selector from the context menu Selecting a Chord Begin by entering the key of the chord in the drop down box The Selector automatically lists all of the chord types associated with that key If you have Guitar Chord Variations checked then there may be more than on entry for a given chord this allows you to select a particular fret fingering for the chord of your choice You can choose to synchronize the guitar fret graphic and the chord name text if you are showing both by selecting the Update checkbox
478. s unplayable Advanced Settings The Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing settings allow you to control the effort Midilllustrator applies to assigning finger numbers to a range of notes Warning Changing advanced settings especially Depth of analysis may dramatically increase analysis time so this option should be configured in the context of your PC processor speed Generally deeper analysis will result in better fingering and increasing the result smoothing will address errors caused by insufficient depth of analysis It s worth experimenting with different analysis settings on different notation selections especially if you can allow extra time for the analysis to proceed Remember these advanced settings Your settings will be saved when you close the dialog These saved settings will also be applied when automatically assigning finger numbers for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts Restore Advanced Defaults Restore the default settings for Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing Finger Numbers Valid finger numbers are from 1 to 5 starting with the thumb 1 on each hand through to the pinky 5 Obtaining the Best Analysis Possible Since assigning finger numbers is a very subjective task automatic generation of finger numbers for entire scores will inevitably include some unsuitable finger assignments There are many rules in the analysis which favours general ru
479. same time and staff i e a chord will be sounded together Selecting other notes in that same time staff will not repeat the chord audition unless the Alt key is held down see also below Auditioning Notes versus Chords Holding the Alt key down whilst clicking the notes will play only the selected notes rather than the entire chord Any changes to existing notation such as shifting notes to a new staff or position will result in playback of the changed chord notation In Edit mode mouse pitch drags note volume changes or mouse copy operations will also elicit an audition Whenever you alter the cursor entry position on the staff the current entry pitch will be sounded Whenever you add a new note or paste notes of a single time and track i e a chord from the clipboard to the score the new notes will be sounded Usually notes entered using an external MIDI device are auditioned by the device itself or by using the MIDI In Echo features of Midilllustrator If this is not the case they can be auditioned using this option When Midilllustrator imports a MIDI file it automatically ties all notes which do not originate on beats and subsequently cross other beat boundaries This is common notating practice and is intended to improve legibility Uncheck this option if when editing you would prefer that Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 27 MidiIllustrator did
480. saved in the templates folder with the name you supply Creating a template from an open score does not affect the open score in any way and when the template has been created you can continue working with the original score The new template is now available from the New Score dialog The Default Template The default template is a special template which can be accessed quickly from the File Menu or the Launch Screen The default template is a unique template saved in the templates folder with the name default mit If this file does not exist The default template functions will not work Any template can be set as the default template Simply save your template with the name default mit in the templates folder or generate a new default template using the Save As Default Template command File Menu What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 1 5 File Print Command Command Location File Menu This command presents a Print dialog box where you may specify the range of pages to be printed the number of copies the destination printer and other printer setup options If you would like to print a specific range of measures then you should use the View Measure Range dialog before printing In order to print only certain parts instruments staves use the quick print facility Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 1
481. score by minimizing the number of small rests on the staff Where possible notes of moderate length which are followed by small rests Such as 64th rests will be extended to fill the gap thereby reducing clutter on the page This will apply only to notes which can be extended to a clean duration without the need to create tie notes Notes will not be extended outside their original beat or measure Prevent Overlapping Notes Preventing notes of the same voice from overlapping can within each Voice improve the readability of the score in instances where more Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 165 than one musical idea exists in a single staff For example notes or groups of notes in a staff may be held as they are arpeggiated This can result in rather blurred notation when transcribed accurately As an alternative Midilllustrator can insist that notes in a given voice do not overlap rendering a clearer score in certain cases Note With or without this option enabled Midilllustrator will only ever allow notes in the score to overlap when not doing so would be a misrepresentation of the music Contain Notes in Measure With this option Midilllustrator can ensure that notes which begin in a given measure conclude in that same measure Preventing notes from tying into subsequent measures can improve the readability of certain styles of music Voicing is Low Priority By default Midilllustra
482. score just to the leftmost edge of the staff just to the left of the clef The entire staff will be selected The selection can be extended to more whole staves by holding down the Shift key and repeating the action Another way to Make Copies of Complete Staves If you wish to make a copy of one or Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software z6 Midilllustrator Help more complete staves including notation instrument name and other staff properties then it will probably be faster to try making a copy of the selected staff with the Staff Manager Dialog Copying vs Moving the Selection Control Key held during Mouse Drag Drop When you have made a selection you can use the clipboard functions to cut or copy the selection to another location in the score or even to another score altogether if it is also open in Edit Mode Cut the current selection to place it on the clipboard then if desired select a new location in this or another score and paste the previous selection into the score For fast transfer of selections from one part of the score to another click and hold the left mouse button over the existing selection Hold the left button down and drag the selection to the new drop location As you move the drop area is highlighted in a different color to individuate it from the drag selection Only valid compatible drop areas will be highlighted A compatible drop area is one which has exactly the same measure structur
483. section should repeat by placing the cursor in the measure with the Repeat Close barline right side and choosing Set Repeat Count from the Measures Barline Right Menu The repeat count is displayed in brackets just above the Repeat Close barline using the same font as Measure Numbers see Fonts This count can be hidden or shown using the Show Barline Repeat Count command on the Measures Menu Ignoring Repeats You may want Midilllustrator to ignore repeats during playback You can toggle this behaviour using the Ignore Barline Repeats command in the Perform Menu Endings Endings can be used with bar repeats to create very efficient scores where only the ending of a particular passage varies from one verse to the next In this case it is not necessary to score multiple verses in their entirety but instead to score the common part of one or more verses only once and then add any different endings for each verse The basic method for using endings is as follows 1 Identify the range of measures which contains a passage which is to be repeated 2 Set the left barline on the first measure in the passage to be Repeat Open see barlines above 3 Set the right barline on the last measure including the first verse ending in the passage to be Repeat Close 4 Set the repeat count on the last measure to the number of verses with different endings 5 Set the ending number for each measure in the first verse ending to 1 6 If necessary ad
484. seeeececeeceeeeeeeeeaceceeaeeseseeesaaeeseaeeeneeseaeeseaes 237 Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device cccccececeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeceeeeseaeeseaeeeneeeeseaeeseaeeeeee 238 Power Edit Mod vcs ccscetastiieeecanaliave a date ne a a eae 238 Task Wizard aoon aaaea e 240 Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets cccccscsseesssseeeseesseenseeeeeeneneeeeseeesseeeseesseesseesenessesseesseeeeesee 243 Analyze Fingering ivivcssscccssscscsesecsecccticessceecsctseietscecescccciseccvesseviesseseusececcstestsrsuucvuctsvsesberveietesstetectcssecvivestvieies 244 Song Lead Sheets and Fake Books ccccseccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaneesaaeeseneeeeaneesaaeeesaeeesaneesaaeeesaeeesneesseeeesaeens 247 TGC schee ete a aces asap ci cheered anaes cov sack pea eames sue asecsuons suv ees uavecad sce a pae EAEn KeS EAEEREN MIDE Options Dial wiisiccssccvscscsissvessiceseccetesnseccccctsetsesessensisesensusssncecceccvessssbecceustcesensecebeceusicessuaseussreasteesensestes MIDI BECKS oc E atin oh ces ce sche ides nendecccnevas eds lansdtceshducas sah asceeeeoshtans E E E MIDI In and Midi Echo i Metronome oes eia A a a ee dads Ae a a aged AE led Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software MIDI DEVICE SHAUN Gis sec ei5 E cs cecsdectesncessasise sticeusecoceheessaieaslessoconscnnbant sha cedscncbabaananisddeadecesacdasdtecsnted MIDI Shortcut Keys MIDI Instrument Routing Program Options Dialog Playback General Pr
485. show where the printer is unable to print on the paper the edges of the score will be a slightly faded color where the printer cannot reach the paper Any notation showing in this faded area will likely not be printed e Does the printer work OK with other Windows applications Do you have the latest drivers for your printer the latest drivers are usually available for download from the printer manufacturer s website You might also try printing scores to bitmaps or to PDF documents to see if the problem lies with your printer Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software FAQ Frequently Asked Questions 311 Back to FAQ Topic Q How do I print alternate or selected pages to make back to back printing easier this option is grayed out in printer menu A Midilllustrator supports alternate page printing i e odd or even page printing as well as other important printing options 9 6 Downloading Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ gt Buying amp Activating Editing the Score MIDI Playback amp Sound Import amp Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous Downloading Back to FAQ Topic Q I really would like to try this program but I can t get it to download Can you email it to me A Occasionally Internet traffic levels can mean that the Midilllustrator trial setup file is slow to download or temporarily unavailable If this happens please try downloading again later To retry from our website http www
486. sier to perform as dialog options are automatically configured when the dialog is opened Time Signature Dialog new features e Acomprehensive set of options to add and modify existing meter values e Midilllustrator can intelligently reorganize music in the score as necessary to allow time signature insertions which would otherwise upset the existing rhythmic structure of the music Transpose Dialog new features e Easier to use with numbered steps now with quick Octave Up Down buttons Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 32 Midilllustrator Help Import Options Playback Options New Horizontal Scroll Bar Menus and Toolbars MidiIllustrat or Maestro Version 1 00 ONLY New Feature Composing and Editing with Edit Mode Power Edit Mode Score Templates and the quick start Default Score Template Record Y our Performanc e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Existing Chords Guitar Frets automatically recalculated based on the newly transposed notation when the transposition is complete Clef and Key Dialogs e New key and clef selection controls for faster score changes New options to control how Midilllustrator manages MIDI tracks staves during import or editing Playback Options are now program specific and no longer score specific New Horizontal scrollbar allows horizontal scrolling in Page View as well as page number changing in Window View Menus
487. sing keys near the middle of a MIDI keyboard and instead configure less frequently used keys at either end of the instrument Shortcut keys are deactivated in Edit Mode Normal Entry J as in this state MIDI input is converted to notation and added to the current score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 25 Midilllustrator Help 5 19 7 6 Entering Note Values from your Instrument For each of the commands below you may configure a corresponding key or note on your MIDI Instrument You can enter note values manually using the drop down box or you can select an instruction from the list click the Use Next MIDI Note Entered button and then tap a key on your MIDI device to set a particular value Enabling MIDI Shortcut Keys Don t forget to set both Listen for MIDI Shortcut Keys on this Options page and Listen to MIDI In device on the MIDI In MIDI Echo Options page in order to enable MIDI Shortcut Keys On Screen Keyboard Once configured you will be able to see which notes on your MIDI Instrument are configured for use as MIDI Shortcut Keys by displaying Midilllustrator s On Screen Keyboard Configured keys are highlighted with colored markers as a quick reference Instruction Name Instruction Page Next Turns the page Page Previous Turns the page Perform Play Stop Begins Ends playback Perform Rewind Rewinds playback Step by Step Cue Playback from Step Synchronizes the playback pos
488. sing the mouse as a note entry and modification tool By contrast to Normal Edit the entry note is immediately displayed at the insertion point as the mouse cursor moves over the score Clicking the left mouse button will add a new note orrest The same context sensitive entry rules apply to the entry item as in Normal Edit mode Chord notes can be entered in Mouse Entry mode by holding the Control key down when entering inserts a new chord note at the insertion point and leaves the cursor at the current insertion point Moving and Copying Notes with the Mouse Mouse Entry and Normal Entry In Mouse Entry mode and Normal Entry mode individual notes can be selected and dragged or copied to new times or pitches Certain keys will modify the behaviour when existing notes are selected and dragged on the score If no modifier key is selected Midilllustrator will monitor the drag direction and limit the dragging direction to either Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 235 vertical or horizontal This behaviour makes it easier to make notation changes accurately override this behaviour with the Alt key see below Using these keyboard modifiers at the same time as dragging with the mouse will give different results Action Keyboard Modifier Effect Changes the pitch of the Dragging Vertically None selected note to the new drag pitch Creates a copy of the existing Control Key note in the same time
489. sition Very useful if you are making trial and error changes to the notation Optionally play imported MIDI songs as they were originally performed rather than adhering to the notated times displayed on the score where the notation may have been tidied for easier reading This has always been the default behavior in earlier versions of Midilllustrator The new Advanced Note Selection Dialog allows you to make note selections in the score using many different criteria for example selecting only the upper or lower notes in a range of chords A host of new navigation and selection commands allow you to move easily around the score and work with the notation New object deletion commands have been added Extensive Keyboard Shortcuts support all the key commands including e New cursor commands allow skipping backwards forwards during playback e Staff Manager staff selection If you find that when playing scores there is a small delay between when you hear notes and when you see them highlighted on the score or if the cursor appears to move just before the beat then you can use this feature to correct for any MIDI Out device latency and synchronize the sound and screen events Customize Midilllustrator to work with any MIDI device latency you experience with your MIDI system setup A new group of options allows you to configure your editing environment including e Chords o Auto Correct manually entered chord names o
490. so that you can See it clearly from where you are sitting View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 145 5 3 6 Toolbars The View menu offers the following commands Window View Displays the score on the screen making full use ofthe size of the monitor screen It is not a representation of how the score will appear when printed see page view below but it makes the best use of your screen real estate Page View Print Preview Page View is the same as Print Preview This view allows you to evaluate the score prior to sending it to print and therefore to adjust the page layout or printer set up as desired before printing The score is displayed on the screen as it will appear printed using the current printer setup and page layout Scroll View Editing This viewing mode applies the same rules for layout as Window view except that the format for the score is a single system which scrolls horizontally along the page This makes editing much simpler as the dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit eg staff height do not result in constant reformatting of the score Hide Staff Notation Show Timeline A view of the score in which traditional staff notation is temporarily hidden and instead staves in the score are compressed shown as a compact timeline Performance Mod
491. sound of notes during playback Note positions on the score are unchanged To transpose and reposition notes on the score perhaps with a new key signature see the Transpose Dialog There may be up to 128 instruments available any one of which may be selected for a specific staff or staves The list of available instruments may change depending on the MIDI channel you have selected for the staff To learn more about this see the MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments section Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus tet Volume This is the starting volume for the staff you may add volume MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog Jy When the volume box is checked the volume may be changed using either the drop down box or the left and right arrows on the right hand side of the volume display The range is 0 muted to 127 maximum volume The default setting for MIDI staves that do not specify a value for volume is 64 Pan This is the starting pan for the staff vou may add pan MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog yy A pan setting of 64 means that the stereo balance is equal on the left and right channels and this is the default behaviour for MIDI staves that do not specify a value for stereo pan You may wish to change the stereo balance so that it is higher or lower on one side and this can be done using either the drop down box or the left and
492. ss Clef e Alto Clef e Tenor Clef e Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Higher e Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Lower e Octave Adjusted Bass Clef Lower e Neutral Clef Apply Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst leaving the dialog open for any future changes Undo Changes Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the score since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes with the Apply button View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 10 Midilllustrator Help 3 About the Different Midilllustrator Products The table below shows at a glance which of the key areas of functionality are available in each product Throughout this documentation features found only in Midilllustrator Maestro are highlighted with the Midilllustrator Maestro icon J For a comprehensive list of Midilllustrator product features see What can you do with Midilllustrator For a timeline of all Midilllustrator product releases and updates including details about the original Midilllustrator product see the Version History MidilIllustrator Player is a free product and includes a small part of the functionality offered by other products in the Midilllustrator range With Midilllustrator Player you can open print and playback scores created with other Midilllustr
493. ssion metronome options Use MIDI This check box activates deactivates the MIDI Metronome subject to Metronome the rules contained within the Rules for Metronome Use section of the tab See Rules for Metronome Use below Use Speaking When the Metronome is active and the Speaking Metronome is Metronome enabled the metronome will count the beats out loud using a human voice instead of the Metronome Instrument This is especially useful when learning rhythm The counting voice files are stored in the following location lt USER gt Documents Rallentando Software MidiIllustrator Maestro 3 Resources Sounds Metronome Voice You may overwrite these files with recordings of your own but we recommend first backing up the original wave files Rules for There are two rules associated with the Metronome Metronome Use e Use Metronome throughout playback of score e Metronome Intro Bars and one associated with the Metronome Light e Flash on beat for ms Note The Use MIDI Metronome check box must be checked or the metronome will make no sound regardless of how you configure the metronome rules Use Metronome This check box allows you to choose whether or not to have the Throughout Metronome ticking at all times during playback Playback of Score Flash on beat for The Metronome Light M Light flashes in time with each beat of the ms music to give you a visual representation of the time signature of th
494. st creation phase of import Excessive empty tracks now dropped during import e Fixed some Windows ME 98 compatibility issues e Fixed other minor bugs including some tie note editing errors and track tools functionality e Updated product documentation e Updated Midilllustrator Setup Installer MidiIllustrator Version 1 00 First public release View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Compare the Different Versions of Midilllustrator The table below shows at a glance which of the key areas of functionality are available in each product Throughout this documentation features found only in Midilllustrator Maestro are highlighted with the Midilllustrator Maestro icon J For a comprehensive list of Midilllustrator product features see What can you do with Midilllustrator Fora timeline of all Midilllustrator product releases and updates including details about the original Midilllustrator product see the Version History MidilIllustrator Player is a free product and includes a small part of the functionality offered by other products in the Midilllustrator range With Midilllustrator Player you can open print and playback scores created with other Midilllustrator products mil files Read more about Player Description MidilIllustrator MidilIllustrator Maestro Virtuoso Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 333
495. st of the staff notation and Staff Copy properties Functions Improved Hide Upper Midilllustrator intuitively handles the display of rests in the notation Lower Voice This option gives the composer greater control to optionally hide all Rests automatically drawn upper lower voice rests allowing for a more streamlined score Improved Better management of staff systems based on clef size and notation Score content means that staves are even more compact making even better Layout use of your screen real estate New Program Icons Fixes and e Improvements to barline graphics and introduced new barline Improveme toolbar buttons nts e It is now default behavior to print score notation colors but not to print page textures which are now separate options e Search the help file for keywords directly from the search box in the main program menu bar e New page background textures e Extra handling of invalid key signatures in MIDI files e Accidentals no longer repeat on notes which tie from the previous measure To show an accidental on a note tied from a previous system page a courtesy accidental can be used e Staff instrument names can now be edited in Staff Manager and the Staff Instrument dialogs e Re enabled default editing option Auto tie off beat notes which cross beats e Improvements to Scroll View e Added extensions to all file names in List Bar so the extension column does not need to be visible to identify file typ
496. strator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 3 Open Display and Print Scores Before you can use Midilllustrator to convert song files into sheet music you must first acquire some music files stored in a format that Midilllustrator can read To get you started the Midilllustrator download package includes some MIDI files as samples so you can see right away what Midilllustrator can do See the Samples folder usually found in the active user Documents folder in the Ra lentando Software Midilllustrator sub folder Midilllustrator can open files of the following types File Types Midilllustrator Can Open mid Standard MIDI File SMF format Stores musical information as notes within staves specifically the note pitches and their starting and ending times Instrument Sounds Unlike audio music files such as WAV and MP3 MIDI files do not contain instrument sounds per se and the instrument sounds in a performance are ultimately determined by the MIDI soundcard in your computer This allows MIDI files to be much smaller more portable and more easily modified than other music file formats Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software z Midilllustrator Help kar mil mit Saving files with MidiIllustrator Transcribing MIDI files contain very little or no information about the visual representation of the music e g beams ties chord names Itis up to MidiIllustrator to conver
497. strator feature set after this point then you must buy the software Buying Midilllustrator is quick easy and great value There are several ways to purchase the full version of Midilllustrator see the help topic Help Purchasing Midilllustrator For more information visit our website at http www Midilllustrator com Midilllustrator is published by Rallentando Software View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 34 Midilllustrator Help 11 Contact Us Command Location Help Menu If you have any questions then please email us Many common questions are addressed in these help files For information about new products and upgrades please visit our website If you have a technical question about Midilllustrator then please provide as much detail as possible when writing so that we have the best chance of answering accurately For support questions support MidiIllustrator com For sales and billing questions sales Midilllustrator com For more information http www Midilllustrator com Midilllustrator is published by Rallentando Software View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 315 12 Version History and Licence Agreement Midilllustrator Products License Agreeme
498. strator will dynamically apply the new options to the whole score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Program Concepts 277 You can make basic changes in Performance or Layout Mode for example correcting note lengths or changing score attributes like stave heights or key signatures You can change the presentation of the notation but in these modes the raw music is generally protected so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes Midilllustrator continually reinterprets the notation from the original MIDI data automatically as you make changes always trying to render the clearest and most accurate presentation of the raw musical MIDI data Editing a Song for the First Time Jy By contrast in Edit Mode you have full composing power with the score add notes modify note pitches durations etc In Edit Mode you will have complete control over composition MidiIllustrator will settle on the current interpretation of the song s original MIDI content when editing begins When you begin formally editing a score for the first time by entering Edit Mode Midilllustrator locks the current interpretation of the underlying original MIDI performance and hands over complete control over the score to you In this way you can be sure that Midilllustrator will no longer override any future composition decisions you make The main areas of Midilllustrator s automatic interpretat
499. structure intact To remove whole measures staves see Remove Measures Using Other Functions Whilst in Power Edit Whilst in Power Edit certain notation functions will automatically apply to the current range selected if any This often makes it faster to apply changes to a particular range of measures These functions include e Clef e Key Signature e Transpose Notes e Remove Measures e Endings More About this Mode Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Task Wizard Command Location Tools Menu About Tasks Tasks allow you to make a number of changes to your songs in one quick step For instance you can use a Task to open a MIDI file and apply a series of special commands to the resulting score such as converting the piece into a simplified two hand piano piece and highlighting all the accidentals in the score in a bright color The Task will then automatically save the file with a new name of your choice You can apply these instructions to any number of files with a single Task or you can modify only the current score or just the scores you have open at the time Note It is up to you to save any Task changes to f
500. sydectaransnud a a ea a aa aa a E aia EX Pre SSIOM IM GNU see s cos earar fa van ea aaee sce ap A Eae AN sees aeeadteasetaseesceeusseessidsetscecseusertsecese LayOut Menu ji iiis Sede cdeeetiee to eedeabieted cite veneiieeetieaeteledie inter bendei eit veeeteiedia ieee Layout M Ode iv cscecicceisaviesivcctedacsvescensecedecctiesneevciccsacteosciseusisevecsussustecducdvecssabesvenstcedessncesnseucivesselesdvapensitnvecsedss POWOEMEGIE men s sonrisa a eaan a aa aea te a aoea aa eS ae aada aa aaa Power Edits Ode AEN aE EE T T IE PE E E A Perform MehUksnire ia anera i aaa aa ea aE Ea aa a a aa aa a EE aia Recording a Real Time Performance Ses Ste PID Y Ste py PELET T E E A A csectusasievcevduscitaeorsieeestoecdacecerd Practice SOS SIONS Aant aa a e aien a aa aaea ea raaa aa eais Metronome Instrument Dialog ccc ccceecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeneesneeeeaeeeeanessaaeeesaeeseeneeseaeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees MIDI Echo Instrument Dialog cccsscesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesneeeesneessneeesaeeeeaneesanesesaeeseeneeseaeeesaeeseeneeseeeeeseeeees LEISES EEE T E anes feucsbuencervacvsnzeseessiecteesuescer esteesersaaeesseseeFubaveceye TOOIS MO NU KE e E A E A A A A savebsucvesnsnes rarer neatied KaL L AE EA E EEE EAEE E AE AA EE ENA E EA AOE Recording a Real Time Performance ccccccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaceceeeecaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseeaeesseeesaeenaes 236 Note Entry Via the On Screen Piano Keyboatd cccccceee
501. t show this wizard in future just use the default settings instead check box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 265 5 19 8 4 Editing Options Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Editing Options Tab Chords Auto Correct manually Midilllustrator can make entered chord names corrections to common spelling and format errors in chord names If for example a chord name is entered as a Dim then Midilllustrator can correct it to A dim Furthermore manually typed chords which Midilllustrator recognizes will be automatically selected if the chord is right clicked and edited in the Chord Selector Auto Add frets to manually There are two features to this entered chords option e When manually editing chord names in the score if Midilllustrator finds that some chords in the score already have guitar fret diagrams beneath them then the corresponding fret for the modified chord name will be automatically added when chord name editing completes e Similarly if a chord name is changed manually i e without using the chord selector dialog then Midilllustrator will try to change any corresponding guitar fret to the same chord as long as the chord name is recognisable Selection Exclude dots when When using Note Rest editing incrementing duration of commands to tog
502. t Step by Step cursor position and any new input position the more reluctant Midilllustrator will be to move the cursor to that part of the score which it thinks best reflects your input By contrast if the jump is only a few note lengths from the current position the move will be made quickly Bear this in mind when jumping large distances in the score you will need to play a passage of several notes quite accurately so that Midilllustrator can be sure that a jump is appropriate View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Practice Sessions Command Location Perform Menu Practice Sessions allow you to focus on part or all of a score whether you are studying rehearsing or simply listening to the music You create or edit Practice Sessions using the Practice Session Wizard Wizard The Wizard will guide you through the steps necessary to design your Practice Session Practice Sessions are available in Performance Mode only Session Options You can decide how much of the score to show on the screen during the session by choosing a range of measures to work with or a section marked out with Bookmarks You can also determine if and how Midilllustrator will accompany you during the session You can choose to hear a section repeated in a continuous loop or a specific number of times if you are rehearsing You can also specify how the Metronome should behave during the ac
503. t You Hear section of How Midilllustrator converts MIDI to Notation Ignore Barline Repeats Ignore or apply any special endings such as barline repeats Highlight Rests During Playback Optionally highlight rests during playback as well as notes to help with counting Scroll and Fade In the Next Page Scroll in the next page during playback to make reading ahead easier available only in Window View Performance Mode Display e Highlight Notes lyrics During Playback Midilllustrator will highlight the notes and lyrics on the score during playback when this command has been selected e Grey Muted Notes Show the muted notes on the score in a different color to the standard notes and do not highlight them during playback Enter Playlist Mode Begins Playlist Mode View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Recording a Real Time Performance Command Location Perform Menu The record tool allows you to capture a real time performance froma connected MIDI device The performance is instantly converted to notation using your Recording Options rules and is added directly to your score Recording is possible only in Edit Mode Normal Entry Before you can record to your score you must have configured a MIDI In device and ensured that you are listening for MIDI In from that device You can configure the way in which newly recorded MIDI will be transcribed by Midilllustra
504. t and Play Midilllustrator contains sophisticated MIDI to notation conversion technology which can quickly and accurately generate attractive scores from music of all styles stored in Standard MIDI Format SMF Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Learn More About How Midilllustrator Converts MIDI to Notation Midilllustrator can create scores in your favorite style from one or all of your MIDI files in a single step Once Midilllustrator has created your scores you can Configure Sound and Play Back Scores Open Display and Print Scores o Open and View Scores Display the Score In Different Ways Choose Colors Textures and Backgrounds for Your Score Adjust the Score Layout Using Layout Mode Print the Score Quickly print selected parts instruments staves Find Music Files on the Internet Save and Manage your Scores Playback the Score o Create and Play a Score Playlist o Scroll and Fade in the Next Page Advance Page Turn Tasks to Transform Your Scores Automatically Present Difficult Notation in Simplified Form Arrange the Score for Piano Automatically Reformat the Score as a Fake Book or Song Lead Sheet Generate Chord Names and Guitar Frets Automatically Format many Scores at once using the Task Wizard Hide Traditional Staff Notation and Instead Show Staves as a Compact Timeline erformance and Learning Tools Practice Particular Passages with Special Practice Tools Learn Music Step by S
505. t do I receive when I buy Midilllustrator A Please see I m interested in purchasing Midiillustrator Visit this page to read more about product support Back to FAQ Topic Q Can I buy a copy of MidiIllustrator on CD A Not any more The latest version of your software is always available for you to download free of charge and never goes out of date like a CD copy Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 306 Midilllustrator Help 9 2 Editing the Score Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ gt Buying amp Activating Editing the Score MIDI Playback amp Sound Import amp Export Printing Downloading Miscellaneous Editing the Score Back to FAQ Topic Q Is it possible to delete rests in the notation A Yes with Midilllustrator Maestro Midilllustrator Virtuoso behaves slightly differently to suit a different purpose How Rests are treated differently in MidiIllustrator Virtuoso versus Midilllustrator Maestro The design of Midilllustrator Virtuoso is such that it is intended to automate the process of notating as far as possible As a result Midilllustrator Virtuoso will always try to fill all the silence in a given measure with rests Furthermore it will automatically try to group rests in accordance with the rules of music notation This automatic behavior cannot be overridden in Midilllustrator Virtuoso Rests cannot be selected and thus cannot be deleted in the same way that notes can If you
506. t the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 6 3 Modes and Default Views Command Location Tools Menu and Views Menu The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode The associated view is selected only when first entering a new mode and can generally be changed thereafter Layout Mode is an exception see below If you change views whilst in a particular mode Midilllustrator will remember your preference and set the view each time you enter that mode Read more about Modes here Read more about Views here Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 280 Midilllustrator Help 6 4 The table shows which view is selected by default when entering each mode Mode View More Information Performance Mode Window View Optimal for studying scores fits the most music into the available screen real estate Layout Mode Page View Print Preview This is the only view available for Layout Mode as the layout settings are only applied when the score is formatted for the printed page Edit Mode 4 Normal Entry Scroll View A single system scrolling horizontally along the page makes editing much simpler as the dynamic changes to the score object sizes which occur as you edit eg staff height do not result in constant reformatting of the score Edit Mode 4 Mouse Entry Scroll View As above for Normal Entry Note that when switching b
507. t this simple musical information into readable sheet music generating all the notation necessary to support the raw MIDI note data Karaoke file A special type of MIDI file with a staff dedicated to storing lyrics as well as notes in the SMF format Midilllustrator treats Karaoke files in much the same way as MIDI files but includes some advanced options for optimizing the presentation of lyrics within the score When you open a Karaoke file containing lyrics Midilllustrator will optionally ask you if you would like to present the score as a Song Lead Sheet See Song Lead Sheets and Fake Books for further detail MidilIllustrator score This is a special file format used only by MidilIllustrator to store all of the musical and visual information contained in a score MidilIllustrator Score Template Jy Like the mil file format this is a special file format used only by Midilllustrator to store all the building blocks for a new Midilllustrator score See also Score Templates When Midilllustrator notates scores a special file format is needed to store all the information that cannot be stored in a standard MIDI or Karaoke file If you wish to store information beyond the underlying MIDI data in a score then you must save your files in the MIL format mil Files saved in the simpler MIDI format will be stripped of all formatting and a lot of musical attributes such as chord names fonts colors etc Ways to Open Files
508. t your scores in black and white to save ink These settings are applied in Page View Print Preview enabling you to see the final result prior to printing This check box enables you to choose whether to print any page texture you have chosen This option can be particularly useful if you have a color printer and you are using color on the screen to enhance readability yet would like to print your scores in black and white to save ink These settings are applied in Page View Print Preview enabling you to see the final result prior to printing This check box allows you to choose between displaying or hiding the various score titles on the printed page e Score Title top of the first page e Copyright not displayed on the score e Composer beneath the title right side first page e Reference beneath the title left side first page e Footer bottom of the page first page and all remaining pages e Header top of the page first page and all remaining pages See Score Titles for more information The dimensions of all the objects on the printed page are set based on the print size The print size in points equates to the height of a note head The Print Size in points box will show the figure of 5 by default but this can be adjusted using the left and right arrows on the right hand side of the box Print size is quite different to zooming For more information on this topic see Z
509. ta Editing a Song for the First Time Jy By contrast in Edit Mode you have full composing power with the score add notes modify note pitches durations etc In Edit Mode you will have complete control over composition MidilIllustrator will settle on the current interpretation of the song s original MIDI content when editing begins When you begin formally editing a score for the first time by entering Edit Mode Midilllustrator locks the current interpretation of the underlying original MIDI performance and hands over complete control over the score to you In this way you can be sure that Midilllustrator will no longer override any future composition decisions you make The main areas of Midilllustrator s automatic interpretation which no longer apply in Edit Mode are e Automatic application of Score Transcription Options such as Make the score Easier to Read although you can still apply one off conversions to the score to apply new transcription rules whenever you wish e Automatic note durations and note attack times and automatic chording of notes e Automatic voice assignment e Automatic identification of tuplets Note that even in Edit Mode Midilllustrator will continue to play back sequences imported from a MIDI file as they were originally performed as long as Play Imported MIDI as Originally Performed is checked Perform Menu Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference
510. tando Software Command Reference Menus 209 5 11 Bookmarks menu The Bookmarks menu will only appear when a bookmark has been selected As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Bookmarks are displayed as rich text objects which can be edited directly in place on the score and font formatting is possible using the format toolbar which appears when editing a Bookmark The menu offers the following commands Edit Bookmark Allows the editing of selected bookmarks Insert New Line Inserts a new line at the insertion point Adds a new bookmark at the next possible insertion point to the Add Edit Next right of the current cursor position or if a bookmark already exists at Bookmark that position begins editing that bookmark See also the Insertion options in Editing Options to alter this behavior Adds a new bookmark at the next possible insertion point to the left Add Edit Previous of the current cursor position or if a bookmark already exists at that Bookmark position begins editing that bookmark See also the Insertion options in Editing Options to alter this behavior Shift Bookmark Allows you to quickly shift the selected item s forwards or backwards in the score Delete Deletes selected bookmarks Bookmark s View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com
511. tate of the score These modes are designed to allow you to easily focus on a particular instrument or instruments in a score You can individuate a selection of instruments gradually by increasing the performance volume relative to other instruments in the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 150 Midilllustrator Help Mode 1 No Staves Selected e If no staves are selected and the slider is in the central position staves will play back at their individual designated volume see the Volume setting in the MIDI Configuration section of Staff Manager e As the slider is moved to the right the volume on all staves will be steadily increased to a maximum of 127 e As the volume is moved to the left the volume on all staves will be steadily decreased to a minimum of 0 If the various staff volumes are uneven then some staves will reach the boundaries of 0 or 127 before others at which point increasing or decreasing the volume further will have the effect of gradually synchronizing all staff volumes Eventually all staves will have the same minimum or maximum value Mode 2 Staves Selected When one or more staves in the score is selected altering the volume will effect the selected and unselected staves in different ways e At the central position all staff volumes will play at 100 of their original values e As the volume slider is moved to the right the volume of all selected staves will increase to a maximum of 1
512. ted settings However Midilllustrator will still ensure that basic rules for formatting are still applied such as ensuring that a single system or measure cannot be any wider than the page containing it Furthermore Midilllustrator will always stretch the last measure in a system to reach the right margin of the page unless the measure is the last in the score As a result custom width settings for such an end of system measure may not be applied Note that empty measures with custom layout height or width cannot be compressed and are treated as non identical to other empty measures with different layout settings or no layout settings More About this Mode You can make basic notation changes in Layout Mode for example correcting score attributes like stave heights You can change the presentation of the notation but in this mode like Performance Mode the raw music is generally protected so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 1 3 Edit Mode Command Location Tools Menu Edit Mode is for f
513. template with your favorite properties in order to save time in the future when creating new compositions The Midilllustrator installation package contains some basic templates to get composers up and running The record tool allows you to capture a real time performance froma connected MIDI device The performance is instantly converted to notation using your Recording Options rules and is added directly to your score This tool allows you to enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using the On Screen Piano Keyboard Enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using a connected MIDI device This tool allows you to enter single note rhythms into your scores using the computer keyboard You can quickly and easily capture the rhythm of a tune without having to worry about playing the right notes or assigning complex note durations individually Use the Midilllustrator clipboard to cut copy and paste notation from one part of the score to another or even to another score Make identical copies of the selected staff including staff name instrument MIDI properties etc The Entry Item toolbar forms part of the Editing Palettes and is for setting note and rest entry qualities Recording options determine how Midilllustrator transcribes live MIDI performances recorded into the program You can also determine metronome settings for the recording session Note accidentals as well as enharmonic spel
514. temporarily hiding other commands to help you focus on the task in hand You simply switch seamlessly between modes depending on what you want to do with the program Performance Mode allows you to perform and interact with a song Layout Mode is for changing score dimensions and positions and Edit Mode y is for full scale composition Within Edit Mode there are three sub modes for working with your scores in different ways e Modes o 1 Performance Mode o 2 Layout Mode o Edit Mode 3 Normal Entry 4 Mouse Entry 5 Power Edit The different Modes can be set using the Modes and Views toolbar shown below with Keyboard Shortcuts or via the Tools menu The numbers on the toolbar correspond with the shortcut keys and the list above Edit Modes buttons highlighted below in the blue box are available only in Midilllustrator Maestro Normal Entry affords you all of Midilllustrator s score editing functions Mouse Entry allows these same functions specifically allowing you to add and modify notation directly using the mouse Power Edit allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats When you import a song it is initially displayed in Performance Mode During import Midilllustrator generates the score using its musical interpretation rules and your current Score Transcription Options You can change these options even after the score has been created and Midilllu
515. tep without reading any Notation with the on screen Piano Rapidly Improve your Sight Reading with Note Names displayed next to every Note on the Score o Assign Finger Numbers to Notes either Manually or Automatically Show Finger Numbers on the Keys of the On Screen Keyboard o Practice new Rhythms with the Audio Visual Metronome o Sing along with Accompaniment the Lyrics Light up in Time with the Music o Watch your Score Performed on the Keyboard by Midilllustrator s Performing Hands Connect and Interact o Connect a MIDI Instrument and Interact with the Music o Remotely Control functions Using Your Connected MIDI Instrument o Create Device Instrument Defaults for New Scores o Make the most of your MIDI Device Capabilities Customize the Program Interface o Choose a Theme Color Scheme o Customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard Colors O O O O O O00 uwvooo0oo0o0o Composing Create and Edit Scores Create brand new scores from the ground up or use MidiIllustrator s powerful editing tools on existing scores originally generated from MIDI songs Some features are available in Midilllustrator Maestro only marked y Create a Brand New Score Compose and Edit Using Edit Mode Jy o Add Notation Quickly using Context Sensitive Entry Jy o Modify a Note or a Selection of Notes Make Changes Quickly with Context Sensitive Menus o Add Special Barlines to Control Playback of Efficient Scores Repeat Sections Special Endings o
516. tep Cue Playback from Step Synchronizes the playback position to the Position current Step Position See also Setting the Playback Starting Position in Step by Step Mode View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 9 3 Create Device Instrument Defaults for New Scores Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI Instrument Routing Tab MIDI Instrument Routing allows you to control the way in which certain instruments or MIDI patches are handled by Midilllustrator during playback When a MIDI file is created each staff in the song is usually given a particular Channel and instrument Patch You can read more about channels in the MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments section Furthermore when the file is first opened Midilllustrator will assign the default MIDI playback device to each staff This is usually the soundcard in your computer which has 128 instrument General MIDI sounds If you have more than one MIDI playback device available to your system however you may Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help prefer that all Piano instruments are played using a dedicated Piano MIDI module which you may have attached to your system via MIDI cables Or you may simply prefer some instruments sounds from one sound card over another In this case you can create a MIDI Instrument Routing which will tell MidiIllustrator to
517. tes You can also capture your musical ideas with the following tools e Recording a Real Time Performance e Using Note Entry via the On Screen Guitar Fretboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device e Tapping In Rhythms with the PC Keyboard Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 23 Midilllustrator Help View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www MidiIllustrator com 5 19 1 3 3 Chord Entry Via a Connected MIDI Device Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI In This tool allows you to enter single notes or whole chords directly into your score using a connected MIDI device Before you can add notes to your score in this way you must have configured a MIDI In device and ensured that you are listening for MIDI In from that device Note entry with a connected MIDI device is possible only in Edit Mode Normal Entry Notes are entered by positioning the cursor to the desired insertion point and entering the desired note pitch es using your connected MIDI device When all the notes held down on the device have been released the chord note is added Holding down the Shift key whilst entering notation will result in rest entry rather than note entry The duration of the note or rest added is determined by the entry item qualities and should be set before entering a new item Chord notes can be added in exactly the same way as with the mouse or computer keyboard hol
518. than one musical idea indicated in a staff with the use of voices it will normally assign both the left and right hands to finger lower and upper voices accordingly Uncheck this box to have a single hand notes across play multiple voices on each staff Disabling this option may have consequences for Performing Hands making some multi voice chord combinations unplayable Advanced Settings The Depth of analysis and Result Smoothing settings allow you to control the effort Midilllustrator applies to assigning finger numbers to a range of notes Warning Changing advanced settings especially Depth of analysis may dramatically increase analysis time so this option should be configured in the context of your PC processor speed Generally deeper analysis will result in better fingering and increasing the result smoothing will address errors caused by insufficient depth of analysis It s worth Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software zs Midilllustrator Help experimenting with different analysis settings on different notation selections especially if you can allow extra time for the analysis to proceed Remember these advanced settings Your settings will be saved when you close the dialog These saved settings will also be applied when automatically assigning finger numbers for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts Restore Advanced Defaults Restore the default settings for
519. the changes made without the need to close the dialog box by hitting the OK button Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 225 If you would like your changes to be made immediately use The Apply Now button When this button is used any changes made to the staves will be reflected on the score straightaway without the need to click the Apply button Applying Instrument Changes Quickly As well as using the Apply Apply Now buttons you can instantly apply instrument changes by double clicking an instrument name in the instrument list If the Apply button is available double clicking the list will have the effect of pressing this button effecting the new instrument immediately Device Assuming more than one device is available other devices can be selected using this drop down box To change the list of devices see the MIDI Playback tab in Program Options The devices available for MIDI Echo are exactly the same as the devices available for MIDI Playback Channel The default channel is Autoselect but you can use any of the channels listed If you choose Autoselect Midilllustrator will choose a channel for the MIDI Echo instrument which does not conflict with channels used by any of the staves in the active score If all 16 channels are being used by staves in the MIDI file the MIDI Echo instrument will share a channel with one of the staves Each time you begin playback of a score Midilllustrator r
520. the entry note is immediately displayed at the insertion point as the mouse cursor moves over the score Clicking the left mouse button will add a new note orrest The same context sensitive entry rules apply to the entry item as in Normal Edit mode Chord notes can be entered in Mouse Entry mode by holding the Control key down when entering inserts a new chord note at the insertion point and leaves the cursor at the current insertion point Moving and Copying Notes with the Mouse Mouse Entry and Normal Entry Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator In Mouse Entry mode and Normal Entry mode individual notes can be selected and dragged or copied to new times or pitches Certain keys will modify the behaviour when existing notes are selected and dragged on the score If no modifier key is selected Midilllustrator will monitor the drag direction and limit the dragging direction to either vertical or horizontal This behaviour makes it easier to make notation changes accurately override this behaviour with the Alt key see below Using these keyboard modifiers at the same time as dragging with the mouse will give different results Action Keyboard Modifier Effect Changes the pitch of the Dragging Vertically None selected note to the new drag pitch Creates a copy of the existing Control Key note in the same time at the new drag pitch Changes the time of the Dragging Horizontall
521. the page Substitutes the number of the last measure on the page Substitutes the file title excluding the extension eg My Song Substitutes the file title including the extension eg My Song mid Substitutes the file path eg C Songs My Song mid Substitutes the file path eg C Songs Substitutes the current hour 24 hour clock Substitutes the current hour 12 hour clock Substitutes the current minute Substitutes the current second Substitutes the current time 12 hour clock Substitutes the current time 24 hour clock Substitutes the current day of the week eg Monday Substitutes the current day of the month eg 12 Substitutes the current month name eg May Substitutes the current month of the yeareg 5 Substitutes the current year Substitutes the current date Note that you can reference other titles using fields In this case references must not be circular ie if you place the Copyright field in the Composer title then the Copyright title cannot also contain the Composer field or an endless loop would result Example of Field Usage The following text in the footer would show page numbers on each page of the score Page page_number of page_total Notes about Fields e Titles are only visible in Page view Print Preview e If you apply font formatting to a field in a score title then you MUST apply the same formatting to the entire field including the square brackets or
522. the staff see Transpose note sounds in the MIDI Configuration section of the Staff Manager Dialog Using the Transpose dialog notes may be transposed e in all the measures on the score e fromthe current measure to the next key change and e between specific measures Transposing notes There are four ways to transpose notes 1 by using the left and right arrows on the right of the Key Signature Graphical Display and by clicking through until you find your desired key 2 by selecting a major or minor key from the drop down boxes located below the Key Signature Graphical Display 3 by shifting notes by a selected number of half steps either up or down towards the bottom of the dialog box or 4 by checking the Transpose entire piece to key closest to C Major minimize accidentals box Apply new key to ALL staves Apply Undo Changes Do not transpose Drum notes Recalculate existing Chords Guitar Frets Select Current Key Transpose entire piece to key closest to C Major minimize accidentals Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Enables you to change the key on all staves in the piece rather than just the selected staff Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst leaving the dialog open for any future changes Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the score since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes
523. their playback time as an aid to reading ahead The drop down box contains the following options e On Time e A Whole Note Ahead of Time e AHalf Note Ahead of Time e A Quarter Note Ahead of Time e An 8 Note Ahead of Time e A 16t Note Ahead of Time e A324 Note Ahead of Time e A 64t Note Ahead of Time Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 8 2 General Preferences Command Location Tools Menu Program Options Program Colors Tab The Application Colors Tab allows you to change the Metronome Light flash colors Colors To change the default color of an item simply select the item in the list click on the Modify button and choose a new color from the Color palette Then click OK in the Color tab for the changes to take effect on the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 262 Midilllustrator Help 5 19 8 3 Note that changes are made to the application dynamically without the need to close the dialog box with the OK command in order to facilitate experimentation with new settings View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Program Colors Command Location Tools Menu Program Options General Preferences Tab The General Preferences tab allows you t
524. then selected Countdown from the third drop down box the Beat Marks would disappear when they were passed in the score during Playback Therefore if you actually want the Beat Marks to be on display at all times even during Playback make sure you have selected Static in the third drop down box as well as Normal in the first Bookmarks Allows you to customize any Bookmarks which have been placed on the score The default setting is a Curved Box which encloses the Bookmark but this can be changed using the Bookmark drop down box The options available are e Normal no surround e Boxed e Curve Boxed Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 172 Midilllustrator Help 5 4 5 3 Staff Tools and Namings Command Location Score Menu Score Options Staff Tools and Namings Tab The Staff Tools and Namings tab allows you to make changes to the Staff Name and the Instrument Name on the current score and to show hide Staff Tools Show Tools Ensure Tools are Always Visible i e even when hiding empty staves Show Namings Allows you to show hide the Staff Tools buttons on the left hand side of the first system on the page This option is only available in Window View This option is used in co
525. ther music software programs and some advanced digital keyboards can then display chords in the lyrics generated by MidiIllustrator when importing a MIDI file Beat Marker A major improvement to the Numbers existing beat markers Beat Marker Numbers are small numbers on the beat above the top staff If for example the time signature is 4 4 then four beat marks or the numbers 1 to 4 will span the top of each measure These numbers are hidden as the cursor passes them Performing Performing Hands can also be Hands Now shown in Step by Step Mode when Displayed in finger numbers have been created Step by for the score This can help with Step Mode studying hand positions Step by Step by Step mode now shows Step Mode notes on the score are they are Shows input from a device to help see Incorrect mistakes and find the correct Input position Step by New MIDI Shortcut Keys for Step Mode synchronizing the playback New MIDI position to the current Step Shortcut Position Keys Step by New Keyboard Shortcut Keys for Step Mode synchronizing the playback New position to the current Step Keyboard Position Shortcut Keys Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 106 Midilllustrator Help Improved Metronome Intro Lead in Options Step by Step Mode improved in Practise Sessions Highlight Rests During Playback Save Restore
526. ther standard Windows toolbars found in Midilllustrator but unlike most toolbars it can also be sized dynamically even when it is docked The fretboard can be docked or floated When Midilllustrator first starts the fretboard is docked at the bottom of the screen As you resize the program s main window the fretboard width and height change by proportion to the main window size Midilllustrator will always try to make the best use of space when displaying the fretboard and its proportions will always be managed automatically You can use the title bar on the top of the fretboard to drag the fretboard to the top or bottom of the program window When docked Midilllustrator will resize the fretboard in the context of the main window and other moveable windows such as the List Bar If the fretboard is floating on the page it can be moved to any part of the screen with a simple click anywhere on the fretboard and by dragging it to the required location The fretboard can also be resized by clicking and dragging any edge of the fretboard String Highlighting The guitar fretboard highlights strings under the following circumstances e In general the notes from all visible staves will appear on the fretboard as they are sounded Alternating staff notes are displayed in alternating colors This is particularly useful in duet guitar scores Selecting Staves will affect the notes which appear on the fretboard during playback If any staves are
527. tically spaced vertically allowing you to manage the alignment yourself Removing Custom Layout manually and automatically Custom layout height width can be removed using the Layout Menu commands or by double clicking the appropriate custom layout frame with the left mouse button Midilllustrator assumes that when you are modifying the actual notation in the score this latest change should override any existing custom layout bar widths in the active area Custom measure widths are removed automatically if the notation in the measure changes As such custom layout is best applied when composing is more or less complete How Custom Layout interacts with Midilllustrator s Automatic Music Layout Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software z Midilllustrator Help 2 3 4 In general Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout as you modify the notation in your score When you apply a custom layout to part of the score Midilllustrator will try to accommodate the requested settings However Midilllustrator will still ensure that basic rules for formatting are still applied such as ensuring that a single system or measure cannot be any wider than the page containing it Furthermore Midilllustrator will always stretch the last measure in a system to reach the right margin of the page unless the measure is the last in the score As a result custom width settings for such an end of system measure may not be applied
528. tions Dialog Read more about Automatic Rest Placement View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Tuplets Command Location Insert Menu Entry Duration Triplet Quintuplet When importing a song Midilllustrator automatically identifies and notates tuplets New tuplets and other notes can only be added to the score using Midilllustrator Maestro In Edit Mode you can add tuplets to the score and modify existing tuplets Select the tuplet entry duration from the Insert Menu Setting Entry Item Qualities See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Tuplet Notes are Treated as a Unit Because of the unusual durations applied to tuplets they are treated slightly differently to normal notes When selecting tuplet durations for note entry remember that groups of tuplet notes are always treated by Midilllustrator as a unit and so when adding a new tuplet a whole tuplet will be added at the insertion point For example in the case of a triplet addition a single triplet note will be added followed by two triplet rests You cannot add or modify the tuplet rests in a tuplet group directly they are managed automatically by Midilllustrator When you remove a note from a tuplet group it will be replaced with a tuplet rest if no other note exists in that branch of the tuplet If you need to add a rest to a specific position in a tuplet add all the notes first then d
529. tly from the score Shows hides the written name of each note on the score Several display options are available in alongside above or below each note see Score Layout Shows hides the finger number where it has been assigned of each Finger Numbers note on the score Several display options are available in alongside above or below each note see Score Layout Show Hide Score Shows Hides a variety of objects in the score Objects Notation Allows you to configure some settings from the Notation tab of Score Options Individual Note Names View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Score Titles Command Location Score Menu Titles Score Titles are customizable text entries in the score Score Titles are displayed as rich text objects so font formatting is possible using the right click context menu in the edit boxes Midilllustrator displays the following titles e Score Title top of the first page e Copyright not displayed on the score e Composer beneath the title right side first page Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 153 e Reference beneath the title left side first page e Footer bottom of the page first page and all remaining pages e Header top of the page first page and all remaining pages Titles are edited using the Score Titles dialog Score Menu Headers and Footers The drop down b
530. tmap Files will be smaller than 256 color bitmaps Saving Score Images e Compress Bitmaps images saved with this feature will be smaller than their uncompressed counterparts e Bitmap Format Choose to size the images so they can be easily fitted onto a screen view smaller or a much higher definition printer resolution suitable for sending to a printer at a later stage Printer size images will take up more storage space but produce better quality prints In all cases a Separate bitmap file is created for each page of the score using the current print layout settings and score images are stored in the same disk location as the current score Print Preview Page View will give a good idea of how the score will look when saved to bitmap files View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 132 Midilllustrator Help 5 1 8 5 1 10 Creating and Printing Scores to Postscript Printers and PDF Adobe Acrobat Command Location File Menu Print Using third party products alongside Midilllustrator you can generate portable versions of your Midilllustrator scores which can be shared with friends and other musicians You can generate both Adobe PDF files Portable Document Format and PostScript files using the Print to File option in the Print dialog Midilllustrator score printing has been shown to be comp
531. to assign finger numbers to automatically Open the Automatic Fingering Analysis dialog and check the Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating option Midilllustrator will use the manually assigned finger numbers when assigning fingering to the rest of the selection Usually manually assigning the first and or last note in a chord or arpeggio will help Midilllustrator automatically assign the rest of the fingering to your requirements View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Practice new Rhythms with the Audio Visual Metronome Midilllustrator s flexible metronome can be fully customised to suit your needs Resize move and specify the style of the visual flashing beat indicator Configure your own metronome sounds to mark the accent up beat and normal beat down beat of each measure Use intro measures to prepare when rehearsing passages Midilllustrator optionally places beat marks in the score as a further rhythmic cue Use the audio visual metronome What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Sing along with Accompaniment Lyrics Light up in Time with the Music Lyric highlighting shows you which words to sing as Midilllustrator plays the backing to your vocal Advance lyric highlighting helps you read ahead What else can you do with Midilllustrator Vi
532. to help see mistakes and find the correct position New MIDI Shortcut Keys for synchronizing the playback position to the current Step Position New Keyboard Shortcut Keys for synchronizing the playback position to the current Step Position The Metronome lead in options now includes a swift two beat intro option for playback for recording and also for Practise Sessions at start of first playback or between loops If you are using Step by Step Mode in a Practise Session when you enter the last notes in the practise range the Step by Step entry cursor will move automatically back to the start of the practise session This much demanded feature will optionally highlight rests during playback as well as notes to help with counting You can now Save Restore the entire last session of scores you were working on instead of just the last score when opening closing Midilllustrator The Master tempo is now adjustable and remembered individually for each open score allowing you to have different tempo adjustments for each open score This tempo is also saved with the score on closing Midilllustrator and restored Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Version History and Licence Agreement 319 with the session Performanc Alt R now starts stops MIDI device e Recording recording New Shortcut Zooming Added standard Ctrl Ctrl CtrlO Shortcuts zoom keyboard shortcuts for Improved better us
533. to read See more of the score in Full Screen Mode What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 3 2 1 Choose Colours Textures and Backgrounds for Your Score Command Location Score Menu Score Options Color Tab The Colors Textures and Backgrounds tab allows you to change the following score attributes e Colors of the various components of the score eg note and cursor colors e Add texture and quality to your score manuscript using score textures which color the page beneath the notation The texture bitmap used to texture the score page when viewing and printing scores Several textures are supplied with Midilllustrator in the resources folder e Custom score backgrounds allow you to add a personal feel to your Midilllustrator Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 22 Midilllustrator Help working environment The background bitmap used to fill the background behind the score document when zoomed out in Page View Several backgrounds are supplied with Midilllustrator in the resources folder Colors To change the default color of an item simply select the item in the list click on the Modify button and choose a new color from the Color palette Then click OK and either Apply or OK in the Color tab for the changes to take effect on the score Textures To change the page text
534. to the default MIDI playback device e sets the MIDI Instrument Patch on each staff to General MIDI Instrument Acoustic Grand Piano 1 e applies any MIDI Instrument Routings you may have created Convert to MidiIllustrator Format mil This Task provides a quick and easy way to using the current Score Options convert any number of your MIDI or Karaoke files into Midilllustrator format This can be useful if you like to present or arrange your scores in a particular way Formatting preferences can range from the choice of color in the score to more sophisticated arrangement preferences such as Transcription Options The default Score Options are applied to each file as it is opened General Task Behaviour All Tasks apply the default Score Options to a score as the file is opened If you wish the Task to apply a particular configuration to the new score for example a particular font size or color to the score title then you must ensure this configuration is set as the default Score Options Set As Default See Score Options for more information on setting defaults Applying Tasks to the Current Score all Open Scores and Files stored on your Hard Disk Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 22 Midilllustrator Help WHAT IS CHANGED Current Score All Open Scores Files stored on your Hard Disk HOW IT IS CHANGED The chosen Task is only applied to the visible score The score is not closed or saved automati
535. toolbars and special controls such as the On Screen Piano Keyboard and List Bar Dragging these controls by their title bars will automatically show the smart docking manager allowing you to dock one control to another or to the main program frame in order to make the best use of your screen real estate Different themes or color schemes can be applied to the Midilllustrator program interface These themes will affect the look of all the interface components such as toolbars menus and control windows Themes can be chosen via the Tools Menu The themes available are e Black e Blue e Silver e Aqua You can also customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software s Midilllustrator Help 2 10 2 Customize the On Screen Piano Keyboard Colors 2 10 3 2 2 Command Location Tools Menu Program Options On Screen Keyboard Options Tab This tab allows you to change the On Screen Piano Keyboard colors including piano key highlighting colors such as left and right hand piano playback keys Colors To change the default color of an item simply select the item in the list click on the Modify button and choose a new color from the Color palette Then click OK in the Color tab for the changes to take effect on the score Note that changes are made to the application dynamically
536. tor by setting the Recording Options Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 219 Beginning a Recording Session When you are ready to record position the cursor to the track and time where you would like recording to start All new MIDI data will be added to the staff you selected before recording started Existing data on that staff will be overwritten with the newly recorded data Begin recording by selecting the record command from the Perform toolbar or the Perform Menu This will initiate playback of the score from the cursor position Depending on your Recording Options the metronome will sound a set of introductory beats The score will play as you record Any notation on the active recording staff is muted during recording The active recording staff is highlighted during recording in the same way as the echo to staff If you do not wish to hear other staves as you record mute them individually using Staff Tools or collectively using the Staff Manager When you have finished recording end the recording session the same way as you began it or by ending playback If the end of the score is reached recording and playback will stop automatically If you need more recording time Add Measures before recording Do not worry about ending the recording session as soon as you have finished performing existing data on the active staff will only be deleted if it is replaced with newly recorded data
537. tor Help 2 2 2 2 When a note or rest is inserted rather than added all items notes and rests to the right of the entry item will be shifted further to the right to make room for the new item Whena measure contains more than one voice notation in all voices to the right of the insert point will be shifted rather than just notation in the entry voice The insert arrows are only displayed when inserting is possible View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Modify a Note or a Selection of Notes The Notes menu will only appear when a note has been selected Some commands behave differently depending on the current mode and some are only available when the score is in Edit mode Jy As well as appearing in the main program menu these menu commands are usually available as a context menu when you right click the mouse on the score Read more below about how the mode affects Notes Commands below Notes Commands Pitch 4 Raises or lowers the pitch of the selected note s chromatically Accidentals are automatically applied for the new pitch taking into account the current key signature See Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling Insert Menu for information on the enharmonic spelling of the new pitch flat or sharp Octave commands raise or lower the pitch of the selected note s chromatically by a whole octave See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Volume
538. tor will use different voices when notating in order to clearly illustrate multiple musical ideas on a single staff Where more than one musical idea is notated on a single staff it is common for the notes in each idea to be rhythmically independent and to overlap one another as a result As a result these notes may have difficult fingerings Using this command you can discourage Midilllustrator from using multiple voices in the score This will result in less accurate notation but will often have the benefit of presenting music which is easier to read and play Force Single Voice This option has exactly the same effect as the Voicing is Low Priority option In this case however the entire score will be notated using a single voice Force Chords Midilllustrator automatically tries to identify chords i e groups of notes which begin and end together In some MIDI files groups of notes which are intended to be represented as chords may not have been sequenced with very similar durations This is especially common in MIDI recordings of live performances This can result in complex looking note groups You can improve the readability of such note groups in the score by encouraging Midilllustrator to make accurate chords out of notes which begin together but which may vary in duration Prevent Tie Notes Enabling this option prevents the use of any tie notes in the Altogether score This can make the score less honest but has the b
539. tp www Midilllustrator com 5 17 1 Power Edit Mode Command Location Tools Menu Edit Mode Power Edit Mode is one of the sub modes of Edit Mode Power Edit allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats and moving or copying multi staff selections of notation from one part of the score to another or to another score altogether using Copy Cut Paste Clipboard Functions e Edit Mode o Normal Entry o Mouse Entry o Power Edit Selecting Ranges of the Score with Power Edit The selection range or drag range in Power Edit can be set using the keyboard arrow keys or the mouse With the mouse left click the score and drag over the measure s stave s group you wish to work with When the mouse is released you can extend the selection by holding down the Shift key and click dragging elsewhere on the score on another page if you wish The selection will be extended to the clicked dragged location With the keyboard use the arrow keys to select measure s stave s group You can extend the selection by holding down the Shift key and using the arrow keys up down for staffs left right for measures Depending on the value you have chosen for the Select Entire Bars option mouse and keyboard cursor command will round the selection range to the nearest whole measure or just the nearest whole beat Selecting Entire Staves In order to select an entire staff simply click the
540. trator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 21 1 License Details Command Location Help Menu When you have purchased a license for the full version of Midilllustrator use this dialog to register your license details You must enter your details exactly as they are provided to you The details are case sensitive Please do not reveal your license details to anyone else license details are individual to you and are for your use only Sharing a license will invalidate it for all future releases View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 276 6 1 Midilllustrator Help Program Concepts The following concepts are all key to the way in which Midilllustrator works Modes Views Modes and their Associated Views Voices Tuplets Beams Slurs MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments Staff Instrument vs MIDI Echo Instrument View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Modes Introduction to Modes Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode Midilllustrator offers a broad range of functionality and therefore presents several distinct modes for working with your scores These modes allow you to work with your scores in very different ways each mode offering a set of particular commands whilst
541. trator is not the active window This allows you to echo MIDI data from your external MIDI Instrument even when Midilllustrator is minimised When unchecked If you switch to another programs Midilllustrator will no longer listen to the MIDI In device nor will it echo to the MIDI Echo device and both devices will be released View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 7 5 MIDI Shortcut Keys Command Location Tools Menu MIDI Options MIDI Shortcut Keys Tab MIDI Shortcut Keys allow you to control many of Midilllustrator s functions using your connected MIDI instrument such as a MIDI keyboard as a remote control Note The MIDI Shortcut Keys Tab is not available in some modes during playback Step by Step Mode Practise Session Instead of using the mouse or keyboard you can input certain commands using your MIDI instrument Midilllustrator will listen for notes entered in this way and will carry out commands accordingly Note that for MIDI Shortcut Keys to work you must have connected MIDI instrument connected and configured for use by Midilllustrator and you must be listening for MIDI Input on a MIDI In device Note Try not to use shortcut key pitches which you will often use during performances or commands may be inadvertently sent to MidiIllustrator whilst you are simply playing notes on your instrument To this end it is best to avoid u
542. tronome keeps flashing ticking even if note playback is complete In Edit mode it is assumed that playback is essentially used for auditioning changes and for this reason playback will end automatically when the last note in the score has been played More About this Mode Read more about what happens when you first start working with an existing song in Edit Mode Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 236 Midilllustrator Help The Editing Palettes contain many of the key commands and settings for Edit Mode View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 19 1 3 1 Recording a Real Time Performance Command Location Perform Menu The record tool allows you to capture a real time performance froma connected MIDI device The performance is instantly converted to notation using your Recording Options rules and is added directly to your score Recording is possible only in Edit Mode Normal Entry Before you can record to your score you must have configured a MIDI In device and ensured that you are listening for MIDI In from that device You can configure the way in which newly recorded MIDI will be transcribed by Midilllustrator by setting the Recording Options
543. ts entry context This automatic fit can apply to several contexts e The rest space is too short for the entry note duration When for example you have selected a whole note duration and there is only a quarter rest at the insertion point the context duration will be set to a quarter note e New notes added at the same time as existing notes in the entry voice on a staff must take the duration of the existing notes In this case the entry duration will be set to the duration of any existing note at the insertion point in the same voice and staff e When inserting a note rather than adding see Inserting versus Adding below if there is limited insert space and the entry note duration is too long it will be shortened In some cases entry note qualities other than duration will prevent Midilllustrator from selecting a duration which fits into the current context In this case the flashing cursor item will be displayed in faded colors indicating that no addition or insertion is possible Inserting versus Adding If it is possible to insert rather than add a new item at the cursor location in a given measure Midilllustrator will display insert indicator arrows both above and below the flashing entry note Moving the cursor to the left of an existing item at any time will display the insert arrows indicating that insertion with the current entry qualities is possible Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustra
544. ture in a range of measures Starting Tempo Opens the Tempo dialog allowing you to set the starting tempo for the 5 score you may add tempo MIDI events later in the score using the Expressions Dialog Jy Transpose Notes Opens the Transpose Notes dialog allowing you to transpose notes in a range of measures Compress Empty Make the best use of space on the screen or printed page by choosing Measures to show identical empty measures as a single measure View Measure Opens the Range of Measures to Display dialog allowing you to choose Range the range of measures that you want displayed on the score Add Insert Opens the Add Measures dialog allowing you to add measures to the Measures score Remove Opens the Range of Measures to Remove dialog allowing you to select Measures the range of measures that you want to delete from the score Split Measures Splits the current measure in two or inserts a barline Join Measures Joins the current measure to the next measure Show Measure Displays hides numbering above each measure on the score using your Numbers Score Options settings Choose Barlines Opens the barline and ending selection dialog for the current measure amp Endings Set Ending Opens the ending dialog for the current measure Barline Left Edits the barline settings for the current measure including any special Right endings such as repeats Show Barline Displays above the measure when appropriate the number of r
545. u are currently working It allows you quick access to a list of scores which can be opened with a single click Since the list is always on the screen there is no need to constantly reopen and close the File Open dialog whilst you are browsing a collection of files The following button menu commands are available e Browse button Click the button to browse to a particular folder The standard File Open dialog will be shown but modified to select a folder The number of song files in each folder is shown in the Folder Name field of the Folder Open dialog e Single Score Browse Mode Only one score will be open at a time saving system resources and making browsing faster Each time a score is opened all other scores will be closed You will be prompted to save and open scores which have been modified e Play Scores on Open Each score will be played if possible as soon as it is opened Scores can only be played if MIDI playback devices have been setup in Midilllustrator Playlists This is an advanced tool for creating storing and playing lists of your favourite scores You can load up a playlist and begin playback whilst you are entertaining friends or for your own Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 148 Midilllustrator Help Open Scores Log listening viewing pleasure The following button menu commands are available and enable you to create new playlists and add songs to those lists
546. uding the use of textures fonts lyrics chords and notation learning tools such as individual note naming A Windowsista Midilllustrator is now compatible with Microsoft Windows Vista Several interface improvements mean that all Midilllustrator programs run perfectly on the new Microsoft Windows operating system Vista Compatibilit y New New images have been incorporated into the different Midilllustrator Program products for those customers who have more than one Midilllustrator Icons and product installed at a time It is now much easier to associate various Graphics music file types with a given Midilllustrator application Midilllustrator Midilllustrator Virtuoso Midilllustrator Maestro Player Trial Printing is now fully enabled in the trial versions of Midilllustrator Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 32 Midilllustrator Help Printing MIDI Device Volume automaticall y set Fixes and Improveme nts Maestro and Midilllustrator Virtuoso allowing musicians to print complete scores whilst auditioning each program Some programs erroneously reduce the master volume of the Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth which is the default MIDI device used for playback on many Windows systems If the Windows master volume for this device has been set to zero then no sound will be heard during playback of any scores which use the device Midilllustrator now checks to see if the Wavetable Synth is the playback devi
547. uit your needs Expressions differ from other rich text objects Such as Free Text items as they can be associated with MIDI events which alter the performance of a piece during playback See also Expression Menu commands Expressions are created using the Expression dialog and can be created and edited only in Edit Mode The Expression Dialog With the expression dialog you can quickly choose froma range of common musical expressions from to insert directly into your score Alternatively you can customize these preconfigured expressions or create your own As well as decorating your score expressions can also instruct playback changes such as tempo and volume using MIDI instructions Key steps to Insert an Expression e Insert an expression directly into the score by double clicking an item in the Expression List e Alternatively check the Customize Expression checkbox and enter your own expression text Double clicking the Expression List will then insert an item into the new expression Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator e Optionally set Playback Changes MIDI values to change how or if the expression will affect playback Expression Anchors When created an expression will be automatically anchored to the score in one of two ways Items can be cut copied and pasted but their anchor type does not change 1 Anchored To Time amp Staff Expressions which contain MIDI volume a
548. uitar Frets Measure Numbers if activated All notes and rests are hidden The following items are also hidden in this state e Clefs Time signatures Key signatures Bar lines including repeats though any repeats are still treated normally other traditional notation objects which cannot be displayed on the compact timeline When you hide staff notation on the score Midilllustrator also automatically activates the following options e Compress Empty Measures e Hide Empty Portions of Staves These options help to display the most compact score possible you can disable reenable them after showing hiding staff notation If you want to shrink the score yet further then disabling Staff Tools and Staff Namings will often reduce the height of staves on the score If Staff Tools are showing in Window View and the Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible option is enabled then a dotted timeline will be shown for each active but empty staff Notes about Hiding Staff Notation e Staff notation is only hidden when scores are viewed in Performance Mode If you change mode when staff notation is hidden the staves will be shown as normal e If Staff Tools are visible in Window View then all active staves will be shown instead of just a single timeline if Ensure Staff Tools are Always Visible is also enabled on the staff menu e Certain actions are disabled when staff notation is hidden specifically Step by Step Mode e Certain Tas
549. ular melody or musical idea without having other notes influence MidiIllustrator s fingering calculations You can choose to analyze entire staves or the entire score This will take some time as even a basic analysis is quite demanding on the average PC See Advanced Settings below to configure you own kind of analysis Options Keep existing fingering and use it when calculating Normally existing finger numbers will be ignored in the calculation and will be updated as Midilllustrator sees fit With this option checked however Midilllustrator will use any existing fingering in the score as a guide to how you would like finger numbers assigned to remaining notes and these finger numbers will not be changed in the analysis You might use this option having assigned a finger number to a single note in an arpeggio for example and Midilllustrator will then assign finger numbers to the remaining notes in the arpeggio using the manually assigned finger as a starting point Choose an instrument fingering In the current version of Midilllustrator fingering analysis can be performed for keyboard instruments such as the piano Midilllustrator will decide which hand to use when fingering a given staff based on the assigned instrument playing hand Staff Manager You can override this when using the finger analysis dialog using the Force Hand commands Assign separate hand fingering for upper lower voices When Midilllustrator finds more
550. ull scale score composition Within Edit Mode there are 3 sub modes for working with your scores in different ways e Modes o Performance Mode o Layout Mode o Edit Mode Jy Normal Entry e Recording a Real Time Performance e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Mouse Entry Power Edit Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 234 Midilllustrator Help In contrast to Performance Mode in Edit Mode you have full composing power with the score the ability to add notes modify note pitches durations and so forth When you create a new Score it is initially displayed in Edit Mode Normal Entry Normal Entry Normal Entry affords you all of Midilllustrator s score editing functions The playback cursor which is displayed in Performance Mode is replaced with a special cursor which shows the Entry item a rest or a note depending on how you have configured the Entry item Move the cursor to the desired insert position time and pitch and then use the item Insert commands see Insert Menu to add to the notation If it is possible to insert rather than add a new item at the cursor location in a given measure Midilllustrator will display the insert arrows above and below the flashing entry note In this case items to the left of the entry item will be shifted to the right after insertion Read more about Inserting versus Adding new items in the score Midilllustrator
551. ult Midilllustrator does not create new measures for pasted or dropped selections in Power Edit mode dropped or pasted ranges either replace or merge with existing notation However with the Insert amp Paste command Midilllustrator will create new measures prior to pasting dropping copied range meaning that existing notation shifted forwards as the score is lengthened to make room for the new dropped pasted content When choosing a drop point with the mouse holding the Alt key will display the insert point with arrows instead of the usual drop range Note that for new measures to be inserted the following criteria must be satisfied e the Select Entire Bars option must be enabled e all dragged copied measures must be the same length time signature and must be the same length time signature of the measure at the insert point the time signature of any measures created by the insert action will also be the same as the time signature of the Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Midilllustrator Help 2 2 2 6 measure at the insert point Deleting the Selection Using the delete or backspace key when a selection has been made will delete all notation in the range but will leave the measure staff structure intact To remove whole measures staves see Remove Measures Using Other Functions Whilst in Power Edit Whilst in Power Edit certain notation functions will automatically apply to the current
552. unctions e Barlines o Special Barlines Repeats o Setting the Number of Repeats e Endings o Special Notes on Ending Playback Barlines Each measure or bar can have a left barline style and a right barline style Whilst all barline types have a decorative affect on the score some also affect the way in which the score is played back Left barlines can be Right barlines can be e Single e Single e Section Open e Double e Repeat Open e Section Close e Repeat Close In addition right barlines of type Repeat Close can have the following attribute e Repeat Count the number of times a section should be repeated Midilllustrator generally manages barlines for you automatically For instance a Section Close barline is placed at the end of the score when a MIDI file is first imported or when measures are deleted from the score Similarly Midilllustrator adds double barlines before clef changes to indicate the completion of a musical phrase All of these settings can be overridden manually and the style of all barlines in the score can be changed using the Measure Menu Toolbar commands Special Barlines Repeats In addition to the decorative function of barlines which usually instruct the reader in some way Repeat Barlines can be added to a score and Midilllustrator will observe these repeated section markers during playback Nested Repeats Midilllustrator supports nested repeats which means repeat sections w
553. up time e Fixed Step by Step Note Sounds problem Details Application could occasionally hang when cursor movement triggered playback of groups of Step notes in Step by Step mode e Fixed missing updates when Status Bar hidden Details When Status Bar hidden updates were not made to context Menus Insert Notes etc reflecting any current item selection Also Status Bar and Menus not always redrawing properly when Status Bar toggled on off e Updated product documentation e Updated Midilllustrator Setup Installer MidilIllustrator Version 1 01 e Fixed conflict between Metronome and drum tracks Details Muting channel 10 tracks also muting Metronome when both are using MIDI channel 10 for playback e Fixed problem with Explorer file associations registered version only Details Double clicked MIDI files not always opening unless Midilllustrator already running e Fixed MIDI playback error incurred on some PCs during practice session playback loops Details Application could occasionally hang between finishing one playback loop and beginning another e Fixed empty MIDI track overload during import Details Some MIDI files containing many empty tracks causing overload during rest creation phase of import Excessive empty tracks now dropped during import e Fixed some Windows ME 98 compatibility issues e Fixed other minor bugs including some tie note editing errors and track tools functionality e Updated product documentati
554. ure of a score simply select Page in the list click on the Choose Texture button and choose a new bitmap from your hard disk To remove a texture and use the default plain color click the Clear Texture button Backgrounds To change the background of a score simply select Background in the list click on the Choose Texture button and choose a new bitmap from your hard disk To remove a background and use the default plain color click the Clear Texture button Make Your Own Textures and Backgrounds You can create your own image files for use as Midilllustrator textures Simply create a Windows bitmap file with no more than 256 colors and place a copy in the appropriate resource folder inside the application s Resources folder Files usually found in the active user Documents folder in the Ra lentando Software Midilllustrator sub folder Apply The Apply button applies all the changes made to the score without the need to close the dialog box View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Adjust the Score Layout Using Layout Mode Command Location Tools Menu Layout Mode is for changing the dimensions and positions of score objects such as measures staves and lyrics Midilllustrator automatically formats the music layout to make good use of screen real estate However if you wish to manage the layout for a particular measure page or even
555. urned on by default Show Bar Repeat Count Display where appropriate above the measure the number of repeats which will be applied to a section repeat barline during playback Show Courtesy Accidental With this option enabled the for Every Note key signature is effectively repeated for each note on the score making it much easier to remember to sharpen or flatten a particular note when performing a piece Note that this global command overrides the individual per note setting for displaying courtesy accidentals against notes see Notes Menu and Entry Note Shows Courtesy Accidental Unlike in standard notation Midilllustrator will not just assume that a sharp or flat holds for the measure when this option is enabled Instead in a piece written in the key of G which contains a single sharp for example every single F in the score will be marked with its own accidental sharp even multiple F notes in the same measure Assign More Space To You can choose to have Longer Notes Midilllustrator allocate more space ona score to the longer notes than to the shorter notes as an aid to sight reading Color Voices in Applies distinctive colors to the Performance Mode different voices on the score when in Performance Mode These colors are always applied in Edit Mode to make editing easier Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software ass Midilllustrator Help Playback Measure Numbers Colors can b
556. urrent view see below The default setting is a Curved Box which encloses the Measure Number on Every Measure starting at Bar 1 but this can be changed using the three drop down boxes The measure numbers can be set as follows e None no measures numbers will be displayed e Normal measure numbers will not be enclosed e Boxed measure numbers will be surrounded by a box e Curved Box measure numbers will be surrounded by a curved box If None has been selected above the 2 remaining drop down boxes will be grayed out but they can be edited if Normal Boxed or Curved Box has been selected The options available are as follows e Every Measure e Every System e Every Page Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Beat Marks and Numbers Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software e Every 5th Bar e Every 10 Bar The third drop down box allows you to seta start point as follows e From Bar 1 e From Bar 2 etc depending on the number of bars in the piece Note that measure numbers are shown on ALL measures when in Scroll View as this information is useful for editing As an aid to counting and understanding the rhythm of a score Midilllustrator can place small marks or numbers on the beat above the top staff If for example the time signature is 4 4 then four beat marks or the numbers 1 to 4 will span the top of each measure Displaying
557. urrent measure to the next clef change and e between specific measures When you change a clef Midilllustrator automatically repositions notes on the stave with regard to the new pitch structure of each clef Clicking the drop down box will display as many clefs as possible on the screen for quick selection Choose from 8 clefs e Treble Clef e Bass Clef e Alto Clef e Tenor Clef e Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Higher e Octave Adjusted Treble Clef Lower e Octave Adjusted Bass Clef Lower e Neutral Clef Apply Allows you to experiment with new settings applying current values to the score whilst leaving the dialog open for any future changes Undo Changes Allows you to instantly undo any changes made to the score since the dialog was opened useful for auditioning and reversing changes with the Apply button View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 189 5 6 2 Key Dialog Command Location Measures Menu Key Signature The Key dialog allows you to change the key signature e in all the measures on the score e from the current measure to the next key change e between specific measures Remember that only the notation is changed and that the underlying note sounds are not If you want to change note pitches you should use the Transpose dialog Clicking the drop down box will
558. urrent page without obscuring the current playback notation The next page can be scrolled on from top to bottom or from left to right and Midilllustrator can automatically decide the best scrolling method at any particular position in the score This enables you to read the score at the current playback position and also read ahead to the notation on the next page which would otherwise be hidden by redundant parts of the current page Note In some cases the score layout will prevent Midilllustrator from showing any part of the next page even when advance page turn scrolling is activated If showing the next page would for example hide an important part of the current playback page then scrolling will be temporarily deactivated This happens most often when a measure on the current or next page is very long taking up much of the screen and leaving no room to show parts of both the current and next pages at the same time Choose from the following Scrolling options e Vertically if possible then Horizontally default recommended e Horizontally if possible then Vertically e Vertically only e Horizontally only e Do not scroll next page Staff Tools and Advance Page Turn During page turning the staff controls of the partially displayed next page will be temporarily disabled until that page is shown completely and it becomes the current page You can click on the next page notation at any time to adv
559. use a preferred instrument from a preferred MIDI playback device every time a new MIDI song is first opened Furthermore some MIDI devices only listen on certain channels so you may wish to specify which channel is used for a particular routing The MIDI Instrument Routing tab has the following buttons e Add Routing e Edit Routing e Remove Routing The Add Edit Routing Dialog When you create or edit a routing you must supply the following information e The Instrument you wish to route to a particular device and channel e Channel rules to use when identifying that instrument e Which channel that instrument should be played through e Which MIDI playback device that instrument should be played through For example you may wish to have all Acoustic Grand Piano staves played using MIDI device A on channel 1 In this case you would choose the following configuration e Route instrument 1 Acoustic Grand Piano e on Channels 1 9 or 11 16 the original channel used for this instrument e to Channel 1 the new channel to be used for this instrument e using MIDI Device A Here we have specified a rule concerning which channel the instrument must originally be on for the routing to apply The reason for this is that channel 10 is often treated differently to other MIDI channels read more about this here MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments and we do not wish to mistakenly route instruments other than piano sound
560. ustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 182 Midilllustrator Help 5 5 1 2 Display and Playback 5 5 1 3 5 5 2 Command Location Staves Menu Staff Manager Specific features of selected staves may be altered using this dialog All changes made to the staves will be reflected in the Staff Display Window Sound Sound on a selected staff or staves may be turned on or off muted Staff Visibility Selected staves can be shown or hidden Hide Empty Staves on Empty staves on this staff may be shown or hidden this Staff See Hide Empty Portions of Staves in the Show Hide section for more information Show Lyrics on this staff If there are Lyrics within the score they can be shown or hidden View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Staff Namings Command Location Staves Menu Staff Manager Displays both the Full Name Name and the Short Name of the selected staff e g the name may be Staff 1 Acoustic Grand Piano with a short name of Trk 1 Aco Gra Pia Both the Name and Short Name may be edited Staff namings are displayed as rich text objects so font formatting is possible using the right click context menu in the edit boxes It is useful to have the two name types as you may at times only wish to display the short name of the staff on the score see Staff Tools and Namings rath
561. vailable for each command Opens the Goto dialog box and enables you to select the Bookmark Page or Measure that you wish to find and will take you to that part of the score Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Command Reference Menus 147 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 3 6 1 Lists Command Location View Menu Toolbars The List Bar contains four powerful tools for managing and working with your music Click on the tabs to show each list and its corresponding control set in turn You can easily resize and move the List Bar using the mouse Right click any list to bring up a context menu of actions relevant to that list including the following general commands List Bar Font The List Bar Font button allows you to set a custom font for display of all text in the List Bar You can for example choose a larger font to make reading from a distance easier AutoSize Columns Your preferred list column widths are now stored and restored for each tab in the List Bar Column autosizing is also a menu option which will tell Midilllustrator to size list columns to fit list content as it changes Autosizing is enabled by default but will be deactivated if you size a column manually List Purpose Browser This list shows the contents of a particular folder which might contain the music MIDI Karaoke and Midilllustrator files on which yo
562. ved interface layout in version 2 The latest version of Midilllustrator also supports Windows XP Themes for those running Midilllustrator on Windows XP integrating Midilllustrator fully with the look and feel of the XP environment Midilllustrator version 2 0 introduces a new way to show the name of Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software About the Different Midilllustrator Products n Note Names each note on the score You can now choose to have the note name placed inside the note instead of to the left Under different circumstances such as printing vs window view one layout may be easier to read than the other Show You can choose to have the signature repeated for each and every Individual note on the score making it much easier to remember to sharpen or Note flatten a particular note when performing a piece Accidentals Full Support Midilllustrator can now display lyrics and other text in all languages for Foreign including special characters and accents Language Characters Backwards Midilllustrator version 2 0 is completely compatible with earlier versions Compatibilit of Midilllustrator and can seamlessly open edit and save scores y generated in Midilllustrator version 1 xx Show all Shows all staves instantly even empty ones staves Command Hide Empty Hides all empty staves instantly Staves MidilIllustrator Version 1 02 e Improved MIDI playback performance and application start
563. vents at any point in the score and these are not shown on the score even though they control playback speed Check this option to remove these hidden tempo events This option does not remove MIDI tempo events created associated with Expressions Remove all hidden tempo events MIDI Files and Tempo Sometimes MIDI files do not supply a time signature to Midilllustrator during import especially those recorded from a live instrument performance In these cases Midilllustrator automatically assigns a tempo You can change this automatic assignment at any time with the tempo dialog Note You can also save a score with modified master tempo View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Clefs Command Location Measures Menu Clef Midilllustrator automatically chooses the best clef for each stave measure in a new Score The Clef dialog allows you to change the clef in the following ways e in all the measures on the score e from the current measure to the next clef change and Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator e between specific measures When you change a clef Midilllustrator automatically repositions notes on the stave with regard to the new pitch structure of each clef Clicking the drop down box will display as many clefs as possible on the screen for quick selection Choose from 8 clefs e Treble Clef e Ba
564. w View This allows Midilllustrator to make best use of the space on the screen and to show you as much of the score as possible without any of the limitations of page boundaries If you would like to see the score as it would appear on the printed page simply switch to Page View using the View Menu For more information on the difference between Window View and Page View look here You can quickly increase or decrease the size of the score by clicking on the Zoom buttons on the toolbar If you are opening an MIL file then Midilllustrator has already transcribed the underlying MIDI data MIL files typically open a little faster than other file formats for this reason What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 3 2 Display the Score In Different Ways Midilllustrator formats the score to make the best use of the available screen space putting as much music onto the screen as possible whilst keeping the notation clear and easy to read All the objects in the score notes rests lyrics etc are reorganised dynamically as you increase or decrease the window size Some things to try e Choose the best view to suit your task Choose the notation display size to suit your needs Show individual parts staves or ranges measures on the screen at any time Use your own choice of color texture and fonts to make the scores easier
565. w the staff With multiple voices in a staff separating the fingering above and below the score is recommended for clarity Show placeholder for non fingered notes in part fingered chord When note names are shown they are shown for all notes However finger numbers may have been assigned to just a few of the notes in the score If only part of a given chord has been fingered and the finger numbers are displayed outside the staff i e not next to their owner note then it may be hard to tell which finger number pertains to which note Showing a placeholder for non fingered notes in a chord will stack the finger numbers in the same way that the chord notes are vertically stacked making it clearer which note owns which finger number Maximizing Clarity of Note Information You may find that it helps to zoom in on the piece in order to see the note names finger numbers clearly on the screen or change the Print Size if you are printing your score You may change the color and font of the note information fonts in the Fonts tab experiment to see what looks best on your score Fonts can also be Bold or Regular in size which may improve legibility Note Information Fonts Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software Things to do with Midilllustrator Two configurable fonts are used to display note information The size of the Note Name Finger Number font cannot be changed as the note names start to overlap the notation if
566. when the cursor pitch is at middle C will result in a new pitch of C or Db Whether the new pitch is displayed as C or Db is determined by the current Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling This value is set when a score is first created and is based on the opening key signature of the piece Generally speaking for key signatures containing flats eg the key F in which all B notes are flattened to Bb the default enharmonic entry spelling will also be flat Similarly for the key of C and all keys containing sharps the default enharmonic entry spelling will be set to sharp Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 200 Midilllustrator Help Note Accidental Pitch You can change the spelling for just the current entry by setting the pitch of the entry note then changing the Enharmonic Spelling see above But if you need to make many note additions with a different default spelling Sharp or Flat you can first change the Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling See the Keyboard Shortcuts for this function Entry Note Accidental Note accidental commands will alter the pitch of the entry note The accidentals which are available depending on the particular key pitch are e Double Sharp e Sharp Natural Flat Double Flat When you subsequently alter the entry pitch the accidental spelling will be removed and the Default Enharmonic Entry Spelling will be reapplied to the entry note see above Entry Note Shows C
567. will also try to automatically apply the correct qualities for the new item given its entry context See more information on setting the entry item qualities and the context sensitive entry qualities of Edit Mode Notes and rests can be selected using the mouse or keyboard and then the various modification functions can be applied to the selection using commands from the Notes Menu and Rests Menu In Normal Entry mode powerful tools are available to help you capture your musical ideas e Recording a Real Time Performance e Note Entry via the On Screen Piano Keyboard e Chord Entry via a Connected MIDI Device Selection Editing When you have made a note selection you can use the clipboard functions to cut or copy the selection to another location in the score or even to another score altogether if it is also open in Edit Mode In order to protect existing score content when using the clipboard some rules apply to where and how certain copied selections can be pasted into the score Specifically e In Normal Entry Edit Mode only selections from single tracks can be pasted from the clipboard For multi track operations such as this use Power Edit instead e Since tuplets are treated as a unit and have to kept intact paste operations which overlap or interfere with existing tuplets are not possible Mouse Entry Mouse Entry allows most of the functions offered by Normal Entry but also allows you to edit notation directly u
568. with Midilllustrator 55 Duplicate or Conflicting Routings If you create duplicate or conflicting routings i e routings where two different rules are applied to the same instrument channel combination then you may see unexpected results MidiIllustrator will try to apply each and every routing in order to a staff in a given song meaning that that the lowest valid routing in the list will take precedence over any others already applied View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 9 4 Make the most of your MIDI Device Capabilities Midilllustrator can fully exploit the MIDI features of your PC and any external MIDI devices you may have Midilllustrator shares MIDI ports and devices with other Windows tm applications so you can truly multitask your music projects Midilllustrator supports the use of multiple MIDI devices for playback meaning that you can use your PC s General MIDI functionality to provide broad instrument ranges for your scores but redirect a particular instrument such as a piano staff to an external MIDI device such as a piano module Furthermore you may connect a MIDI Instrument and interact with the music What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 10 Customize the Program Interface The Midilllustrator interface supports smart docking for
569. with the Apply button MIDI Channel 10 is generally used to play a particular group of drum instruments These drums use MIDI information in a different way to other instruments Transposing these drums may have undesirable effects so you can opt to leave drum notes as they are when transposing the rest of the score Ifa given staff is using Channel 10 then Midilllustrator will assume it contains drum notes For more information see the MIDI Channels and Drum Instruments section If the score is displaying chord names and or guitar frets these chord values will be automatically recalculated based on the newly transposed notation when the transposition is complete Analyses the piece to determine the key it is currently in Transposes the piece to the key closest to C Major thereby simplifying the notation as much as possible and making the piece as easy to play as possible 96 Midilllustrator Help 2 2 14 2 2 14 1 View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Restructure the Score The Measures menu offers the following commands when the cursor is in an active part of the score Clef Opens the Set Clef for Measures dialog allowing you to edit the clef in a range of measures Key Signature Opens the Edit Key dialog allowing you to edit the key in a range of measures Time Signature Opens the Edit Time Signature dialog allowing you to edit the time signa
570. without the need to close the dialog box with the OK command in order to facilitate experimentation with new settings View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Customize the On Screen Guitar Fretboard Colors Command Location Tools Menu Program Options On Screen Guitar Fretboard Options Tab This tab allows you to change the On Screen Guitar Fretboard colors including fret highlighting colors Colors To change the default color of an item simply select the item in the list click on the Modify button and choose a new color from the color palette Then click OK in the color tab for the changes to take effect on the score Note that changes are made to the application dynamically without the need to close the dialog box with the OK command in order to facilitate experimentation with new settings View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Composing Create and Edit Scores As well as generating beautiful scores from the many free MIDI files available online all Midilllustrator products feature music learning and performance tools as part of a broader music notation package Features fall broadly into two groups Performing and Composing Some of the more advanced editing functions are found only in Midilllustrator Maestro highlighted Jy X What s new in this version Performing Practice Prin
571. ws all staves instantly even empty ones Hides all empty staves instantly MidilIllustrator Version 1 02 e Improved MIDI playback performance and application startup time e Fixed Step by Step Note Sounds problem Details Application could occasionally hang when cursor movement triggered playback of groups of Step notes in Step by Step mode Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 332 Midilllustrator Help 12 3 e Fixed missing updates when Status Bar hidden Details When Status Bar hidden updates were not made to context Menus Insert Notes etc reflecting any current item selection Also Status Bar and Menus not always redrawing properly when Status Bar toggled on off e Updated product documentation e Updated Midilllustrator Setup Installer MidilIllustrator Version 1 01 e Fixed conflict between Metronome and drum tracks Details Muting channel 10 tracks also muting Metronome when both are using MIDI channel 10 for playback e Fixed problem with Explorer file associations registered version only Details Double clicked MIDI files not always opening unless Midilllustrator already running e Fixed MIDI playback error incurred on some PCs during practice session playback loops Details Application could occasionally hang between finishing one playback loop and beginning another e Fixed empty MIDI track overload during import Details Some MIDI files containing many empty tracks causing overload during re
572. ww Midilllustrator com 3 3 Midilllustrator Version History what s new in this version All product releases for the Midilllustrator range are Feedback listed in the table below l with details of new features We are constantly improving and improvements and adding new features to Midilllustrator You may also wish to read this comparison of If you have any thoughts Midilllustrator products about the Midilllustrator range or you would like to Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 104 Midilllustrator Help see a particular feature in the next version please contact us MidilIllustrator Player Version 3 00 New Description Feature Free Updated to support all the new features in scores created using MidilIllustrat Midilllustrator Virtuoso and Midilllustrator Maestro Version 3 00 or Player Midilllustrator Virtuoso Version 3 00 and MidiIllustrator Maestro Version 3 00 see Maestro only functions below dis New Description Feature New Slurs are quick and easy to add composing and unlike other composing feature software Midilllustrator Slurs 4 automatically manages the path of each slur you create in the score making them easy to set and forget as you add and edit d 3 3 notation around each slur j i Automatic recalculation of the slur gives you the best looking notation in the shortest time On Screen The On Screen Guitar Fretboard Guitar will highlight notes
573. y 4 Mouse Entry 5 Power Edit The different Modes can be set using the Modes and Views toolbar shown below with Keyboard Shortcuts or via the Tools menu The numbers on the toolbar correspond with the shortcut keys and the list above Edit Modes buttons highlighted below in the blue box are available only in Midilllustrator Maestro Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 2 2 3 Things to do with Midilllustrator Normal Entry affords you all of Midilllustrator s score editing functions Mouse Entry allows these same functions specifically allowing you to add and modify notation directly using the mouse Power Edit allows you to quickly edit large areas of the notation applying changes to whole measures or beats When you import a song it is initially displayed in Performance Mode During import Midilllustrator generates the score using its musical interpretation rules and your current Score Transcription Options You can change these options even after the score has been created and Midilllustrator will dynamically apply the new options to the whole score You can make basic changes in Performance or Layout Mode for example correcting note lengths or changing score attributes like stave heights or key signatures You can change the presentation of the notation but in these modes the raw music is generally protected so that you can interact freely with the score without making unintentional changes
574. y None selected note to the new drag time Creates a copy of the existing Control Key note in the same pitch at the new drag time Enables dragging both Dragging Any Direction Alt Key vertically and horizontally at the same time Moving Rests with the Mouse Rests can be selected and repositioned vertically on the staff if the rest type does not rely on its position relative to the staff in order to establish its identity thus only quarter rests and shorter can be moved Note about Edit Mode and Printing In order to make editing as comfortable and efficient as possible the following features behave differently in Edit Mode e Empty Portions of Staves are always shown whilst in Edit Mode e Empty measures are not compressed whilst in Edit Mode e Rests in empty measures are not automatically centred in Edit Mode in order to make note rest entry easier e Timeline view is temporarily deactivated in Edit Mode For this reason scores may not print exactly the same in Edit Mode as in Performance Layout Modes Switching to Performance Layout Mode before printing is therefore recommended for optimal printing results Note about Play back In Edit Mode Normally playback continues until the end of the score is reached regardless of whether there is still music left to play or not In this way lyrics and other score items are still highlighted and the metronome keeps flashing ticking even if note playback is complete In Edit m
575. y Step e View a specific range of measures e Scrolling in the Next Page advance page turn More About this Mode Read more about the difference between Performance Mode and Layout Mode versus Edit Mode The different modes in Midilllustrator all have an associated view which is optimized for working in that mode Read more about Modes and Views here View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Practice Particular Passages with Special Practice Tools Practice Sessions allow you to focus on part or all of a score whether you are studying rehearsing or simply listening to the music You manage Practice Sessions using the Practice Session Wizard Midilllustrator can accompany you during the session You can choose to hear a section repeated in a continuous loop or a specific number of times if you are rehearsing How to Create or Edit Practice Sessions What else can you do with Midilllustrator View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com Learn Music Step by Step without reading notation on screen piano Learn entire pieces without reading any notation The flexible On Screen Piano Keyboard will highlight notes and chords from the current score one at a time or step by step Read ahead using advance keyboard highlighting options The keyboard can be used as an aid to reading and playing the scor
576. y chord using the left and right cursor keys on your computer keyboard This is a useful tool if you are learning a new piece and wish to familiarise yourself with the note sounds Show Future Notes in As well as highlighting the keyboard keys that should be played each Step immediately this option also highlights the keys that are to be Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 272 Midilllustrator Help Jump to User Input played one step ahead the Future Notes Midilllustrator displays the Future Notes in lighter colors than the colors used for the immediate notes If you are learning a new piece this can be very useful as the Future Notes give you advanced warning of where your hands should be in order to play the next note or notes thereby speeding up the learning process dramatically Midilllustrator is able to analyse the notes you are entering with a MIDI Instrument attached to your computer When these notes are received Midilllustrator scans the score to determine if you e are playing at the current Step by Step position Shown with a dotted red rectangle around notes on the selected staves OR e you have skipped to a new place in the score and are playing the notes froma position other than the current Step by Step position If you have enabled Jump to User Input and you move around in the score then Midilllustrator will automatically move the Step by Step cursor to the new input position
577. y opens when you open a MIDI file and you can specify different transcription options for each new score Midilllustrator will convert the file into a score using the transcription options of your choice Presentation Modes Using the slide control you can choose from the following settings e Much Easier to Read e Easier to Read e Normal e Strict e User Defined A description of each mode is given in the table below Each presentation mode consists of a particular configuration of the Conversion Rules PRESENTATION MODE DESCRIPTION Normal The default setting Best compromise between accuracy and readability Much Easier to Read Significant simplification Useful for presenting more complex pieces or live performance recordings in a more readable format Easier to Read Some simplification of the notation to improve readability Strict Adhere closely to standard notation rules A very accurate representation of the midi content User Defined You choose your own combination of presentation rules Conversion Rules As the Transcription settings are selected using the slide control the Conversion Rules that apply to that particular setting will be checked automatically by Midilllustrator However if you choose the User Defined option you can decide which if any of the conversion rules should be applied to your score CONVERSION RULES DESCRIPTION Minimize Rests Midilllustrator can generally improve the readability of a
578. y the presentation of the music by forcing chords or preventing tie notes then these presentation guidelines will override manual editing changes However in Edit Mode your instructions will be followed very closely by Midilllustrator with little or no automatic correction or intuitive decision making for example automatic selection of voice when you alter the length of a note so that it overlaps other notes See more about the different MidiIllustrator Modes View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 2 2 2 2 1 Make Changes Quickly w ith Context Sensitive Menus Several of the menus which appear in the main program menu are usually available as context menus which appear at the current mouse position when you right click the mouse on the score providing easier access to the commands you need most often In general the commands available in the context menu are the same as the commands available in the dynamic menu entries in the main program menu which change with the state of the score For example if you select a range of notes in your score the main program menu will dynamically show the Notes Menu Right clicking one of the notes in the selection will also show the notes menu as a context menu at the mouse position Some extra entries such as clipboard commands may be added to a context menu to help with common activities Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando
579. you to choose Range the range of measures that you want displayed on the score Add Insert Opens the Add Measures dialog allowing you to add measures to the Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 188 Midilllustrator Help Measures score Remove Opens the Range of Measures to Remove dialog allowing you to select Measures the range of measures that you want to delete from the score Split Measures Splits the current measure in two or inserts a barline Join Measures _Joins the current measure to the next measure Show Measure _Displays hides numbering above each measure on the score using your Numbers Score Options settings Choose Barlines Opens the barline and ending selection dialog for the current measure amp Endings Set Ending Opens the ending dialog for the current measure Barline Left Edits the barline settings for the current measure including any special Right endings such as repeats Show Barline Displays above the measure when appropriate the number of repeats Repeat Count which will be applied to a section repeat barline during playback View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 6 1 Clef Dialog Command Location Measures Menu Clef Midilllustrator automatically chooses the best clef for each stave measure in a new Score The Clef dialog allows you to change the clef in the following ways e in all the measures on the score e fromthe c
580. you to have overlapping slurs in multi voice passages Slurs can cross staves If slurs cross from one system or page to another system or page Midilllustrator will automatically calculate the path of the slur around other notation terminating and restarting the slur as necessary at the end start of each system Any number of slurs can be created from one note over another note but only one slur can start and end between the selected starting and ending notes The slur will be positioned above or below the range of notes depending on the optimal path You can force the slur position to either above or below the notes using keyboard shortcuts Midilllustrator will try to modify slurs when you make changes to the notation however if the starting and ending notes are deleted or moved to positions where a slur cannot be drawn the slur will be automatically deleted To remove a slur select the either the first or last note in the slur range and choose the Delete Slur command Connecting notes of the same pitch creating ties is detailed above in Ties See also Keyboard Shortcuts Finger numbers can be assigned to notes and chords in one of three ways e Manually using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts e Automatically for a selection of notes using commands in the Notes Menu or with Keyboard Shortcuts without the need to open the Fingering Analysis dialog e Automatically for the entire score a range of staves
581. yout amp Lets you amend certain elements of the page layout i e page title page Print Size numbering and the size of the notation on both the Print View and the printed page View the Help Contents Page Visit the Midilllustrator Website at http www Midilllustrator com 5 2 Edit menu The Edit menu offers the following commands Undo Reverses the last change made to the current score You can undo more than one action by repeatedly selecting this command The number of changes that can be undone redone in sequence is limited only by the amount of free disk space on your system Undo and the Current View Midilllustrator attempts to retain the current zoom view and mode when undoing redoing to a previous future state rather than restoring the zoom view mode of that other undo state This generally makes the transition to Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 134 Midilllustrator Help Redo Cut Copy Paste Jy Select Advanced Note Selection Switch Between Cursor and Selection a different state much smoother Changing to a new undo state when the new state is a Practice Session will generate a warning as many non practice features are disabled in this state Undo Grouping Undo commands are grouped so that similar commands are undone redone as a unit If for example a number of notes or chords are delete one ata time in a certain measure then applying the undo command will restore
582. ys be wrapped with square brackets and The available fields are Type Field Description 7 Substitutes the contents of Titles title_scoretitle the Score Title Substitutes the contents of the Copyright Title Substitutes the contents of the Composer Title Substitutes the contents of the Reference Title Page Information page_num ber Substitutes the page number title_copyright title_com poser title_reference Copyright 2004 2015 Rallentando Software 154 Midilllustrator Help Measure Information File Information Time Date page_total bar_total bar_firstonpage bar_lastonpage file_title file_title_ext file_path file_location time_H time_h time_M time_S time_format_12 time_format_24 date_d date_D date_m date_M date_Y date_format_YMd Substitutes the total page count Substitutes the total measure count Substitutes the number of the first measure on the page Substitutes the number of the last measure on the page Substitutes the file title excluding the extension eg My Song Substitutes the file title including the extension eg My Song mid Substitutes the file path eg C Songs My Song mid Substitutes the file path eg C Songs Substitutes the current hour 24 hour clock Substitutes the current hour 12 hour clock Substitutes the current minute Substitutes the current second Substitutes the cu

MidiIllustrator User Manual Version 3

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents